Home Blog

Can I Get Payday Loans Using My Car as Collateral?

0
Can I Get Payday Loans Using My Car as Collateral?

If you own a car and require urgent money, then you’re in the right place. You can utilize your car as collateral for Payday Loans online @ citrusnorth.com and get fast money to pay for costs. Let’s take a closer look the way that the title Payday Loans work and the advantages that come with having one.

What if I used my vehicle as collateral to get the Payday loans?

These Title-Payday Loans can be described as essentially secured Loans that permit you to borrow against your car as collateral. If you’re accepted, you are able to continue driving your car while you pay off the Payday Loans. You are eligible for a title Payday Loan for as long as you own your vehicle.

What are the mechanics behind the car Title Payday Loans work?

Title Payday Loans are secure payday Loan that relies on your car as collateral. When you’re approved for a title payday loan and you’re able to give the lender the title of your car to receive a large amount of cash. The appraisal value of your vehicle can determine how much you’ll get.

The benefits of obtaining an auto title Payday Loans by using your vehicle as collateral

There are many advantages to having a title-based Payday Loan with your car as collateral, such as:

The application process is simple and easy to complete.

You are able to apply for a Title Payday Loan and have your vehicle appraised within minutes.

Cash in a hurry

When your vehicle is appraised and you agree to the deal the lender can transfer your money immediately. You will receive the cash fast and will not be waiting for several months for your cash as you do with other kinds of payday loans.

You can keep driving your car

If you get an official loan title Payday Loans, you’ll be in a position to continue driving your vehicle. You won’t need to lease a vehicle or rely on friends or family members to get you the place you want to get to.

You don’t have to have good credit

Title Payday Loans have flexibility in terms of requirements. Because you’re using your vehicle to secure the loan, you can be approved for Payday Loan even if you have bad credit.

A representative will examine your car and provide you with a Payday Loans offer within minutes. When you’ve agreed to these Payday Loans terms, you will receive the money. It will be simple and quick and you don’t have to worry about having good credit to get approved.

Morning Brief: Angelenos stressed as rent, gas and groceries hit new highs

0

gHello the Today is Tuesday, June 14.

You must be joking – $2,106 for 500 square feet?! It was the rent and the size of an apartment that I considered before deciding it was a bad deal. I’m sure you’re nodding your head right now, my friend Angeleno. You also experienced it in this beautiful, but extremely expensive city. The the median asking rent in Los Angeles is now $3,400according to NPR but, as you all know, this pricing puzzle isn’t just about housing costs. Inflation hits its highest level in 40 years. The price of a gallon of gasoline is over $6 in LA County. And in the past 12 months, food prices rose 8.4 percent.

What’s to blame? The COVID-19 pandemic and the war against Ukraine. Although I understand it, I feel like we’ve lost control. Can others identify themselves? I asked Angelenos how they’re doing and talked to a few people who tried to make a dollar out of 15 cents.

Aspen Evans is a photographer who lives in East Hollywood. She moved to Los Angeles from Atlanta six months before the pandemic hit to pursue her dreams. Evans told me she was STRESSED. “It really hit me once you moved here, like no amount of money you saved was really enough,” Evans says. “Whatever cushion I saved is gone now.”

So how does Evans manage her life here?

She had a full-time job, but quit in April before inflation was in full swing. She had just started freelancing again when prices really started to skyrocket. “I just picked the worst time of my life because I feel like a lot of brands and companies are closing the purse strings and cutting marketing budgets,” Evans says. “It’s definitely been a slower summer than what we’re used to.”

Evans cut back on luxuries like Uber Eats and her favorite skincare products. She tries to cook more at home and shop in more profitable places. Every time her friend goes to Costco she joins so they can share things. Evans is also looking to find a roommate.

The price of food hurts, but it’s the gas that really makes it difficult for people.

About the morning brief

  • The Morning Brief newsletter is sent in the morning from Monday to Friday. Subscribe to receive it in your inbox.

Burbank’s Alessandro Signorini says they’ve started driving less with current gas prices. “I’ve been following the news pretty closely, especially with the Russian invasion of Ukraine,” Signorini says. “It helped me understand what was going on even though I know we don’t get gas from Russia, but it drives up prices everywhere.”

It’s the same for Natalia Ruiz of Echo Park. “I pay close to $100,” she says. “I try to use the car as little as possible but, you know, every two weeks is a lot of money for me.”

She also cooks a lot more at home. “Mostly vegetables. The meat is a treat,” she says. “I make a lot of food and freeze it to try not to waste it at all.”

In the meantime, I will always be looking for an apartment at a reasonable price. My requests are simple: I just want a refrigerator and a bathtub.

As always, stay happy and healthy, friends (or at least try to). There’s more news below the fold.

What else you need to know today

  • The LA City Council will vote later today on an ordinance to prohibit the assembly, sale or storage of bicycles (and parts) on public property. But some say this will only make the harassment of homeless people worse.
  • At least 200 screenwriters, producers and directors have pledged to reexamine how firearms are used on screen and in storytelling. An open letter, initiated by the Brady Campaign to Prevent Gun Violencewas signed by creators like Judd Apatow, Shonda Rhimes and Jimmy Kimmel.
  • Firefighters bring sheep fire under control near Wrightwood, despite dry ground. Check the latest here.
  • As wildfires escalate each year, California firefighters struggle with fatigue, PTSD and suicidal thoughts. This report captures some of their stories.
  • There is a long history of racist medical malpractice when it comes to how doctors have treated people of color. Doctors, legislators and scientists are now talk about changing the way race is viewed as a medical shortcut.
  • Researchers say the billions in pandemic funding available for ventilation upgrades in US schools offers a unique opportunity to fight covid-19as well as making the air more breathable for students with allergies, asthma, and chronic wildfire smoke.

Before You Go…Tonight: Check Out the Rare Strawberry Supermoon

A supermoon over Vegas. (Photo by Ethan Miller/Getty Images)

Angelenos, get ready to see what some call the lunar event of the year: the super full and super shiny Strawberry Supermoon! Here’s why it’s cool. The other advantage is that you don’t need a high-tech telescope or binoculars to see it. You can see it with the naked eye between sunset and moonrise tonight. So set your alarms! The sun sets at 8:05 p.m. and the moon rises at 8:57 p.m.

If you WANT to get excited (and I most certainly would!), get some binoculars or a telescope so you can see craters, mountains, and other things that might be on the moon. There will also be a free live streaming of the virtual telescope project in Ceccano, Italy.

Enjoy!

Help us cover your community

  • Ever wanted to know something about Southern California and the people who call it home? Is there an issue you want us to cover? Ask us anything.

  • Got a news tip we should dig deeper into? Let us know.

Treasury Yield Inversion Raises Recession Concerns

0

NEW YORK (AP) — One of the most reliable warning signals of an economic recession is shining brightly.

The “yield curve” is watched for clues about the bond market’s view of the long-term outlook for the US economy. On Tuesday, a closely watched part of the yield curve brightened again for the second time this year.

WHAT IS THE YIELD CURVE?

At the center of the investment world are treasury bills, IOUs that the US government issues to investors who lend it money. The yield curve is a graph showing how much interest different treasury bonds pay.

At one end are shorter-term treasury bills, which are repaid in months or years. At the other end of the chart are longer-term Treasuries, which take 10 years or decades to mature. Short-term yields closely track expectations of what the Federal Reserve will do with overnight interest rates, while long-term yields move more in line with expectations for economic growth and inflation further ahead. long term.

Usually, longer-term Treasuries offer higher yields than short-term ones, resulting in a chart with an upward sloping line. That’s partly because investors generally demand higher yields to tie up their money longer, given the possibility of future rate hikes by the Fed and the risk of inflation. But when investors worry about a sharp downturn, perhaps because the Fed is pushing short-term rates too high too quickly, they are willing to accept less for a Treasury maturing many years in the future.

When yields on short-term Treasuries are higher than those on long-term Treasuries, market observers call it an “inverted yield curve.” And when that chart shows a descending line, Wall Street starts to get nervous.

WHY care?


All the talk about charts and returns is hard to digest. An inversion of the yield curve is considered a reliable predictor of a recession, although it has sometimes inverted without a recession following.

Some market watchers, including Federal Reserve officials, consider the relationship between 3-month and 10-year Treasuries to be more important. Every recession in the past 60 years has been preceded by an inversion of the yield curve between three-month and 10-year Treasury bills.

There is usually a lag between the two. A rule of thumb says it takes about a year after the three-month Treasury yield rises above the 10-year yield before a recession begins, according to the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland.

WHAT HAPPENS NOW?

At 1.60%, the three-month yield is still well below the 10-year yield of 3.36%, so no reversal.

But on Tuesday, the two-year Treasury yield topped the 10-year yield, at 3.39%. The two yields reversed previously in early April. Other less followed parts of the yield curve are also already inverted. Although they are less consistent in predicting recessions than the three-month yield versus the 10-year yield, they show that the trend is moving towards pessimism.

After a reversal in 2019, the global economy plunged into recession in less than a year. At that time, however, the bond market did not see the pandemic coming. It focused on global trade tensions and slowing growth.

Now the two-year yield is soaring as investors believe the Fed will act more aggressively. The central bank has already lowered its key overnight rate to its all-time low in an attempt to tackle high inflation and is preparing to raise rates several times. The Fed has indicated that it could do so by doubling the usual amount at certain meetings.

A Friday report that showed inflation getting worse bolstered expectations among many investors that the Fed will raise overnight rates by double or even triple the usual amount at its next meeting.

The two-year yield has more than quadrupled in 2022 alone. The 10-year yield has also increased, but not as rapidly.

SO THE YIELD CURVE JUST REFLECTS BOND MARKET THINKING?

It could also have real effects on the economy. Banks, for example, make money by borrowing money at short-term rates and lending at longer-term rates. When this spread is large, they make more profit.

An inverted yield curve complicates this, however. If this causes banks to cut lending – and therefore growth opportunities for businesses – it could help tighten the brakes on the economy.

IS IT A PERFECT PREACHER?

No, an inverted yield curve has sent false positives before. Three-month and 10-year yields reversed in late 1966, for example, and a recession didn’t hit until late 1969.

Some market watchers have also suggested that the yield curve is now less important because herculean measures by global central banks have distorted yields. During the pandemic, the Federal Reserve bought trillions of dollars in bonds to keep long-term yields low, after cutting overnight rates to near zero. Soon, it will begin to allow these bonds off its balance sheet, which should add upward pressure on long-term yields.

SHOULD I PANIC?

Fed Chairman Jerome Powell would say no. Earlier this year, he said he paid more attention to the first 18 months of the yield curve than to what happens between the two-year and 10-year yields.

“It has 100% of the explanatory power of the yield curve,” he said, and it’s not reversed.

And while two-year and 10-year Treasury yields have reversed twice this year, they may just be temporary hiccups rather than a lasting trend.

Many investors, however, worry about a recession or the possibility of “stagflation,” which would be the painful combination of high unemployment and high inflation.

The bond market, of course, also looks more pessimistic. Just look at the yield curve.

Pingtan Marine Enterprise Ltd. (NASDAQ:PME) Short Interest Down 46.5% in May

0

Pingtan Marine Enterprise Ltd. (NASDAQ:PME – Get Rating) saw a sharp decline in short-term interest in May. As of May 31, there was short interest totaling 15,100 shares, down 46.5% from the May 15 total of 28,200 shares. Approximately 0.0% of the company’s shares are sold short. Based on an average trading volume of 276,300 shares, the day-to-cover ratio is currently 0.1 day.

Large investors have recently changed their stock holdings. Citadel Advisors LLC increased its equity stake in Pingtan Marine Enterprise by 30.7% in Q3. Citadel Advisors LLC now owns 112,292 shares of the company worth $84,000 after purchasing an additional 26,345 shares in the last quarter. Virtu Financial LLC increased its stake in Pingtan Marine Enterprise by 18.9% during the first quarter. Virtu Financial LLC now owns 96,964 shares of the company valued at $62,000 after purchasing an additional 15,387 shares in the last quarter. Finally, Geode Capital Management LLC increased its stake in Pingtan Marine Enterprise by 51.0% during the fourth quarter. Geode Capital Management LLC now owns 62,069 shares of the company valued at $35,000 after purchasing an additional 20,962 shares in the last quarter. 0.22% of the shares are currently held by institutional investors.

Separately, StockNews.com launched coverage on Pingtan Marine Enterprise shares in a Monday, June 6 research note. They issued a “sell” rating for the company.

SMB shares opened at $1.06 on Monday. The company has a fifty-day simple moving average of $0.84 and a two-hundred-day simple moving average of $0.72. The company has a debt ratio of 2.61, a quick ratio of 0.76 and a current ratio of 0.99. Pingtan Marine Enterprise has a 12 month minimum of $0.42 and a 12 month maximum of $1.12.

Pingtan Marine Enterprise Inc (NASDAQ:PME – Get Rating) last released quarterly earnings data on Tuesday, May 17. The company reported ($0.12) earnings per share (EPS) for the quarter. The company had revenue of $62.81 million for the quarter. Pingtan Marine Enterprise had a negative return on equity of 23.39% and a negative net margin of 1.51%.

Company Profile Pingtan Marine Enterprise (Get a rating)

Pingtan Marine Enterprise Ltd., together with its subsidiaries, is engaged in sea fishing activities. The company catches a range of fish species, such as squid, ribbon fish, croaker fish and cuttlefish. As of December 31, 2020, it owned 51 jigging boats, 26 trawlers, 25 purse seiners, 13 drifting buoys, 4 longliners and 3 transport boats, as well as operating license rights for 20 drifting buoys.

Featured articles



Get news and reviews for Pingtan Marine Enterprise Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of breaking news and analyst ratings for Pingtan Marine Enterprise and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s FREE daily newsletter.

Car Rental Services Market 2022 by Key Players and Vendors: Hertz Global Holdings, Enterprise Holdings, Avis Budget Group, Zoomcar, Europcar, Sixt AG, Localiza, Myles, China Auto Rental Inc, eHi Car Services, Uber Technologies Inc, Car Club, Eco Rent A car – Indian Defense News

0

The Global Car Rental Services Market: 2022 was recently released by the Mr Accuracy Reports. The report offers a tip on the car rental services marketwhich helps business strategists make the best investment assessment.

The Car Rental Services Market industry report includes details of the historical analysis of the Car Rental Services Market, which has a timeline from 2017 to 2020. The current status of the Car Rental Services Market is also well discussed in the report as well as the forecast market. analyzes to 2030. The report begins with the basic overview of the car rental services market, which includes the market definition, market scope and target audience. In the last section, market dynamics are thoroughly defined which includes market drivers, restraints, opportunities, challenges, market advancements in terms of technology and others.

Some of the Major Key Players profiled in the study are Hertz Global Holdings, Enterprise Holdings, Avis Budget Group, Zoomcar, Europcar, Sixt AG, Localiza, Myles, China Auto Rental Inc, eHi Car Services, Uber Technologies Inc, Car Club, Eco Rent A Car

Get a free sample report + all related charts and graphs (with COVID 19 impact analysis): https://www.maccuracyreports.com/report-sample/192394

The Asia-Pacific region is expected to dominate the market over the forecast period owing to the growing emphasis on research, development and manufacturing of car rental services in countries such as China, Japan, India and South Korea.

Report objectives:

  • To study the Car Rental Services market size based on value and volume.
  • Accurately assess market shares and other important car rental services market factors.
  • To analyze key dynamics of Car Rental Service Market.
  • Discover significant Car Rental Service market trends on the basis of revenue, production, and sales.
  • Define the profile of the best players and their status on the global platform
  • Focus on market pricing, product manufacturing, growth drivers and forecast trends.
  • To study the performance and growth of different regions and countries in the Car Rental Service Market.
  • Estimating the size and market share of all segments, regions and the market.

In addition, the report includes types of car rental service market segments. The product type and application segments are explained in detail with the help of yearly number and growth rate. The data is represented in the form of tables and images thus allowing a clear understanding of the market scenario. The regional analysis includes data for regions such as North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa.

Car Rental Services Market Taxonomy

Car Rental Services Segmentation by Type:

Luxury, Executive, Economy, SUV, MUV.

Car Rental Services Segmentation by Application:

Local Use, Airport Transportation, Outstation, Others

We are currently offering an end of quarter discount to all of our high potential clients and would really like you to take advantage of the benefits and leverage your analysis based on our report.

Market analysis and insights related to COVID-19

  • Due to the outbreak of the COVID-19 virus in December 2020, the pandemic has affected almost all regions of the global platform in terms of human life and economy. The car rental services market has also been impacted due to COVID-19.
  • Based on the analysis of our research analysts: COVID-19 will affect the car rental services market economics in three ways. First, by directly affecting production and demand. Second, by creating supply chain and market disruptions and finally, by its financial impact on businesses and financial markets.

How the Car Rental Services Market Report will prove useful?

  • The provided data will help to analyze the future prospects of the Car Rental Service market.
  • The segment analysis will help to identify untapped opportunities of the Car Rental Service Market.
  • This will help in identifying the current trends driving the market and how the technological advancements will prove helpful for future developments in the market.

Please click here today to purchase the full report @ https://www.maccuracyreports.com/checkout/192394

Why should you buy this report?

  • Data Lab Forecast provides the vital historical and analytical data of the global car rental services market.
  • The report provides the complete assessment of the future market and changes the scenario or behavior of the market.
  • All business decisions could be supported by the various strategic business methodologies offered in the report.
  • Additional edge in the competitive market could be gained from this elaborate research report
  • The report offers the entire competitive landscape, growth drivers, applications, market dynamics, and other necessary details.

If you have any special requirements, please let us know and we will offer you the report at a custom price.




Airport Car Rental Market – 37% of growth comes from APAC -Enterprise Rent-A-Car, Hertz Global Holdings, Avis Budget Group, Europcar Groupe, Sixt SE, Localiza, ICHINEN HOLDINGS, Redcap Tour , Empresas Tattersall SA, Warisan TC Holdings Berhad – Indian Defense News

0

New York, United States: Our team of research specialists at Mr Accuracy Reports published a stunning report on Car rental service at the airport Market which incorporates a 360 degree insight on its supply chain analysis over the estimated period of 2022-2028. R&D activities play a crucial role in the global market as it helps us to understand its present and future conditions. Further, in this report, we promise to provide all the necessary credentials of the market along with a 360 degree overview of the various ongoing trends prevailing in the overall market environment. Some of the more complex marketing models are well explained through illustrated and detailed graphical presentations like boxes, charts, tables, etc.

Some of the major companies influencing this market include:

Enterprise Rent-A-Car, Hertz Global Holdings, Avis Budget Group, Europcar Groupe, Sixt SE, Localiza, ICHINEN HOLDINGS, Redcap Tour, Empresas Tattersall SA, Warisan TC Holdings Berhad

To benefit from a sample copy of the report, visit @ https://www.maccuracyreports.com/report-sample/328081

Airport Car Rental Market Types:

.

Airport Car Rental Services Market Applications:

Online Services, Offline Services

This report will allow you to familiarize yourself with the difficult and constantly changing market environment and will perfectly guide you in setting up your entire business structure. The variety of aspects responsible for the proper growth of the market are thoroughly elucidated. These are CAGR Analysis, Gross Margins, Porter’s 5 Forces Model, Vendor Landscapes, Point by Point Analysis, Competitive Strategic Window, Elaborate Chart Analysis, supply chain, value chain, etc.

Some of the broadest, specific, and most important causes you should partner with Mr Accuracy Reports to purchase the Airport Car Rental Services Market report:
• Our specialists have edited and crafted its report in such a clear manner that it exhibits almost every vital angle of market growth along with a 360 degree overview of global market bifurcations.
• This report will give you a clear idea of ​​some of the most analytical marketing procedures including in-depth SWOT, BCG and point-by-point analysis.
• Deciphers a set of sound techniques for the overall improvement of the market effectively and efficiently over the predicted period of 2022-2028.
• Delineates some of the mind-blowing and top-notch procedures to further enrich the decision-making process for deep market growth in the coming future.

Get up to 30% off the first purchase of this report @ https://www.maccuracyreports.com/check-discount/328081

The most frequently asked, important and genuine questions answered collectively by Mr Accuracy Reports in the Airport Car Rental Services Market report: –
1) What is the overall growth outlook for the global market over the forecast period 2022-2028?
2) What is meant by a proper market assessment and what are the most appropriate processes to conduct it effectively and efficiently?
3) What exactly will be the overall picture of the global market over the next 7 years, along with its CAGR value?
4) What are the most advanced and modernized technologies currently dominating the market across the globe and expected to bring substantial growth opportunities in the future?

Buy exclusively [email protected]: https://www.maccuracyreports.com/checkout/328081

The massive outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic has claimed many ruthless casualties and excessively hampered the overall growth rate of the market. Therefore, in this condition, the market experts must take it upon themselves to formulate effective ideas to get rid of this current situation and maintain a substantial rate of Airport Car Rental Services Market growth.




Nestlé SA (OTCMKTS:NSRGY) sees significant growth in short-term interest

0

Nestlé SA (OTCMKTS: NSRGYGet a rating) saw strong growth in short-term interest in May. As of May 31, there were short interests totaling 112,400 shares, a growth of 159.0% from the May 15 total of 43,400 shares. Based on an average daily trading volume of 886,500 shares, the short-term interest rate ratio is currently 0.1 day.

Hedge funds have recently increased or reduced their stakes in the company. Yousif Capital Management LLC bought a new position in Nestlé in Q4 worth $6,200,000. Windward Capital Management Co. CA increased its stake in Nestlé shares by 18.7% in the 4th quarter. Windward Capital Management Co. CA now owns 37,700 shares of the company valued at $5,273,000 after purchasing an additional 5,943 shares during the period. Congress Asset Management Co. MA increased its stake in Nestlé shares by 1.4% in the fourth quarter. Congress Asset Management Co. MA now owns 81,973 shares of the company valued at $11,465,000 after purchasing an additional 1,132 shares during the period. Palladium Partners LLC acquired a new position in Nestlé shares in Q4 worth $1,594,000. Finally, Enterprise Financial Services Corp increased its stake in Nestlé by 3,950.0% during the 4th quarter. Enterprise Financial Services Corp now owns 1,539 shares of the company worth $215,000 after purchasing an additional 1,501 shares during the period. Institutional investors hold 0.98% of the company’s shares.

A number of equity research analysts have recently released reports on the company. Exane BNP Paribas has upgraded Nestlé from a “neutral” rating to an “outperforming” rating and raised its share price target from CHF 132 to CHF 135 in a research report on Monday 14 March. UBS Group raised its price target on Nestlé from €50.00 ($53.76) to €51.00 ($54.84) ​​in a Tuesday, March 29 research note. Morgan Stanley lowered its price target on Nestlé from CHF 140 to CHF 135 in a Wednesday, February 23 research note. Sanford C. Bernstein downgraded Nestlé from an “outperforming” rating to a “market performing” rating in a Thursday, May 19 research note. Finally, the Royal Bank of Canada raised its price target on Nestle from CHF96 to CHF98 and gave the company an “industry performance” rating in a Friday, April 22 research note. One equity research analyst gave the stock a sell rating, four gave the company a hold rating and six gave the company a buy rating. According to MarketBeat.com, the stock currently has an average rating of “Hold” and a consensus target price of $110.80.

Nestle Stock opened at $111.05 on Friday. The company has a 50-day moving average price of $124.49 and a two-hundred-day moving average price of $128.62. The company has a quick ratio of 0.68, a current ratio of 0.98 and a debt ratio of 0.68. Nestlé has a 12-month low of $109.68 and a 12-month high of $141.95.

Nestle Company Profile (Get a rating)

Nestlé SA, together with its subsidiaries, operates as a food and beverage company. The company operates across Europe, Middle East and North Africa; Americas area; and Zone Asia, Oceania and sub-Saharan Africa. It offers baby food under the Cerelac, Gerber, Nido and NaturNes brands; bottled water under the Nestlé Pure Life, Perrier and S.Pellegrino brands; cereals under the Fitness, Nesquik, cheerios and Lion Cereals brands; and chocolate and confectionery products under the KitKat, Nestlé L’atelier, Nestlé Toll House, Milkybar, Smarties, Quality Street, Aero, Garoto, Orion and Cailler brands.

Further reading



Get news and reviews for Nestlé Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of breaking news and analyst notes for Nestlé and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s free daily email newsletter.

3 Fintech stocks to sell now

0

Investor fears about the Federal Reserve’s aggressive monetary policy tightening to rein in soaring inflation, the possibility of a recession, rising energy and commodity prices, and continued market disruptions supply kept the stock market under pressure. The market sell-off has not spared fintech stocks, and many have pulled back significantly.

The fintech industry has become extremely popular as it has helped improve payment processing, insurance, lending, wealth management, and more. Fintech companies have facilitated access to easy credit, money management and simple payments. However, growing data security issues are plaguing the industry. With the increase in cyberattacks, consumers are wary of fintech solutions. According to FS-ISAC’s Navigating Cyber ​​2022 report, third-party risks, zero-day vulnerabilities and ransomware clusters are likely to adapt to the changing cyber environment and continue to increase in 2022.

In addition to concerns surrounding cyberattacks, growing competition in the fintech space could keep fundamentally weak stocks under pressure. We think it might be a good idea to avoid fundamentally weak fintech stocks Bill.com Holdings, Inc. (INVOICE), Block, Inc. (SQ) and Futu Holdings Limited (FUTURE).

Bill.com Holdings, Inc. (INVOICE)

BILL is a leading provider of cloud-based software that simplifies, digitizes and automates back-office financial processes for small and medium businesses. It provides an AI-enabled financial software platform that creates seamless connections between users, suppliers, and customers.

Non-GAAP BILL operating loss increased 166.5% year-over-year to $5.67 million for the third quarter ended March 31, 2022. The company’s non-GAAP net loss increased 398.3% from year-over-year to $8.68 million. Additionally, its non-GAAP loss per share rose 300% year over year to $0.08.

Analysts expect BILL’s EPS for fiscal 2022 and 2023 to remain negative. Over the past nine months, the stock has lost 56.3% to close the last trading session at $128.04.

BILL’s weak fundamentals are reflected in its POWR Rankings. The stock has an overall F rating, which equates to a strong sell in our proprietary rating system. POWR ratings are calculated by considering 118 different factors, with each factor weighted to an optimal degree.

It has an F rating for value and stability and a D for quality. It is ranked No. 140 out of 155 stocks in the F-rated Software app industry. Click here to see BILL’s other ratings for growth, momentum and sentiment.

Block, Inc. (SQ)

SQ is a technology company that creates tools for sellers to accept card payments and provide next-day reporting, analytics, and settlement. The company focuses on financial services. Also, its building block includes Square, Cash App, Spiral, TIDAL, and TBD54566975.

For the fiscal first quarter ended March 31, 2022, SQ’s total net revenue decreased 21.6% year-over-year to $3.96 billion. The company’s net loss attributable to common shareholders was $204.19 million, compared to net profit of $39 million in the same period last year. Additionally, its loss per share was $0.38, compared to EPS of $0.08 a year ago.

For the quarter ending June 30, 2022, SQ’s EPS is expected to decline 72.7% year-over-year to $0.18. Over the past nine months, the stock has lost 69.5% to close the last trading session at $76.58.

The SQ’s POWR ratings are consistent with this bleak outlook. It has an overall F rating, which translates to a strong sell in our proprietary rating system.

It has an F rating for stability and sentiment and a D for growth. In category D Financial Services (Corporate) industry, it is ranked No. 101 out of 107 stocks. To see SQ’s other ratings for Value, Momentum and Quality, Click here.

Futu Holdings Limited (FUTURE)

Hong Kong-based FUTU is an investment holding company offering digitized brokerage platforms. The company provides investment services through its digital brokerage platform, Futu NiuNiu. Its service offerings include trade executions and margin financings, which allow its clients to trade securities in markets such as stocks, warrants, options and exchange-traded funds (ETFs).

FUTU’s total revenue decreased 25.6% year-on-year to HK$1.64 billion ($208.95 million) for the first quarter ended March 31, 2022. The company’s gross profit decreased up 19.8% year-on-year to HK$1.41 billion ($179.65 million). Additionally, its non-GAAP adjusted revenue fell 47.2% year-over-year to HK$622.22 million ($79.27 million).

Analysts expect FUTU’s FY2022 EPS and revenue to decline 7.2% and 5.8% year-on-year to $2.26 million and $856 million, respectively. Over the past year, the stock has lost 69% to close the last trading session at $45.15.

FUTU’s weak outlook is reflected in its POWR ratings. It has an overall D rating, which equates to a sell in our rating system.

It has an F rating for stability and a D for growth and value. It is ranked last out of 12 stocks in the F rating Financial market places industry. Click here to see other FUTU ratings for Momentum, Sentiment and Quality.


BILL stock closed at $117.85 on Friday, down -$10.19 (-7.96%). Year-to-date, BILL is down -52.70%, compared to a -17.67% rise in the benchmark S&P 500 over the same period.

About the Author: Dipanjan Banchur

Ever since he was in elementary school, Dipanjan had been interested in the stock market. This enabled him to obtain a master’s degree in finance and accounting. Currently, as an investment analyst and financial journalist, Dipanjan is particularly interested in reading and analyzing emerging trends in financial markets. After…

More resources for actions in this article

Disney smashes the box office, but will it last?

0

After a record year 2019 where waltz disney (NYSE: DIS) garnered 33.3% of the domestic box office gross, the media mogul’s momentum has been slowed due to the COVID-19 pandemic. But Disney hopes to buck the trend this year with a stacked slate of highly anticipated movies and exclusive Disney+ content.

It’s a good start with the movie Doctor Strange in the Multiverse of Madness and the positive reception of Obi Wan Kenobi on Disney+. But the company is losing money on its international parks as the closures weigh on its bottom line. Additionally, the company is missing out on key box office revenue streams from some of its biggest international markets, namely China.

Here’s a look at what Disney has in store for fans this year, as well as how its exposure to international audiences factors into the investment thesis.

Image source: Getty Images.

What is Disney’s international exposure?

As a vertically integrated international media conglomerate, it’s no surprise that Disney is dependent on the global economy. Disney has six resorts, four of which are abroad (Paris, Tokyo, Hong Kong and Shanghai). Disney also owns five cruise ships, which attract international travelers. The company’s films are streamed around the world, and Disney+ is a global service.

During its second quarter fiscal 2022 earnings call, the company announced that Disney+ is expanding to 53 new markets in Europe, Africa and West Asia. In fact, most subscribers are international. Disney+ subscribers totaled 137.7 million at the end of last quarter, but only 44.4 million of those, or just over 32%, were domestic.

In fiscal 2019, which was Disney’s biggest box office year in history (not to mention its highest-grossing year ever), it raked in $3.76 billion. dollars at the domestic box office and $7.35 billion at the international box office for $11.12 billion in total. That year, about 10% of the media company’s total box office revenue came from China, thanks in large part to $614 million in ticket sales. Avengers: Endgame.

Missed opportunities in China

Shanghai Disneyland has remained closed since March 21, even as China eases its COVID-19 lockdowns. Hong Kong Disneyland reopened on April 21. But Shanghai Disneyland and Hong Kong Disneyland have been closed for much of the current year. That headwind contributed to an operating loss of $268 million for Disney’s international parks and experiences segment in the fiscal second quarter. On the other hand, National Parks and Experiences recorded an operating profit of $1.39 billion, and Consumer Products generated an operating profit of $638 million.

According to Box Office Mojo, Doctor Strange in the Multiverse of Madness collected $912 million in box office revenue worldwide ($391 million domestically and $522 million internationally), an excellent result. But the film probably would have been even better if it hadn’t been for the loss of revenue from China, Russia and Ukraine. For example, a similar performance film such as Captain Marvel generated over $150 million in box office revenue in China alone in 2019, so it’s safe to say strange doctor lost significant ticket sales in those markets.

Disney can handle its headwinds

Disney is undeniably exposed to international markets, but less than many investors think. For example, he holds a minority stake (47%) in Shanghai Disneyland. And National Parks’ performance was so strong in the last quarter that the company posted its highest parks, experiences and product revenue and operating profit for any second quarter in history. of the company, even taking into account its international losses.

The majority of box office revenue is international. But again, Disney has a history of generating about 10% of its box office sales from China. Thanks to its diversification, it can absorb a slowdown in many markets without suffering too much.

The biggest concern for Disney is the threat of continued inflation and a potential recession in the United States, in addition to the international headwinds discussed. This double punch could lead to another downturn for the company and push it further away from its record profit in fiscal 2018.

Disney can’t control the broader economy, but it can lay the foundation for a strong content slate and make ongoing investments in its parks that strengthen its brand and set the stage for long-term growth.

Instead of overweighting Disney’s quarterly performance, it’s best to consider the big picture of the business the company is building and how well streaming fits into its on-screen and in-person experiences. The stock is down nearly 50% from its all-time high, but this is a well-balanced company to consider buying now.

Find out why Walt Disney is one of the top 10 stocks to buy now

Our award-winning team of analysts have spent over a decade beating the market. After all, the newsletter they’ve been putting out for over a decade, Motley Fool Equity Advisortripled the market.*

They just revealed their top ten picks of stocks investors can buy right now. Walt Disney is on the list – but there are nine others you might be overlooking.

Click here to access the full list!

* Portfolio Advisor Returns as of June 2, 2022

Daniel Foelber has the following options: Long Calls January 2024 at $120 on Walt Disney, Long Calls January 2024 at $145 on Walt Disney, Long Calls January 2024 at $155 on Walt Disney, Long Calls July 2022 at $145 on Walt Disney , Walt Disney $170 June 2022 long calls, Walt Disney January 2024 $125 short calls, Walt Disney January 2024 $150 short calls, Walt Disney January 2024 $160 short calls, short calls of $150 from July 2022 to Walt Disney and short calls of $175 from June 2022 to Walt Disney. The Motley Fool holds positions and endorses Walt Disney. The Motley Fool recommends the following options: January 2024 long calls at $145 on Walt Disney and January 2024 short calls at $155 on Walt Disney. The Motley Fool has a disclosure policy.

The views and opinions expressed herein are the views and opinions of the author and do not necessarily reflect those of Nasdaq, Inc.

Annexation proposal pending – The Daily Reporter

0

American Homes 4 Rent, a Calabasas, Calif.-based public real estate investment trust, is filing an annexation application to the City of Greenfield for 81 single-family lots at the southwest corner of the Interstate 70 and Blue Road. Image submitted

GREENFIELD – A proposal to annex nearly 30 acres on the northeast side of town for a rental housing community is pending.

Sisters Beth Willard, Barbara Drudge and Deborah Watson filed for annexation of farmland they own on the southwest corner of Interstate 70 and Blue Road. At a Greenfield Plan Commission meeting in April, representatives from American Homes 4 Rent, a public real estate investment trust based in Calabasas, Calif., discussed a proposal for 81 single-family lots there.

Greenfield City Council was due to consider annexation on Wednesday evening, but Briane House, a Greenfield-based Pritzke & Davis lawyer representing the proposed annexation, called for it to proceed.

“There is potential development on the property, but it’s more in motion now than perhaps in the past,” House told council members. “…We are working on a number of issues and I know the council has questions, I know your planning authorities have questions, and at some point we hope to come back and answer those questions to your full satisfaction, but until that time, we need a little more time.

The board unanimously approved the continuation request.

At the April plan commission meeting, American Homes 4 Rent announced that all homes in the proposed community would have two stories with two-car garages and fencing. The homes would be for rent rather than sale, with monthly rates ranging from $1,800 to $2,200. Maintenance of the property would also be provided for residents. A swimming pool, a cabana and a playground are also part of the proposal.

Officials at the meeting acknowledged that the housing option is growing in popularity across the country, but also noted that rental homes may be more susceptible to falling behind in upkeep and upkeep.

Buy Now Pay Later Global Market Report 2022 – Increase in Youth Adoption of BNPL Payment Technology and Growth of E-Commerce Industry

0

DUBLIN, June 10, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — The “Global Buy Now Pay Later Market 2022-2026” report has been added to from ResearchAndMarkets.com offer.

Research and Markets Logo

The publisher is monitoring the buy now pay later market and it is poised to grow by $41.83 billion from 2022 to 2026, accelerating at a CAGR of 29.36%

The market is driven by growing adoption of online payment mode, rise in demand for deferred payments for online purchases, and rise in spending on luxury goods among the adult population.

This study identifies the affordable and convenient payment service as one of the major reasons for the growth of the buy now pay later market over the next few years. Moreover, the increase in the adoption of BNPL payment technology among the youth and the growth of the e-commerce industry will drive a large demand in the market.

The Buy Now Pay Later Market report provides holistic analysis, market size and forecast, trends, growth drivers, and challenges, and vendor analysis covering around 25 vendors. The report offers up-to-date analysis regarding the current global market scenario, latest trends and drivers, and overall market environment. The “buy now, pay later” market analysis includes end-user segment and geographic landscape.

The analyst’s robust vendor analysis is designed to help clients improve their position in the market, and in line with that, this report provides detailed analysis of several leading vendors in the buy now pay later market including Affirm Inc. ., Afterpay US Services LLC, Amazon.com Inc., APaylater Financials Pte. Ltd., Grab Holdings Inc., Hoolah Holdings Pte Ltd., Klarna Bank AB, Laybuy Holdings Ltd., Monzo Bank Ltd., One97 Communications Ltd., Pace Now Enterprise Sdn Bhd, PayPal Holdings Inc., Perpay Inc., Revolut Ltd. . ., Social Money Ltd., Visa Inc., Zip Co. Ltd., Rely Pte Ltd, Mastercard Inc. and Flipkart Internet Pvt Ltd.

Additionally, the Buy Now Pay Later Market analysis report includes insights into upcoming trends and challenges that will influence market growth. It’s about helping businesses strategize and take advantage of all the growth opportunities ahead.

The study was conducted using an objective combination of primary and secondary information, including contributions from key industry participants. The report contains a comprehensive market and vendor landscape in addition to an analysis of major vendors.

Main topics covered:

1. Summary
1.1 Market Overview

2 Market landscape
2.1 Market ecosystem

3 Market sizing
3.1 Market Definition
3.2 Market Segment Analysis
3.3 Market Size 2021
3.4 Market Outlook: Forecast for 2021-2026

4 Five forces analysis
4.1 Summary of the five forces
4.2 Bargaining power of buyers
4.3 Bargaining Power of Suppliers
4.4 Threat of new entrants
4.5 Threat of Substitutes
4.6 Threat of rivalry
4.7 Market Status

5 Market Segmentation by Channel
5.1 Market Segments
5.2 Comparison by channel
5.3 Online – Market Size and Forecast 2021-2026
5.4 POS – Market Size and Forecast 2021-2026
5.5 Market Opportunity by Channel

6 Market Segmentation by End User
6.1 Market Segments
6.2 Comparison by end user
6.3 Large Business – Market Size and Forecast 2021-2026
6.4 Small & Medium Enterprises – Market Size and Forecast 2021-2026
6.5 Market Opportunity by End User

7 Customer Landscape
7.1 Customer landscape overview

8 Geographic landscape
8.1 Geographic segmentation
8.2 Geographic comparison

9 drivers, challenges and trends
9.1 Market Drivers
9.2 Market Challenges
9.3 Impact of factors and challenges
Exhibit 97: Impact of drivers and challenges in 2021 and 2026
9.4 Market trends

11 Supplier Landscape
10.1 Overview
10.2 Vendor Landscape
10.3 Landscape disturbance
10.4 Industrial risks

10 Vendor Analysis
11.1 Suppliers Covered
11.2 Market Positioning of Suppliers

  • Affirm Inc.

  • Afterpay US Services LLC

  • Amazon.com Inc.

  • Paylater Financials Pte. ltd.

  • Grab Holdings Inc.

  • Hoolah Holdings Pte Ltd.

  • Klarna Bank AB

  • Laybuy Holdings Ltd.

  • Monzo Bank Ltd.

  • One97 Communications Ltd.

  • Pace Now Enterprise Sdn Bhd

  • PayPal Holdings Inc.

  • Perpay Inc.

  • Revolut Ltd.

  • Social Money Ltd.

  • visa inc.

  • Zip Co. Ltd.

  • Rely Pte Ltd

  • Mastercard Inc.

  • Flipkart Internet Pvt Ltd

For more information on this report, visit https://www.researchandmarkets.com/r/cwjqwm

Media Contact:

Research and Markets
Laura Woodsenior
[email protected]

For EST office hours, call +1-917-300-0470
For USA/CAN call toll free +1-800-526-8630
For GMT office hours call +353-1-416-8900

US Fax: 646-607-1904
Fax (outside the US): +353-1-481-1716

Quote

Quote

Show original content:https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/global-buy-now-pay-later-market-report-2022—increase-in-adoption-of-bnpl-payment-technology-among-the- youth-and-growth-in-the-e-commerce-industry—forecast-to-2026-301565866.html

SOURCE Research and Markets

Dumpster Rental Lafayette LA Company Dumpit.biz offers same day service

0

/EIN News/ — Youngsville, June 09, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Youngsville, Louisiana –

Dumpit.biz, a family owned dumpster rental business based in Lafayette, LA, is happy to provide dumpsters for any project that requires the removal of trash and debris. Dumpit.biz has built a reputation as one of the most reliable dumpster rental services in the area. Learn more here: DumpIt.biz – Lafayette.

Those who choose to rent a dumpster in Lafayette are not always contractors and large construction companies, and many of the customers may be homeowners or small business owners. As many of these people have quickly discovered, renting a dumpster is the best solution for those who want to get rid of a lot of waste quickly (and cheaply) without having to go to a local landfill, landfill or transfer station in Lafayette. The company offers several sizes of dumpsters, and their flat rates keep costs low and predictable.

A wide range of dumpsters are available, depending on the purpose for which they are designed. The company offers 10-yard, 15-yard, 20-yard, 30-yard and 40-yard dumpsters for construction and demolition as well as loading mixed waste. They also offer a 14 yard concrete dumpster, a 14 yard dirt dumpster and a 14 yard shingle dumpster. All of these rentals can be had for two weeks for the base price (with the company charging $15 per additional rental day). The weight included in the base price varies for each dumpster, and customers can clarify with company representatives to see which would best suit their needs.

Customers renting a dumpster in Lafayette and the surrounding area for the first time will find that the team can provide helpful advice on dumpster rentals – as well as information on available rentals, including dumpster sizes, dumpster rental prices and any other information they may need to know. As an example, the company’s 10-yard dumpster can accommodate a small house, garage, or attic cleanup, and is rented for $250 for a construction load or $350 for a mixed waste load. . The company’s 15-yard dumpster, which can be used by owners for yard debris, is rented for $275 for a construction load or $375 for a mixed waste load. The 20-yard dumpster, which is best for a large household moving or remodeling, can be rented for $325 for a construction load or $425 for a mixed waste load. The 30-yard dumpster, typically used by many roofing contractors for a day job, can be rented for $400 for a construction load or $525 for a mixed waste load. Learn more here: Dumpster Rental Lafayette LA.

DumpIt.Biz is a trash removal provider serving the greater Lafayette area and beyond with over 20 years of industry experience. In addition to dumpsters and wheeled containers, the company also provides on-demand portable toilet and concrete washing services. Their porta-potty rentals include standard portable toilets, graduated flush toilets, ADA accessible portable toilets and more. On the other hand, their concrete washing services are self-contained, leak-proof, and portable trash cans that exceed US EPA guidelines, EPA state, and regional guidelines. The company is also fully licensed and insured to meet all residential and commercial waste disposal needs, ensuring that their customers can turn to the DumpIt.Biz team without fear of unexpected expenses.

The company says, “Whether you’re a handyman working on a home improvement project or a professional contractor with obligations to a client, you want your construction, demolition or trash cleanup job to go as smoothly as possible. You don’t want to be rushing around looking for a good place to dump your trash while you’re trying to focus on the main task at hand. The ideal solution is to rent a dumpster that will allow you to organize your waste and have it professionally rolled away when you are done. DumpIt.Biz has been providing these exact services in Lafayette, LA for a long time now. We use GPS locators in our vehicles to ensure on-time delivery. Our skilled drivers are certified to work in construction, corporate events, weddings, concerts, disaster relief and more, and they’ll transport our clean, functional and reliable dumpsters on time without damaging your property. Learn more here: Dumpster Rental Lafayette LA.

DumpIt.Biz serves Lafayette, Youngsville, Broussard, Lake Charles, Moss Bluff, Sulfur, Port Barre, Breaux Bridge, Crowley, Milton, New Iberia and all areas in between. To learn more about the services provided, customers can visit the company’s website or contact the team directly.

###

For more information about DumpIt.Biz, contact the company here:

DumpIt.Biz
Jason Dejean
337-552-5009
[email protected]
199 Seller Rd, Youngsville, LA 70592


Jason Dejean

Luxury car rental market size and share

0

Luxury Car Rental Sales Market Report 2022

Scope and overview of the luxury car rental market

The research study on the Luxury Car Rental market contains information on the revenue growth at global, regional and country levels along with recent industry trends in each sub-segment. The current and future state of the industry, along with new strategies for market growth, are the focus of the Luxury Car Rental research study. Market drivers and causes, business climate, barriers and risks to entry, suppliers, production networks, problems and opportunities, as well as an examination based on the five forces model of Porter are all covered in this analysis.

Get a Free Sample of the Luxury Car Rental Market @ https://www.intelligencemarketreport.com/report-sample/323

The key players covered in the Luxury Car Rental market report are:
Company
Hertz
Budget Reviews
sixth
Europcar
Location
SELF
Movida
Unidas
gold car
eHi Car Services
Fox Rent A Car.

The luxury car rental market study sheds new light on the potential and challenges that exist in the dramatically changed post-COVID-19 era. Insights include business trends, competing brands, biographies of industry experts, market data patterns and more. Major manufacturers, growth rates, export value, and major geographies are all examined in the market study.

Market segmentation

This research focuses on the global market, but it also includes regional and county-level segmentation statistics for other regions. Size growth rate by type, segment by application, manufacturer share, market rivalry scenario, and trends are all examined in the Luxury Car Rental market study. The study also includes market share by revenue, consumption by country and area, industry chain analysis and current developments/updates.

Luxury Car Rental Market Segmentation as follows:

Segment by type
Business rental
Leisure Rental

Segment by application
Airport
Outside airport

Segmented by region/country
North America
Europe
China
Japan
Asia Other

Apply In The Luxury Car Rental Market @ https://www.intelligencemarketreport.com/send-an-enquiry/323

Regional overview

Clients, marketers, service providers, and distributors will benefit from the report. All divisions, regional classifications and national studies, as well as extensive data on all aspects, have been thoroughly analyzed. The objective of this Luxury Car Rental research report is to examine the growth trends, enticing opportunities, key barriers and future prospects. Strategic alliances, plans, new product launches, partnerships, joint ventures, and information on major industry players are all covered in this research report.

Competitive coverage

The reader will be able to recognize the footprints of the companies in the market over the projected period by learning about the global vendor share, global demand, and player production. In the Luxury Car Rental Market research report, key sales, gross margin, production value, distribution networks, production capacity, geographical footprint, growth rate and the compound annual growth rate were used during the market research.

The market study examines global and regional markets, as well as the general growth prospects for the luxury car rental industry. It also provides insight into the competitive landscape of the global market. The study report includes an overview of the industry. The structure, classifications, definitions and implementations of the supply chain. A number of planning concepts and methodologies are also included in the
study.

Key Highlights of the Luxury Car Rental Market Report

– Recognize and respond to marketing strategies like leveraging strengths and performing a SWOT analysis.
– Analysis of the impact of the Russia-Ukraine war on the target market and its dynamics on the various regional markets.
– Impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the global economy and post-pandemic market behavior.

Table of Contents – Analysis of Key Points

Chapter 1. Executive Summary
Chapter 2. Global Market Definition and Scope
Chapter 3. Global Market Dynamics
Chapter 4. Global Luxury Car Rental Market Analysis
Chapter 5. Global Luxury Car Rental Market, By Type
Chapter 6. Global Luxury Car Rental Market, By Application
Chapter 7. Global Luxury Car Rental Market, Regional Analysis
Chapter 8. Competitive Intelligence
Chapter 9. Research Process

Continued…

Buy Single User PDF @ https://www.intelligencemarketreport.com/checkout/323

Contact us:
Akash Anand
Head of business development and strategy
[email protected]
Telephone: +44 20 8144 2758

About Us:
Intelligence Market Report includes a comprehensive overview of statistical survey reports from many marketers around the world. We boast of an information base covering virtually all market classifications and a much more comprehensive assortment of statistical survey reports under these classifications and sub-classifications. Intelligence Market Report offers top quality reformist factual analysis, statistical survey reports, survey and gauge information for businesses and governments around the world.

This press release was published on openPR.

Stocks in the news: Wipro, YES Bank, Vedanta, Tata Power and more

0

Benchmarks fell for the fourth consecutive session on Wednesday in volatile trade after the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) policy announcement. Sensex had 215 points to finish at 54,892 and Nifty was down 60 points to close at 16,356. Sensex, dropping to 3.31%.

Tata Steel, State Bank of India, Dr Reddy’s, Bajaj Finance, TCS and Titan emerged leading Sensex gains, reaching 1.70%.

Here’s a look at the stocks that should remain focused today.

Wipro: The IT services company will work with Brazilian company Petrobras to advance its digital journey.

Bank of India: The bank raised its repo-based lending rate to 7.75% after RBI announced a repo rate revision of 50 basis points to 4.9%.

Share Market Live: Sensex and Nifty set to open lower today

National Bank of Punjab: The bank raised its repo-linked lending rate to 7.4% following RBI’s decision to raise the repo rate.

YES Bank: The lender is now on the verge of quitting the reconstruction program two years after the government and the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) put in place a special plan to save YES Bank.

Vedanta: Mining company Vedanta has confirmed the pledge of 5.77% stake in Hindustan Zinc Ltd for a term loan of Rs 8,000 crore.

Tata power: Brookfield Renewable India, a subsidiary of the Canadian private equity major, has commissioned its first greenfield solar project with a capacity of 445 MW near Jodhpur in Rajasthan. Tata Power Solar Systems was the construction partner and HSBC India and Axis Bank were the financing partners.

RailVikas Nigam: The state-owned company will carry out infrastructure projects in the Kyrgyz Republic. Rail Vikas Nigam has signed an agreement with “Kyrgyzindustry” for the execution of infrastructure projects in the Kyrgyz Republic. In particular, the company will run the rail line network under mutually agreed terms and conditions in the Kyrgyz Republic.

Crompton Greaves Consumer Electrical Products: The company’s board of directors will consider a fundraiser on June 13. A proposal to raise funds up to Rs 925 crore through the issuance of debt securities on a private placement basis will be presented at the board meeting.

TTI Company: TTI Enterprise will consider the stock split on June 28. The June 28 board meeting will consider stock splits and fundraising for various business purposes.

Indian Oil Company: Air Products, a world leader in industrial gases, announced that it has signed a long-term supply agreement with state-owned Indian Oil Corporation Limited (IOCL).

Aspen voters to be asked about STR tax in July

0

The city plans to poll Aspen voters on whether they would support a tax on short-term vacation rentals and how the profits should be spent.

Members of the Aspen City Council brainstormed various scenarios that could be posed on an STR tax question to voters in the November election during a business session on Tuesday.

The council’s consensus leaned towards an excise rate of around 13%, with municipal programs focused on building housing for workers, the environment and capital infrastructure as potential beneficiaries. The board, however, wants to gauge public opinion on an STR tax before reviewing and approving ballot wording. The more specific the language, the better informed voters will be, they agreed.



“I think we’re looking for a why and a what,” Councilman Ward Hauenstein said of the STR ballot question, which has yet to be worked out. “Why do we need this and where is the money going? The five of us are not going to do the poll and we are not going to do the polling question so I think this should be as specific as possible because I don’t want a 13.1% tax to go just to the general fund.

The municipal council may use the general fund at its discretion. Voters might not like a new tax – which would only be charged to guests of STRs – which could be taken from the general fund at the pleasure of the council, council members said.



The working session came as the city council considers potential ways to regulate Aspen’s STR vacation industry, which lasts no longer than 30 days.

City Council in December imposed a moratorium on new STR permit applications for 2022, freezing new STR licenses while current licensees can continue to rent out their residences. The moratorium is due to expire on September 30. The city council is also considering an ordinance, separate from the potential tax issue, to shape how STR licensing is handled and how the city regulates the industry.

Aspen executives have argued that STR activity is impacting the character of residential neighborhoods, disproportionately using city services and drying up the rental market for local workers. In October 2020, the council created a policy requiring all landlords who rent out their condos or homes on a short-term basis to obtain a business license and vacation rental permit filed with the city. Business licenses require property owners to pay the city’s 2% lodging and 2.4% sales tax.

The first full year of the city’s STR regulations for business licenses and sales taxes, 2021, saw the generation of 1,319 STR licenses, according to city records.

Excise tax city leaders are considering asking voters to approve that they would only apply to STRs, with proceeds intended to help offset industry impacts.

The ballot will take place in July with results intended to inform the council’s decision on what the ballot question will look like – from identified uses for the new tax, to what the preferred tax rate is.

“What figure is the community willing to accept on an overall STR tax rate, and what are they willing to accept it for?” That’s how Councilman Skippy Mesirow summed up the purpose of the ballot.

Mesirow said his wish for how to spend the tax proceeds was “affordable housing first, environmental concerns and community infrastructure.”

Councilor Rachel Richards suggested that pollsters make clear to respondents the “shortages of affordable housing created by new demand for short-term housing,” while demonstrating to survey participants how other resort towns in the same situation tax STRs. Ouray’s excise tax on STRs, for example, is 15% while Avon’s is 2%, according to a presentation given to council by the city’s chief financial officer, Pete Strecker.

STR taxpayer money dedicated to the city’s environmental causes will have a wider impact on residents, Councilman John Doyle said.

“In my mind, the environment is the community,” Doyle said. “They’re interchangeable, and all dollars that go to the environment go to our community.”

Worker housing and infrastructure should also benefit from the tax, Doyle said.

[email protected]

First renders show Hornets training facility is a skyscraper

0

City staff on Monday shared a preview of a proposed training facility for the Charlotte Hornets in the downtown core.

Early renderings show a high-rise building for the NBA team where the existing Charlotte Transportation Center now stands, towering over the Spectrum Center.

The footage comes from a proposal from the Hornets and City of Charlotte staff last week to do $215 million in Spectrum Center renovations as well as a $60 million practice facility that would be paid for by the naming rights for a proposed new sports and entertainment district in the vicinity. Region.

High Rendering of Day Hornets.png
A high-rise building believed to contain a practice facility for the Charlotte Hornets stands next to the Spectrum Center in this rendering shown to city officials on Monday. Screenshot of the presentation of the city of Charlotte

District 7 Councilman Ed Driggs expressed concern late Monday that funding for the practice center was not set in stone.

Under the proposed agreement, the City of Charlotte would extend its lease with the Charlotte Hornets to 2045. The existing lease is set to expire in 2030. Under the proposed deal, the Hornets would begin paying $2 million a year in rent in 2030 and $1.1 million in capital investments beginning in 2024.

Construction is expected to start this summer on the renovations and the training center. The work could take four years.

image (1).png
A rendering shows the interior of a proposed high-rise building in place of the Charlotte Transportation Center next to the Spectrum Center. The Charlotte Hornets would have an indoor training facility. Screenshot of the presentation of the city of Charlotte.

The city’s economic development committee discussed the project Monday afternoon, and city council followed suit at its regular meeting. A Charlotte City Council vote is scheduled for Monday, June 13. The public is permitted to register to speak during the public comment period at next week’s meeting.

Driggs and District 6 Councilor Tariq Bokhari both said they were concerned the council was not being transparent enough about the project.

“I want to keep the team here,” Driggs said. “I just think we still have a little bit of work to do to properly present this thing to the public.”

City of Charlotte Chief Financial Officer Teresa Smith said about 60% of public feedback received was positive.

The new training facility would include two full basketball courts, expanded locker rooms and healthcare space. Renderings show the training facility replacing the existing Charlotte Transportation Center, moving the bus facility underground.

The rest of the tower would be filled with parking and development “to be determined” on the upper floors.

image.png
The design of a temporary bus station in downtown Charlotte. The existing Charlotte Transportation Center could become the site of a high-rise building. Screenshot of the presentation of the city of Charlotte

There will be a temporary bus station built over several years of construction on the transit and convenient facilities building, documents presented to the economic development committee show.

Plan B, according to the original presentation, is to build the training ground on the existing gravel pitch next to the stadium.

The money for the renovations will come from the city’s tourism dollars – car rental sales tax or hotel occupancy tax, for example – and will not affect the city’s overall budget, according to Smith.

Screenshot 2022-05-31 182810.jpg
This image shows the Spectrum Center, where the Charlotte Hornets play, the Charlotte Transportation Center, and the Epicenter, which is up for sale. The city hopes that a renovated Spectrum Center, new practice facility, renovated transportation facility, and sale of the Epicenter will transform the area into a new Uptown neighborhood. City of Charlotte

The $215 million pool renovations would include:

  • entries
  • bathrooms
  • escalators
  • lifts
  • new HVAC systems
  • plumbing repairs
  • roof repairs

This story was originally published June 7, 2022 06:00.

Genna Contino covers local government for The Observer, where she works to inform and serve people living in Charlotte and Mecklenburg County. She attended the University of South Carolina and grew up in Rock Hill.

Australia’s central bank raises rates for the 2nd time in 5 weeks

0

CANBERRA, Australia (AP) — Australia’s central bank on Tuesday raised its benchmark interest rate for the second time in five weeks, pushing the cash rate from 0.35% to 0.85%.

When the Reserve Bank of Australia raised the rate by a quarter of a percentage point at its last monthly board meeting on May 3, it was the first rate hike in more than 11 years.

A rise was widely expected after official data released in April showed inflation in Australia had risen to 5.1% in the year to March. This is the highest annual rate since 2001, when a new 10% federal consumption tax created a temporary spike.

Treasurer Jim Chalmers announced further rate hikes on Tuesday, saying inflation in Australia would worsen.


“It is already clear that inflation will be significantly higher than the 5.1% it is now,” Chalmers told the Australian Broadcasting Corp. hours before the bank’s rate decision is announced.

“Inflation will get worse before it gets better. This is the trajectory we inherited,” added Chalmers.

An election on May 21 brought Chalmers’ centre-left Labor Party to power. He criticized the level of debt accumulated by the previous Conservative administration.

Chalmers said he would update the nation on inflation when Parliament resumes on July 26 for the first time since the election.

Reserve Bank Governor Philip Lowe said inflation is unlikely to fall below 3% until next year.

The Reserve Bank of Australia adjusts interest rates to keep inflation within a target range of 2-3%.

“Inflation in Australia has increased significantly. While inflation is lower than in most other advanced economies, it is higher than expected,” Lowe said in a statement.

“Global factors, including COVID-related supply chain disruptions and the war in Ukraine, explain much of this rise in inflation. But domestic factors are also playing a role, with capacity constraints in some sectors and the tight labor market contributing to upward pressure on prices,” added Lowe.

Inflation in the last quarter was significantly higher than the previous quarter’s 3.5%, due to soaring fuel and housing prices and crop damage from recent floods.

Windstream Wholesale offers 400 Gigabit routes coast to coast

SMALL ROCK, Arch.–(BUSINESS WIRE)–Windstream Wholesale, a leading provider of advanced optical solutions, whose first 400G customer came on stream in August 2020, now offers its industry-leading 400G wave services coast-to-coast, while continuing to expand and improve its high capacity, low latency transport network.

The 400G routes currently available are:

  • Ashburn, Virginia, to Chicago, Denver, San Jose and Los Angeles

  • Atlanta to Dallas, Phoenix, San Jose and Los Angeles

  • From Seattle to Portland, San Jose and Los Angeles

  • Chicago to Dallas and Atlanta

“Bandwidth demands faced by large enterprises and hyperscale customers are growing and evolving rapidly as the transition to cloud services and cloud computing accelerates, and Windstream Wholesale is enhancing our long-haul network to ensure that we meet their needs,” said Joe Scattareggia, Chief Revenue Officer. from Windstream Wholesale. “We are implementing a phased approach that gives our customers time to plan as we continue to invest and activate 400G services across our core long-haul network.

Windstream Wholesale is also taking orders now for the following routes, which will be 400G capable in the second half of 2022:

  • Chicago to Atlanta and Miami

  • Chicago to Newark and New York

  • Atlanta to Ashburn, Newark and New York

  • McAllen, TX; in Dallas, Memphis, Ashburn and New York

The company will begin accepting orders for the third phase of its 400G expansion starting in the third quarter of 2022.

Windstream Wholesale is an industry leader in testing and deploying 400G services. In August 2020, Windstream and Everstream, the enterprise-only fiber optic network, announced the launch of long-haul 400 Gigabit Ethernet wavelength services, one of the industry’s first deployments for a service provider optimized for businesses.

The enhancements are made to Windstream’s Intelligent Converged Optical Network (ICON), which provides an open and disaggregated network infrastructure, enabling wholesale and enterprise technology customers to select unique custom routes, maintain operational information with Windstream’s network intelligence capabilities and bring their networks closer to the edge to better serve end users.

To view the Windstream Network Map, visit https://www.windstreamwholesale.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/Windstream-Wholesale-National-Network.pdf

About Windstream

Windstream Holdings is privately held Fortune® 1000 communications and software company. Windstream Wholesale is an innovative optical technology leader that creates deep partnerships with carriers, content and media providers, and federal government agencies to deliver fast, flexible, customized wave and transport solutions. Additional information is available at windstream.com or windstreamwholesale.com. Follow us on Twitter at @Windstream.

Fortune. ©2021 Fortune Media IP Limited. All rights reserved. Used under license. Fortune and Fortune 1000 are registered trademarks of Fortune Media IP Limited and are used under license. Fortune is not affiliated with, and does not endorse Windstream’s products or services.

Category: Wholesale

Global car rental market industry trends, size, share, growth,

0

According to the latest report by IMARC Group, titled “Car Rental Market: Global Industry Trends, Share, Size, Growth, Opportunities and Forecast 2022-2027”, the global car rental market has reached a value of US$76.7 billion in 2021. IMARC Group expects the market to reach US$96.5 billion by 2027, growing at a CAGR of 3.8% during the period 2022- 2027.

Car rental, or leasing a car, refers to the process of renting a car for a short term. These car rental services are provided by agencies that purchase multiple fleet vehicles and rent them out to customers for a fee. Nowadays, individuals prefer renting a car as it is a more cost effective alternative to owning a vehicle and provides freedom of movement and low cost travel. Some rental cars are also equipped with entertainment systems, global positioning systems (GPS) and Wi-Fi networks.

We regularly monitor the direct effect of COVID-19 on the market, as well as the indirect influence of associated industries. These observations will be incorporated into the report.

Request a free sample PDF of the report: https://www.imarcgroup.com/car-rental-market/requestsample

Global car rental market trends and drivers:

The global car rental market is mainly driven by the rapid growth of the information technology (IT) sector. With the growing penetration of smartphones, renting a car through online platforms has become the most preferred choice. Furthermore, the increase in travel and tourism activities has encouraged individuals to opt for car rental services, such as taxis and ride-sharing, for improved mobility and cost-effective trips. The high usage rate of car rental services by daily commuters and office workers also provides a positive outlook for the market. In addition to this, governments of various countries are emphasizing on minimizing their vehicle emissions. Therefore, car rental services have become one of the most economical modes of transportation.

Competitive analysis and segmentation of the car rental market 2022-2027:

Competitive landscape with key players:

The competitive landscape of the Car Rental market has been studied in the report along with the detailed profiles of key players operating in the market.

Some of these key players include:

Avis Budget Group, Inc.
Carzonrent India Private Limited
Eco rent a car
Sixt SE
Location
Enterprise Holdings, Inc.
Enterprise Rent-A-Car
Europcar
The Hertz Company

Key Market Segmentation:

The report has segmented the global car rental market on the basis of booking type, rental duration, vehicle type, application, end user and region.

Breakdown by booking type:

Offline booking
Online booking

Breakdown by rental duration:

Short term
Long term

Breakdown by type of vehicle:

Luxury
Executive
Economy
SUV
Others

Breakdown by application:

Leisure/Tourism
Company

Breakdown by end user:

Autonomous
With driver

Breakdown by region:

North America (USA, Canada)
Europe (Germany, France, UK, Italy, Spain, Russia, Others)
Asia-Pacific (China, Japan, India, South Korea, Australia, Indonesia, Others)
Latin America (Brazil, Mexico, others)
Middle East and Africa (United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Iran, Others)

Ask the analyst for a customization and explore the full report with table of contents and list of figures: https://www.imarcgroup.com/request?type=report&id=2036&flag=C

Main highlights of the report:

Market Performance (2016-2021)
Market Outlook (2022-2027)
Market trends
Market drivers and success factors
Impact of COVID-19
Value chain analysis
Complete mapping of the competitive landscape

If you need specific information that is not currently covered in the report, we will provide it to you as part of the customization.

About Us:
The IMARC Group is a leading market research firm providing management strategies and market research worldwide. We partner with clients across all industries and geographies to identify their most important opportunities, address their most critical challenges and transform their businesses.

IMARC’s information products include major business, scientific, economic and technological developments for business leaders in pharmaceutical, industrial and high-tech organizations. Market forecasts and industry analysis for biotechnology, advanced materials, pharmaceuticals, food and beverages, travel and tourism, nanotechnology and new processing methods are at the top of the list. company expertise.

Our offerings include comprehensive market information in the form of research reports, production cost reports, feasibility studies and consulting services. Our team, which includes experienced researchers and analysts from various industries, is dedicated to providing high-quality data and insights to our client base, ranging from small and medium-sized businesses to Fortune 1000 companies.

Contact us:
IMARC Group
30 N Gould St, Ste R
Sheridan, WY 82801, United States
Email: [email protected]
Americas: +1-631-791-1145 | Europe and Africa: +44-753-713-2163 | Asia: +91-120-433-0800

This press release was published on openPR.

Need for Speed: 6 fastest cars that every gearhead must drive at least once!

0

Gearheads like you are curious about what it’s like to drive the fastest cars. It’s obvious that these cars have the quick and calculating kind of movement. Their movements are not impulsive, random sweeps of the corners. They wield power and authority as they roar through the streets of Dubai, enticing you to get behind the wheel for a unique driving experience. Simply put, they put the control back in your hands.

Sports and luxury cars for sale in Dubai promise to get the driver’s blood pumping. As for the pedestrians, they couldn’t help but drool over their magnificent speed. At the same time, children dreamed of driving on street racing tracks with one of these cars by their side.

That said, cars aren’t just a tool to get from A to B for gearheads. They are not just another utilitarian item. Gearheads value various things about them – from sound, to engagement, to design language, to speed. The cars on this list are not only the fastest, but they offer the best driving experience. These cars will make you a better than average driver!

Audi

Audi’s new R8 V10 has become the fastest car the company has ever produced. It generates a breathtaking 610 horsepower. From zero to 62 miles per hour, acceleration takes just 3.2 seconds, on the road to a top speed of 205.1 miles per hour.

You don’t necessarily need to buy it to find out how it drives. There is an option for Audi R8 for rent in Dubai because various car rental agencies offer this beast of a car.

Porsche

Porsche is a prestigious company that has been manufacturing sports cars for decades. However, its fastest mode, the 918 Spyder, blows them all away! The 918 Spyder reaches a top speed of 214 miles per hour and boasts a total output of 887 horsepower.

Porsche has done incredible feats in making an impressive hybrid like the 918 Spyder. It encapsulates a 4.6-liter V8 engine that works in conjunction with an electric motor. Thanks to these characteristics, he is able to reach a fascinating speed and power.

However, the 918 Spyder is incredibly fast and a rare sight due to its production being limited to less than 1000 units for the 2014 model year.

Ferrari

Ferrari bends the knee to its obligation to produce road-going track cars, and LaFerrari is doing just that. Peculiar name aside, this is Ferrari’s first hybrid. Don’t make the mistake of thinking this is a Prius in Ferrari disguise.

It blazes on the road with the power of 950 horsepower with a 6.3-liter V12 engine mated to an electric motor and the KERS system. The electric system provides more torque than any significant fuel economy gain. Like the Ferrari Enzo model that preceded it, the company limited LaFerrari to 499 units. Additionally, the F1-derived KERS system, with its innovative body and chassis, is ready to do battle with well-known names such as McLaren’s P1 and Porsche’s new 918.

Aston Martin

This special edition Aston Martin coupé was limited to 77 examples, but due to an accident in Asia only 76 survived. Under the oversized hood sits a 7.3-liter Cosworth V-12 engine developing 750 horsepower and 553 pound-feet of torque. This accelerates the aluminum and carbon fiber chassis from 0 to 60 mph in 3.5 seconds. Aston Martin’s 2009 tests found their mount to be capable of 220 mph.

Lamborghini

Lamborghini showed the determination to make top speed and aerodynamics a priority with the Aventador SVJ, which produces a breathtaking 759 horsepower. The ultimate Italian automaker’s flagship supercar boasts an impressive performance to blur the line between arbitrary classifications of supercar and hypercar.

Under the hood is a naturally aspirated 6.5-liter V-12 engine that develops 531 lb-ft of torque and sends power to all four wheels via a seven-speed single-clutch automatic transmission. Like its main rival, the Ferrari 812 Superfast, the Aventador SVJ will go down in history as one of the best fast cars!

McLaren

The makers of McLaren built the long, low and lean hyper GT, SpeedTail, to put drivers and two other passengers through a surprisingly blistering pace. Its 4.0-liter twin-turbo V8 engine with electric motor produces the power of 1,036 horsepower to set its 3,153-pound mass in motion. Plus, it comes to life with a top speed of 250 mph.

Speed ​​is the new classic

As a gearhead, having a passion for these and other faster vehicles requires an understanding of mechanics and technology. Therefore, recognize that luxury and speed are intertwined and some of the fastest cars come from luxury brands. They elevate the driving experience by providing advanced handling, comfort, feel and speed. So don’t sit behind the screen and make an effort to win this unforgettable experience!

You can find these luxury cars and many more for rent at One-click reader and other leading car rental companies in Dubai.

‘I’m still in denial’ – Tenants face €600 rent hike

0

Neighbors Mary Loftus and Anna Gallagher use the same word to describe their reaction to a rent review they both received last month – shock.

The women told RTÉ’s Prime Time that their landlord, owner of the two properties in Tubbercurry, Co Sligo, had informed them that their rent would be increased by €600 a month.

Mrs Loftus’ four-bedroom house will go from €880 to €1,500 a month. Ms Gallagher’s rent, which is for a three-bedroom house, is rising from €800 to €1,400 a month.

“There’s a bit of me that’s still in denial. I still can’t believe it’s true,” Ms Loftus said.

Ms Gallagher said while she was planning for a rent review of up to €200, the €600 increase, which equates to a rise of more than 70%, was far beyond her expectations.

The women, who live in the Cnoc na Sí estate, have 90 days to decide whether they will pay the increased rent.

“I expected that at some point we would get a rent review,” Ms Gallagher explained.

“But, for me to earn an extra €600, I would need a massive pay rise to be able to cover that kind of money.”

Tubbercurry, Co Sligo, is not in an area of ​​rent pressure

Tubbercurry is not in a rent pressure zone so the landlord has the right to increase rents at market rate once a lease has been in place for 24 months and the new rent can be demonstrated to be on par with others charged in the area.

In this case, the landlord could show three of his own properties in the same area as examples of houses advertised with the highest rent.

“The rules need to be changed,” Ms Loftus said. “We are all very angry that this is legal.”

Potentially having to find a new property is a daunting prospect for women.

The northwest of the country has seen the highest rent increases over the past year, with an average annual rise of around 20%, according to Daft. There are just 11 rental properties in Co Sligo – and just three in Tubbercurry.

“My local nursery has a one-year waiting list. If I take my son out of there, I may not get another nursery,” Ms Gallagher said.

“Your home is something very intimate, very personal and very special to each person. I don’t want to sound too dramatic but, at the same time, it really hurts,” Ms Loftus added.

The owner in question did not respond to questions from Prime Time.

Anna Gallagher is also facing a €600 rent increase

Ireland’s population now exceeds five million and continues to grow. But the number of properties available for rent goes in the opposite direction.

According to the Residential Tenancies Board (RTB), there are 15,000 fewer rentals than four years ago. Between 2017 and 2021, more than 7,000 owners have retired from the rental business.

Today, according to Daft, there are only 832 properties available to rent in Ireland.

The Irish rental market relies heavily on smaller, so-called “Mom and Pop” landlords. Some 86% of landlords only own one or two properties, and more than half of all tenants in Ireland rent from a small landlord.

The percentage is even higher outside cities, where large investors have yet to buy large-scale properties.

Mary Conway, a former nurse, has been an owner for more than 20 years and described the current market as “very tight”.

Ms Conway owns eight properties and runs Janus Estates, a rental agency in Dublin.

“There may be landlords who make a lot of money but, for the honest landlord who declares everything on rental income, there is very little money at the end,” she told Prime. Time.

Ms Conway said income tax, PRSI and USC are all payable on rental income and while some expenses can be deducted from tax, mortgage principal repayments cannot.

Despite a booming rental market, some small owners are selling

“You can say that in a few years you’re going to have a property paid off and you have an asset, but there’s a lot of roads between when you take out your mortgage and when you pay it off,” he said. she declared. said.

The owners argue that large investment companies are treated differently for tax purposes.

Individual landlords pay income tax on the rent they collect – often at over 50%. If they sell the property, they are also required to pay capital gains tax, at 33%. Landlords who pay a mortgage can deduct their mortgage interest, but not principal repayments, from rental income.

In contrast, REITS, or real estate investment trusts, which allow individual investors to join large-scale investment portfolios, pay no tax on their rental income. If a property is sold, it is not subject to any capital gains tax.

Individual shareholders are liable for tax on dividends but, if resident abroad, some, if not all, of the tax may be refunded.

Calling for tax reform, Ms Conway said the industry was being wrongly blamed for the housing crisis.

“Most of the time I won’t say I’m an owner because people have this perception that you’re someone who has a lot of money and you don’t do anything about it.”

According to Ms Conway, 44 different laws have been introduced since 2008.

She explained that landlords, especially older people, are reluctant to stay in the area.

In cities like Dublin, big investors have bought large-scale rental properties

“They’re terrified of legislation, they’re terrified of paperwork, they’re terrified of RTB,” she said.

Ms. Conway’s experience is reflected in the statistics. Despite the boom in the rental market, some small owners are selling.

According to the Residential Tenancies Board, 544 lease termination notices were issued to tenants in the last three months of 2019, with just over half, or 290, issued to landlords selling the property.

By the same period in 2021, the number of terminations had risen to almost 1,000, with 64%, or 614, being indicated because the owner intended to sell the property.

Properties are not lost to the housing stock, but they are no longer an option for tenants.

In Dublin alone, housing charity Threshold told Prime Time that last year it helped more than 700 people who received termination notices because the landlord was selling the property.

Some 350 rentals in Cork faced a similar situation, while Co Galway had the second highest number of termination notices, with tenants at 200 properties being told their homes were being sold.

In total, the organization advised more than 4,000 private tenants on termination notices in 2021.

“So far in 2022 we are seeing an increase in termination cases, largely for sale – and the majority are valid, meaning there is little that private tenants can do to keep the house,” said said Threshold chief executive John-Mark McCafferty.

The government has pledged to review the property tax this year

In 2019, the RTB independently surveyed 500 small landlords and found that almost one in ten of their rental properties were “likely” or “very likely” to sell within the next 12 months.

The main reasons given concerned the profitability of the sector. The survey asked landlords how much they earned from rental properties after taxes, deductions and mortgage repayments.

For almost one property in four, the total net income fluctuates between €1,000 and €4,999. Total net income was between €5,000 and €9,999 for one in five properties.

One property in 20 brings in an income of €10,000 or more. But, according to the owners, 14% of properties bring in a net income of less than €1,000 and one property in 10 “makes a loss”.

There have been plenty of calls for property tax reform — with more consensus than you might think. Sinn Féin agrees the landlord tax needs to be looked at, while Threshold suggested that landlords who sign long-term leases with tenants could pay a reduced rate of tax.

“Agreements should be for at least 10 years and could only be terminated by the landlord if the tenant breached the agreement,” McCafferty said.

Threshold has also proposed to treat rental income in the same way as those who rent out a room in their own home – exempting it from tax if the gross income does not exceed €14,000 per year.

Agent Ray Cooke has received over 500 applications for a three bedroom house in Drimnagh, Co Dublin

“The private rental sector would not exist without landlords. If they choose to sell their properties and alternative housing options are not available to tenants, action is needed to retain landlords in the sector,” said Mr McCafferty.

The government is committed to reviewing the homeowners tax this year and any changes will be included in the budget.

Agent Ray Cooke also assists with the departure of the owners from the market.

“A third of our sales are from owners who are selling right now,” he said.

“These ‘Mom and Dad’ owners own the houses. The vulture funds just build apartments and buy apartments.

Mr Cooke told Prime Time that in 48 hours he had received 125 inquiries for a newly let property at Drimnagh in Dublin.

In total, Mr Cooke said he had received more than 500 inquiries for the three-bedroom house, which is advertised to rent at €2,400 per month.

“If I had 30 properties today, I could rent them all in this neighborhood. That’s where the demand is.”

Patrycja, 35, was first in line to view the property.

Patrycja, 35, has been looking for a house to rent since last year

She arrived an hour early for the viewing to make sure she didn’t miss her chance.

“My landlord decided to sell his house and I’ve been looking for it for the last year,” she told Prime Time.

Patrycja has until the end of this month to find a new home for her and her son. She works two jobs and has been on an exhausting search for months. The lowest point came when a potential owner asked her for sex.

“A man called me and said he has a house in Blanchardstown, and we can meet once a month for a little something and he will sign the paperwork for HAP and I can live there. “

Patrycja broke down in tears as she described the impact of the landlord’s proposal.

“We are human and we have rights. Everyone is supposed to respect us, not use our bad situation.”

Like many others struggling to find rental property, Patrycja is out of options.

“I can’t go back to Poland. My son has been here for ages and this is his home. It’s mine too,” she explained.

“We have built our lives here.”

Forest Park Plaza LLC Acquires Living Fresh Market, One of Chicago’s Near West Suburbs’ Largest Supermarkets

0

Officials from Forest Park Plaza LLCa wholly owned subsidiary of Living Word Christian Center, the company that owns and operates the 13-hectare outdoor shopping, dining and worship center at 7600 Roosevelt Road in this suburb five miles west of Chicago, announced today that they have acquired Living Fresh Market, the 70,000 square foot supermarket that has been a mainstay of the square over the past four last years.

Living Fresh Market was opened in May 2018 by Dan Casaccio, part of a family that has been in the grocery business for nearly a century. It replaced Ultra Foods, which left a huge void in access to fresh food and produce when it closed four years ago in this racially and economically mixed village of about 14,300 people.

The new owners, Dr. Bill Winston and his family, bought the place in 1997. With the change in ownership, the Winstons became one of the few African Americans across the country to own a large, full-scale supermarket.

The change in ownership comes during a volatile time in the food retail industry, as a number of large supermarket chains, such as Whole Foods, Save-A-Lot, SuperValu, Aldi, Walgreens and even Walmart have closed grocery stores across the country, including urban areas classified as food deserts.

In early 2020, with the onset of the global coronavirus outbreak, groceries went into a tailspin. On the one hand, the business has been robust as the demand for food and other essentials has increased, while on the other hand, problems have arisen with labor shortages, production food and the delivery of these products.

But the food retail industry has balanced the uncertainties better than most industries, according to a recently released Axios Harris poll. Grocery stores have received some of the highest ratings for reliability when it comes to giving customers access to the products and services they need.

This current market climate bodes well for the Winstons, who have established a leading brand in the region for growth and prosperity over the past two decades. In addition to Living Fresh Market, the plaza is also home to Home Owner’s Bargain Outlet (HOBO), a family-run, factory-direct home improvement retailer; the Carver Innovation Center, one of five manufacturing labs and makerspaces in Illinois; 28 To Brush Dental, Portillo’s Hot Dogs, Enterprise Leasing, Taco Bell, America’s Best Contacts and Eyeglasses, Royal Christian Bookstores and Cafés, Liberty Bank, Planet Fitness, Principle Dance and Ashley Stewart.

Melody Winston, director of real estate, operations and construction at Forest Park Plaza, said the family decided to venture into the grocery business because there was an opportunity to expand their business portfolio. and to impact the community it has served over the past 24 years, from when Dr Winston bought a declining shopping center in 1997 to house the church he founded and serves senior pastor, Living World Christian Centerone of the largest churches in the country.

“Our goal is to present the best supermarket experience to the community,” Winston said.

“We will provide fresh meats, fresh produce and high quality products that meet the needs of the community. We will modernize the store, incorporating the latest technological innovations in the supermarket industry, such as Instacart, and we will remain engaged with our customers.

Winston said the renovation has begunbut the grocery store remains open during the transformation under the temporary name joseph Fresh Market LLC. Part of the new look includes converting 10,000 square feet of the grocery store into a market for new vendors to display their wares. A ribbon-cutting ceremony is scheduled for Labor Day weekend.

“There are people trying to put products on the shelves of a grocery store,” Winston said.

“There are people who bake their own bread, make their own baby food and other specialty items. There is a shortage of infant formula. We will help them solve this problem and show them how to perfect their product or specialty item for the market. »

Another rewarding part of this whole experience, Winston said, was hiring new employees.

“We have great people,” she said.

“I have managers in each department. We even have an old fashioned butcher.

Forest Park Mayor Rory Hoskin and Representative The Shawn Ford (D-8e) said the Winstons’ acquisition is good news for the community and the region.

“I’m grateful to them for stepping into this arena to do what’s best for the community,” Ford said.

“They are making a sacrifice. It’s really not a business in which they seek to enrich themselves. It’s really the mission to provide the community with what they need, so they can be commended for it.

As big chains abandon some communities, the Winstons are part of a new movement of black entrepreneurs mobilizing to acquire supermarkets. It’s happening in Houston, Oakland, Detroit, Washington and even Chicago.

“It’s a model for Chicago and for urban communities to have small business owners, who aren’t connected to the big chains, opening supermarkets in communities,” Ford said.

“They’re down to the neighborhoods, not like the big chains that come and go, because the trust or the real science of their success isn’t the local market, it’s the big stage. They have grocery stores in many states, and if they fail in other markets, it cuts into their profit margins and forces them to close in other areas.

Enterprise Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) Market Size, Scope and Forecast

New Jersey, United States – The Enterprise Communication Platform-as-a-Service (CPAAS) Market report is the result of extensive and expert research on the Enterprise Communication Platform-as-a-Service (CPAAS) industry. that service (CPAAS). The Enterprise Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) Market report explains what the market is about, market prognosis, several segmentations and all things related to the market. It also examines the primary and secondary market drivers, market share, potential sales volume, regional analysis and key market segments. The research also includes key variables that contribute to market growth as well as elements that could stifle market growth. VM Reports professionals applied precise research techniques and other analysis.

PESTLE analysis and SWOT analysis are two of the analyzes used in the Business Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) market research, and they shed light on many internal and external variables that affect the market in every situation. It also includes a section that identifies strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats, as well as Porter’s five forces model.

Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full Table of Contents, List of Tables and Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/download-sample/?rid=75053

There is also a section dedicated to important players and their projects, such as acquisitions, collaborations, etc. The Business Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) market research material has been gathered primarily via expert opinions, interviews, and surveys. Verified market research experts have created a Business Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) Market Study that is full of clarity, accuracy, and useful information. The data in the report is quite accurate and reliable with no duplicates or errors.

Key Players Mentioned in the Enterprise Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) Market Research Report:

Twilio Vonage Holdings Corp., MessageBird Bandwidth, Sinch, Infobip Ltd.

Enterprise Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) Market Segmentation:

Enterprise Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) Market, by Type

• Standardized service
• Personalized service

Enterprise Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) Market, By Application

• SMEs (Small and Medium Enterprises)
• Big business

Inquire for a discount on this Premium Report @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=75053

Scope of the Enterprise Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) Market Report

ATTRIBUTES DETAILS
ESTIMATED YEAR 2022
YEAR OF REFERENCE 2021
FORECAST YEAR 2029
HISTORICAL YEAR 2020
UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

Answers to key questions in the report:

1. Who are the top five players in the Enterprise Communications Platform as a Service (CPAAS) market?

2. How will the Enterprise Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) market develop over the next five years?

3. Which products and applications will occupy the lion’s share of the Enterprise Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) market?

4. What are the drivers and restraints of the Enterprise Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) Market?

5. Which regional market will show the strongest growth?

6. What will be the CAGR and market size of the Enterprise Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) through the forecast period?

For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/product/enterprise-communications-platform-as-a-service-cpaas-market/

Visualize the Enterprise Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) Market Using Verified Market Intelligence:-

Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with an integrated presentation function that saves you more than 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and product development. products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

Visualize the Enterprise Communication Platform as a Service (CPAAS) Market Using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

About Us: Verified Market Research®

Verified Market Research® is a leading global research and advisory firm that for over 10 years has provided advanced analytical research solutions, personalized advice and in-depth data analysis to individuals and businesses seeking accurate research, reliable and up to date. technical data and advice. We provide insight into strategic and growth analytics, the data needed to achieve business goals, and help make critical revenue decisions.

Our research studies help our clients make superior data-driven decisions, understand market forecasts, capitalize on future opportunities, and maximize efficiency by working as a partner to deliver accurate and valuable insights. The industries we cover span a wide spectrum, including technology, chemicals, manufacturing, energy, food and beverage, automotive, robotics, packaging, construction, mining and the gas. Etc.

At Verified Market Research, we help in understanding holistic market indicator factors and most current and future market trends. Our analysts, with their deep expertise in data collection and governance, use industry techniques to gather and review data at all stages. They are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, subject matter expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

Having served over 5000 clients, we have provided reliable market research services to over 100 Global Fortune 500 companies such as Amazon, Dell, IBM, Shell, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Siemens, Microsoft, Sony and Hitachi. We have co-consulted with some of the world’s leading consulting firms such as McKinsey & Company, Boston Consulting Group, Bain and Company for custom research and consulting projects for companies around the world.

Contact us:

Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

Verified Market Research®

USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

E-mail: [email protected]

Website:- https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/

Forced out ! at the Sydney Film Festival is The Castle for a new generation

0

Director Rowan Devereux sees his first film as the opposite of The castle.

Yes, it’s a low-budget Australian film. And, yes, it is a warm comedy. But while the 1997 classic was about owning a home, Devereux Expelled: A Modern Romance talks about the horrors of renting.

Finding an attractive new home for affordable rent in the inner suburbs is even harder than getting a pair of cheap jousting sticks.

A promised second bedroom might turn out to be accessible only by climbing a rope ladder to an attic. A house may seem ideal…until you notice that a room is blocked off with crime scene tape. A useless real estate agent on one inspection is the same useless real estate agent working for another company on the next inspection.

These storylines pit four desperate housemates, played by Amanda Maple-Brown, Will Suen, Rose Haining and Clare Cavanagh, who are evicted from their long-term rental home in Sydney’s mid-west.

“It’s the castle they don’t own,” says Devereux.

Forced outwhich has its world premiere at the Sydney Film Festival, follows the housemates as they search for a new home while being buffeted in the gig economy and dealing with family and romantic calamities.

Devereux, who is joined by producer Sophie Saville and three of the cast who play housemates to share stories of the rental market war, is thrilled their film is at the festival. “It’s a Sydney movie so it’s the perfect opening for us,” he said.

Without surprise, Forced out was inspired by the eviction.

Devereux was being evicted from his third home in three years – this one was being demolished for a townhouse development – when he went to a party and shared his anguish with friends.

The team behind the rental market comedy Evicted: A Modern Romance, from left, actress Amanda Maple-Brown, producer Sophie Saville, writer-director Rowan Devereux and actors Rose Haining and Clare Cavanagh at the State Theater ahead of the world premiere at the Sydney Film Festival.Credit:Jessica Hromas

“Everyone had the same story – constantly being moved around and not really having a stable location,” he says.

He has started writing what he sees as a film about his generation, who grew up with that cliched Australian dream of owning a home but are finding it increasingly difficult to achieve it.

“I’m in my 30s and I still live in a shared house and that dream keeps slipping away,” says Devereux. “So I wanted to talk about generational change [in the film]. It just became too unaffordable.

He thought he had taken the comedy too far with a scene where the unhappy roommates were inspecting a house that had a toilet in the kitchen.

“Then I had an inspection that week – a townhouse in Marrickville,” says Devereux. “I was looking at the oven and opened what I thought was the pantry and it was the spare toilet – a few feet from the kitchen utensils.”

“It’s not a house, it’s a house.” The Kerrigans in the 1997 film, The Castle.Credit:

Cavanagh had a similar experience.

“I inspected an apartment on King Street once, it was exactly the same,” she said. “The toilet, the whole bathroom, was literally in the kitchen.”

Maple-Brown has been friends with Devereux for many moves to many homes.

“It was like ‘a house party? Another? “, she says. “It’s a constant housewarming party.”

The title’s modern romance refers to the bond tenants often have with their longtime shared homes.

“You end up being there for so long that you feel some kind of affection for him,” Devereux says. “And it becomes a found family. All the characters in the movie have questionable relationships with their parents, so they reunite and they’re held together by the house.

There’s a very interior Sydney scene in Forced out where two of the roommates try to have a serious discussion about their relationship in a very trendy cafe wedged in a small alley between a house and a fence.

Getting Serious: The Housemates of Evicted: A Modern Romance.

Getting Serious: The Housemates of Evicted: A Modern Romance.Credit:Sydney Film Festival

“It was a really fun scene,” Haining says. “And it was actually a very tight space that we were trying to work with.”

It is always surprising how many low budget or micro budget films are made every year in the country.

According to Screen Australia, 45 feature films were made for less than $1 million in the five years to 2020-21. And some, like Forced outcosts much less.

So how do they do it?

Devereux says the budget was “about $100,000,” partly raised through crowdfunding and expanded in a smart way.

Three years ago, a film shot for just $4,000 was screened at the festival. Australian Film Television and Radio School alumnus Imogen McCluskey directed the drama suburban wildlife recruiting classmates and friends willing to waive fees to enter the industry and using school equipment.

If you like Australian films, here are eight more to see at the festival

We are always here: The opening night attraction is an anthology film, comprised of eight interwoven shorts from mostly up-and-coming directors, that celebrates the resilience of Aboriginal, Maori and South Pacific Islanders.

Flambé: Artist Del Kathryn Barton’s debut, which combines live action, animation and puppetry, focuses on a 12-year-old girl (Julia Savage) who “unleashes her imaginary dragon” after witnessing a brutal crime.

You will not be alone: Goran Stolevski’s supernatural poetic tale, which stars Noomi Rapace, tells the story of a shape-shifting young witch who experiences what it is to be human in a 19th-century Macedonian village.

Seriously red: Gracie Otto’s musical comedy drama has Chaotic Red (Krew Boylan), who performs a triumphant version of 9 to 5 at an office party, becoming a Dolly Parton impersonator.

Lonely: Craig Boreham’s queer romance centers on two young men (Josh Lavery and Daniel Gabriel) who hook up for intense sex and then find themselves drawn together as they reveal past traumas.

Naked Tuesday: Armagan Ballantyne’s Australian-Kiwi collab, performed in subtitled gibberish, is about a couple (Jackie van Beek and Damon Herriman) trying to save their marriage during a new-age retreat.

6 Parties: Macario De Souza’s drama has three teenage friends (Yasmin Honeychurch, Rasmus King and Rory Potter) who embark on a whirlwind of music festivals after one receives a devastating diagnosis.

Sissy: A Hannah Barlow and Kane Senes horror flick about a feel-good influencer (Aisha Dee) who meets her childhood bully (Emily De Margheriti) during a girls’ weekend in the country.

The budget went largely on a film student’s catering version – “pasta with pesto, hummus and carrots” – production design, costumes and filming in an Airbnb when they couldn’t find a free location.

Devereux and Saville, equally resourceful, had more money and an advantage – they had a production company, The Story Mill, which had equipment they could use to shoot Forced out. They also asked for favors for free slots.

“All the houses were basically my friends’ houses,” Saville says. “I kind of convinced a lot of my friends to let us take 30 people into their house and look after them for a day…or five days.

“Rowan and I joke that we have ‘special thanks’ at the end of the credits, but also ‘apologies’.”

To avoid upsetting these generous friends, the production paid a cleaner at the end of filming.

Saville says it was important to work with such a shoestring budget to hire the right cast and crew — people who wanted to be involved for reasons other than money.

Loading

“It was about ‘let’s go do something really cool,'” she says. “And it was in the middle of the pandemic, so people weren’t that busy.”

While mainstream Australian films generally fund themselves through Screen Australia and/or a state film agency, the very low budget part of the industry must find funding through other means.

Devereux says it was “liberating to some degree” Forced out without government funding.

“We got to the point where we were happy with the script, so it was like, well, we’ll just find the money and do it,” he says. “But we begged, borrowed and stole. We are not micro. We had a bit more money to play with, but we decided to shoot 30 locations in four weeks, so we made it difficult for ourselves.

Maple-Brown steps in with significant casting consideration. “These guys have always been admirable since I first worked with them,” she says. “Even for the shorts, they always paid actors, which I always thought was great.”

Loading

Devereux says they learned how to make a feature film on the job. “You can prepare for the first week, but after that you just make it up as you go,” he says.

Even though the director and producer weren’t paying each other during filming, he had to use a wallet full of credit cards to complete the film. “It was like, look, we’re just gonna have to pay to do it, we’re so far away,” he says.

Fortunately, these credit cards have been refunded. Which is lucky. Rent is due overnight.

The Sydney Film Festival runs from June 8-19.

To know more about Spectrumvisit our page here.

Discover the next TV series, streaming and movies to add to your must-haves. Get The Watchlist delivered every Thursday.

Baltimore Files Lawsuit Against Ghost Gun Maker and Gun Shop

0
Placeholder while loading article actions

Baltimore on Wednesday sued one of the nation’s largest ‘ghost gun’ makers, seeking unspecified damages for its alleged role in ‘flooding’ the city with illegal weapons and for ‘injuries and trauma that these weapons have caused.

The lawsuit, filed in city circuit court against Nevada-based Polymer80 and Hanover Armory, an Anne Arundel County gun store, represents the city’s efforts to use every tool available to address a worsening public health crisis, Baltimore Mayor Brandon M. Scott said. .

“Withdrawals are not enough. Legislation is not enough,” Scott said at a press conference on Wednesday. “We must crack down on corporations that profit from the destruction and death in our communities.”

A Polymer80 spokesperson did not respond to repeated requests for comment. A person answering the phone at Hanover Armory would not answer questions. City attorneys accuse Hanover Armory in the suit of regularly selling Polymer80 gun kits in Maryland without determining whether customers are prohibited from owning a gun.

The lawsuit, similar to those filed by the District and Los Angeles, does not specify how much the city is seeking in punitive and compensatory damages. City attorney James L. Shea said the amount would be “very substantial” and officials are still working on an estimate. Shea said the amount would encompass “societal issues that are being created, right down to cleaning up the mess that Polymer80 has created here in the city.”

The lawsuit, which was filed the same day a state law prohibiting the sale, transfer and receipt of untraceable firearms took effect, was filed by the Litigation Division. city ​​affirmative in the Department of Law, the Brady Center to Prevent Gun Violence and Sanford Heisler Sharp, a national public interest law firm.

The lawsuit also comes days after an 18-year-old gunman killed 19 children and two teachers at a Texas elementary school, a mass shooting that again raised questions about the country’s gun control laws. countries and how to prevent armed violence.

The lawsuit alleges that Polymer80 intentionally undermines federal and state gun laws by designing, manufacturing and supplying ghost gun kits and parts — which lack serial numbers, making them nearly impossible to trace — to people who do not undergo background checks.

“Polymer80’s core market is those who want to evade law enforcement or who can’t get a gun from a [federal firearms licensee]including underage buyers, criminally convicted buyers and firearms traffickers,” the lawsuit states.

City officials said ghost guns, which are sold in parts and can be assembled at home, account for 19% of all guns recovered so far this year by Baltimore police and 91% of these seized ghost guns were made by Polymer80. No Ghost Weapons were recovered in 2018; three years later, police seized 352 ghost guns. In the first five months of 2022, 187 people were recovered, authorities said, exceeding last year’s rate.

According to the lawsuit, Baltimore police linked 32 of 352 phantom guns recovered last year to a homicide or shooting. Dante Barksdale, an outreach worker with the Safe Streets Baltimore program and one of more than 300 homicides in the city last year, was shot nine times with an unserialized Polymer80 handgun, the lawsuit says. Teenagers as young as 14 have been arrested for possession. Nearly a quarter of ghost guns recovered were in the possession of people under 21, the legal age to own a firearm in Maryland.

“I have said many times that firearms that do not have a serial number and/or registration have no place in our city and, dare I say it, in the United States of America. America,” Scott said. “It shouldn’t be easier for me to buy a ghost gun than to buy my allergy medicine at CVS or go buy a used car. If a young person can’t drink or buy liquor at a liquor store, if they can’t rent a car, they shouldn’t be able to go online and buy a ghost gun.

Under the new state law, the definition of a firearm is expanded to include “an unfinished frame or receiver.” A dealer can be charged with a felony and lose their license if, among other things, they “knowingly or willfully manufactured, offered to sell, or sold a handgun that is not listed as a handgun.”

Anyone who sells or transfers a ghost gun faces up to five years in prison and a fine of up to $10,000. Starting in March, when the second phase of the law takes effect, a person who possesses a ghost weapon can face two years in prison and a fine of up to $10,000.

Unanimous Court of Appeals Overturned ALJ Ruling Finding Baltimore Enterprise Rent-a-Car Guilty of Unlawful Racial Discrimination: Judge Misunderstood Title VII Law | Direct Employers Association

OFCCP’s disparate treatment claim had no pretext proof

Courts often equate evidence in an “intentional class type of disparate treatment” discrimination case (like United States v. Teamsters) with a three-hit tennis match:

First, the claimant (OFCCP in this case) must “hit the tennis ball” over the net to trigger play. most advantaged group, or “MFG”. In the Enterprise case, the allegation was that white applicants were the MFG and African Americans were the protected group suffering from a statistically disproportionate rejection rate. No rejected person who showed interest complained about the thousands rejected. The disparity, however, must be “legally significant” (it cannot be sleight of hand), which means that the disparity in pick rates must be at least two standard deviations or more different from this what we would expect if both races were rejected in the same proportions. (BTW, while many practitioners discuss “selection” rates, technically and more properly, we are looking at “rejection” rates since we are measuring “adverse action” (although “rejection rate” and rate selection” are reciprocal of each other by adding to 100% of the pool of candidates considered: if 30% are rejected; 70% are hired, for example). selection rate during the years in question (but not in 2013), Enterprise agreed and had stipulated to this conclusion.

Second, the defendant (the company in this case), in order to win the tennis match, then had a legal obligation to “hit the ball” over the net at the OFCCP by “advancing with evidence” (NOT prove it…just present evidence) of its legitimate non-discriminatory explanations for each unfavorable decision (in this case: thousands of rejected African Americans who expressed interest because Enterprise had significant and significant involvement with the Baltimore’s black community and was a magnet for African Americans). Enterprise went ahead with the trial by introducing into evidence its thousands of “decision codes” (which had simultaneously documented, often including handwritten and typed notes, the thousands of legitimate, non-discriminatory reasons for rejection followed along Enterprise’s sophisticated tiered, multi-tiered behavioral staged interview and selection system). The ARB held that “…the record shows that the defendant [Enterprise] non-discriminatory reasons for rejecting applicants for the management trainee program. (Slip op. p.8) So by then Enterprise had, legally, now “hit the imaginary tennis ball” into the OFCCP side of the imaginary tennis court. Then, if the OFCCP does not return the imaginary tennis ball, the OFCCP loses…just like in tennis.

Editor’s note: This is a perfect description of the context in which disposition codes suddenly become SO TERRIBLY IMPORTANT when an employer/contractor selection system results in significant statistical disparities, as happens with very many employers who experience high-volume application streams.

Third, the OFCCP then had to prove that the Company’s legitimate non-discriminatory explanations for the rejection were a “pretext” (ie “false”/not a real non-discriminatory reason). However, the OFCCP’s attack on Enterprise’s disposition codes, which Judge Davis swallowed hook, line and sinker, was not that they were “wrong”, but rather that they were “subjective”. But the problem for the OFCCP and Judge Davis was that Title VII law does not make subjective decision-making decisions illegal. On the contrary, decisions on Title VII cases praise and applaud subjective decision-making systems. (And, of course, the great irony of the OFCCP and judge’s attack on subjective decision-making systems was that everyone in the courtroom and all of its witnesses had been hired by a subjective decision, as with most employees). Here is the ARB’s analysis and positions on the OFCCP’s disparate type of treatment class claims:

“The ALJ found that the defendant’s subjective use of disposition codes did not adequately explain the racial disparities presented in the statistical evidence. [fn omitted] However, in analyzing the evidence and arguments regarding Enterprise’s hiring criteria (including its sales and/or customer service requirement), the ALJ confused evidence of subjectivity with evidence of discrimination without allow legitimate use by an employer of subjective hiring criteria. [fn omitted]

Although there is a risk that a nefarious employer may use subjective standards as a cover for discrimination, subjective criteria that are apparently non-discriminatory “no matter how subjective the criteria are – may constitute a legitimate reason” for rejecting candidates. [fn omitted] Subjective evaluation criteria “may constitute [ ] legally sufficient, legitimate and non-discriminatory ground[s]for an employer’s business decisions. [fn omitted] In fact, “a job candidate’s subjective assessments are often critical to the decision-making process, and increasingly so in our increasingly service-oriented economy. . . .” [fn omitted]

However, an employer’s subjective criteria are not immune from scrutiny. The reasons given must have some substance to enable evaluation. [fn omitted] If, for example, the ALJ compared the qualifications of people who were rejected with those who were hired in order to demonstrate intentional discrimination, the differences must be so striking that they allow a reasonable investigator to sound the alarm of a pattern or practice of intentional discrimination. [fn omitted] Slight or even erroneous differences in qualifications do not satisfy this burden because the ALJ does not sit as a council of super-personnel reviewing the employer’s hiring practices. [fn omitted]

This objective assessment is not made by reviewing and comparing a small number of applications. [fn omitted] The ALJ relied on the subjectivity of the hiring decision-making process to summarily conclude that the racial disparity revealed by the statistical evidence and the small number of applications it reviewed resulted from racial discrimination. Thus, “in the absence of evidence that subjective hiring criteria [was] used as a mask of discrimination, the fact that an employer bases a hiring or promotion decision on [ ] subjective criteria” is not in itself a pretext for intentional discrimination. [fn omitted]

Because the ALJ erred in its disparate treatment analysis, we must refer the matter to the ALJ”

Construction Equipment Leasing Market Size Analysis 2022 by Development History, Growth Status with Latest Trends Forecasted to 2030 – ManufactureLink

0

Construction Equipment Leasing Market Report Coverage: Key Growth Drivers and Challenges, Regional Segmentation and Outlook, Key Industry Trends and Opportunities, Competitive Analysis, COVID-19 Impact Analysis and Projected Recovery, and Market Sizing and Forecast.

Latest research launched on Global Construction equipment rental market, it provides a detailed analysis with presentable graphs, charts and tables. This report covers an in-depth study of the construction equipment rental market size, growth and share, trends, consumption, segments, application and forecast 2030. Through analysis qualitative and quantitative, we help you to carry out an in-depth and comprehensive research on the global construction equipment market. Rental market. This report has been prepared by experienced and knowledgeable market analysts and researchers. Each section of the research study is specially prepared to explore key aspects of the global Construction Equipment Rental Market. Buyers of the report will have access to accurate PESTLE, SWOT, and other types of analysis on the global Construction Equipment Rental Market. Moreover, it offers highly accurate estimations on CAGR, market share, and market size of key regions and countries.

Major Key Players profiled in the report include:
MediaTek, Broadcomm, Hosiden, Atmel, GreenPeak Technologies, LM Technologies, NXP Semiconductors, Rayson Technology, IVT, Freescale Semiconductor, Fihonest Communication, Digi International, Newracom, Silicon Laboratories, Qualcomm, Renesas Electronics, STMicroelectronics, Texas Instruments, Samsung Electronics, Marvell

Download a free sample PDF including the COVID19 impact analysis, full TOC, tables and [email protected]
https://marketstrides.com/request-sample/construction-equipment-rental-market

Don’t miss the business opportunities in the construction equipment rental market. Talk to our analyst and get key industry insights that will help your business grow when you create sample PDF reports.

Segmental analysis:
The report categorized the global construction equipment rental market into segments comprising product type and application. Each segment is assessed based on its share and growth rate. Additionally, analysts have studied potential regions that could prove rewarding for construction equipment rental manufacturers in the coming years. The regional analysis includes reliable predictions about value and volume, helping market players to gain in-depth insights regarding the entire Construction Equipment Rental industry.

Market is split by Type, can be split into:
Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, ZigBee, Others

The market is split by Application, can be split into:
Healthcare, Consumer Electronics, Manufacturing, Automotive & Transportation, Others

Share your budget and get an exclusive discount @
https://marketstrides.com/check-discount/construction-equipment-rental-market

The report authors have analyzed the developing and developed regions considered for research and analysis of the global Construction Equipment Rental Market. The regional analysis section of the report provides in-depth research study on different regional and country-level Construction Equipment Leasing industries to help players plan effective expansion strategies.

Regions Covered in the Global Construction Equipment Rental Market:
• North America (US, Canada)
• Europe (UK, Germany, France, Italy)
• Asia Pacific (China, India, Japan, Singapore, Malaysia)
• Latin America (Brazil, Mexico)
• Middle East and Africa (Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, Egypt)

Years considered to estimate the market size:
Historical year: 2019-2020
Base year: 2021
Estimated year: 2022
Forecast year: 2022-2030

What market dynamics does this report cover?
The report shares key information on:

  • Current market size
  • Market forecasts
  • Market opportunities
  • Main Drivers and Constraints
  • Regulatory scenario
  • Industry trend
  • New product approvals/launch
  • Promotion and marketing initiatives
  • Price analysis
  • Competitive landscape
  • It helps companies make strategic decisions

    About Us:

    Market Strides is a global aggregator and publisher of market intelligence development reports, stock reports, database directories and economic reports. Our repository is diverse, covering virtually every industry sector and even more so all categories and sub-categories within the industry.

    Our pre-integration strategy for publishers is perhaps what sets us apart in the market. The publishers & their market share, the reports are meticulously validated by our panel of internal consultants, before being posted on our website. These in-house consultants are also responsible for ensuring that our website features only the most recent reports.

    You have a question ? Ask our experts

    Market Strides has a team of professionals who assist you in many advanced industry-specific trends, content and test different strategies and implement the most productive one for the business.

    For more information, Email – [email protected]

    Contact us: +1 856 677 8909 (USA)

    Follow us on social networks:

    Facebook || LinkedIn || Twitter || Pinterest || tumblr || Instagram || Medium

    Trend reports:
    https://marketstrides.com/report/pre-employment-testing-software-market
    https://marketstrides.com/report/stationary-electric-compressor-market
    https://www.digitaljournal.com/pr/aerosol-paint-market-size-2029-swot-analysis-and-key-development-with-top-players-aeroaids-corporation-dupli-color-krylon-products- band
    https://marketstrides.com/report/elliotts-b-solution-market

    Biden to meet with Fed Chairman as inflation bites wallets

    0

    WASHINGTON (AP) — President Joe Biden will meet with Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome Powell on Tuesday as soaring inflation takes a bite out of Americans’ wallets.

    The meeting will be the first since Biden reappointed Powell as head of the central bank and comes weeks after he was confirmed for a second term by the Senate.

    The White House said the couple would discuss the state of the US and global economy and in particular inflation, described as Biden’s “top economic priority”. growth that benefits working families.

    Inflation in the United States hit a 40-year high earlier this year, amid supply chain constraints caused by the global economy’s post-pandemic recovery and Ukraine’s invasion by Russia.

    But the economy saw some welcome data on Friday, as the Commerce Department said inflation rose 6.3% in April from a year earlier, the first slowdown since November 2020 and a sign that high prices may finally be moderating, at least for now.


    The inflation figure was below the four-decade high of 6.6% set in March. While high inflation continues to cause difficulties for millions of households, any slowdown in price increases, if prolonged, would bring some relief.

    Powell pledged to keep raising the Fed’s short-term interest rate to cool the economy until inflation “falls clearly and convincingly.” These rate hikes raised fears that the Fed, in its drive to slow borrowing and spending, could push the economy into a recession. This concern has caused stock prices to fall sharply over the past two months, although markets rallied last week.

    Powell signaled that the Fed would likely raise its benchmark rate by half a point in June and July, twice the size of the usual rate increase.

    Inflation Timeline: The Fed and Other Policymakers Misjudged Risks for Months

    0

    In the White House State Dining Room on February 5, President Biden argues that the U.S. economy faces a greater risk of doing too little to combat the downturn than of doing too much. His administration had pushed a sweeping stimulus package meant to reduce unemployment, inject new firepower into the anemic labor market and grow the economy rapidly. “If we make these investments now, with interest rates at historic lows, we will generate more growth, higher incomes, a stronger economy, and our country’s finances will be in a stronger position as well.” , Biden said. “So for me the biggest risk is not if we go too big, if we go there, it’s if we go too small.”

    Biden is talking about pumping nearly $2 trillion in new federal spending into the faltering economy, even as some question the total, coming so soon after previous stimulus efforts, citing the risk of inflation.

    About two weeks later, Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome H. Powell said the money the government is spending on stimulus and covid relief shouldn’t be an issue. “I really don’t expect us to be in a situation where inflation is going to get to embarrassing levels,” Powell told the Senate Banking Committee, as Congress nears approval of the $1 stimulus package. $.9 trillion from Biden. “That’s no problem this time.” An “explosion” of new spending should not cause unwanted inflation, he says.

    Review of LiveRamp (NYSE:RAMP) vs. LegalZoom.com (NASDAQ:LZ)


    LiveRamp (NYSE:RAMP – Get Rating) and LegalZoom.com (NASDAQ:LZ – Get Rating) are both business services companies, but which is the best investment? We’ll compare the two companies based on the strength of their profitability, valuation, institutional ownership, risk, dividends, earnings, and analyst recommendations.

    Benefits and evaluation

    This table compares the gross revenue, earnings per share, and valuation of LiveRamp and LegalZoom.com.

    Gross revenue Price/sales ratio Net revenue Earnings per share Price/earnings ratio
    LiveRamp $443.03 million 4.06 -90.27 million dollars ($0.51) -51.71
    LegalZoom.com $575.08 million 4.44 -$108.66 million ($0.77) -16.69

    LiveRamp has higher earnings, but lower earnings than LegalZoom.com. LiveRamp trades at a lower price-to-earnings ratio than LegalZoom.com, indicating that it is currently the more affordable of the two stocks.

    Insider and Institutional Ownership

    92.2% of LiveRamp shares are held by institutional investors. Comparatively, 51.2% of LegalZoom.com shares are held by institutional investors. 3.3% of LiveRamp shares are held by insiders. Strong institutional ownership indicates that large fund managers, hedge funds, and endowments believe a stock is poised for long-term growth.

    Profitability

    This chart compares the net margins, return on equity, and return on assets of LiveRamp and LegalZoom.com.

    Net margins Return on equity return on assets
    LiveRamp -6.93% -1.93% -1.63%
    LegalZoom.com -21.77% -1,446.94% -29.38%

    Analyst Notes

    This is a summary of the current ratings and recommendations for LiveRamp and LegalZoom.com, as reported by MarketBeat.

    Sales Ratings Hold odds Buy reviews Strong buy odds Rating
    LiveRamp 0 0 8 0 3.00
    LegalZoom.com 0 4 6 0 2.60

    LiveRamp currently has a consensus price target of $57.44, indicating a potential upside of 117.84%. LegalZoom.com has a consensus price target of $26.25, indicating a potential upside of 104.28%. Given LiveRamp’s stronger consensus rating and higher possible upside, analysts clearly believe that LiveRamp is more favorable than LegalZoom.com.

    Summary

    LiveRamp beats LegalZoom.com on 10 out of 13 factors compared between the two stocks.

    About LiveRamp (Get an evaluation)

    LiveRamp Holdings, Inc., a technology company, provides enterprise data connectivity platform solutions in the United States, Europe and Asia-Pacific. The company offers RampID, a true people-based identifier that provides solutions for enablement, measurement and analytics, identity, data collaboration and data marketplace. It serves financial, insurance and investment services, retail, automotive, telecommunications, high technology, consumer packaged goods, health care, travel, entertainment, organizations at non-profit and government industries. The company was formerly known as Acxiom Holdings, Inc. and changed its name to LiveRamp Holdings, Inc. in October 2018. LiveRamp Holdings, Inc. is headquartered in San Francisco, California.

    About LegalZoom.com (Get an evaluation)

    LegalZoom.com, Inc. operates an online legal and compliance solutions platform in the United States. The Company’s platform offers products and services, including business training, creation of estate planning documents, intellectual property protection, completion of certain forms and agreements, access to attorney advice freelancers and connecting clients with experts for tax preparation and accounting services. It serves small businesses and individuals. LegalZoom.com, Inc. was incorporated in 1999 and is headquartered in Glendale, California.



    Get news and reviews for LiveRamp Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of breaking news and analyst ratings for LiveRamp and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s free daily email newsletter.

    Wingsuit Rental Market | Business Challenges and Critical Success Factors

    0
    wingsuit-rental-market

    Wingsuit Rental Market Report Coverage: Key Growth Drivers and Challenges, Regional Segmentation and Outlook, Key Industry Trends and Opportunities, Competitive Analysis, COVID-19[feminine] Impact analysis and projected recovery, and market sizing and forecasting.

    Latest research launched on Global Wingsuit rental market, it provides a detailed analysis with presentable graphs, charts and tables. This report covers an in-depth study of the Wingsuit Rental Market size, growth and share, trends, consumption, segments, application and forecast 2028. With qualitative and quantitative analysis , we help you to carry out an in-depth and comprehensive research on the global wingsuit rental market. . This report has been prepared by experienced and knowledgeable market analysts and researchers. Each section of the research study is specially prepared to explore key aspects of the global Wingsuit Rental Market. Buyers of the report will have access to accurate information PESTLE, SWOT and other types of analysis on the global Wingsuit Rental market. In addition, it offers very precise estimates on the CAGR, market share and market size of key regions and countries.

    Major Key Players profiled in the report include: Wicked Wingsuits, Arcus Flight, Delta Gear, Inc, Lightning Flight, G-Force, GO Skydive, Skydive Perris, AerOhio Skydiving, BaseStore, Oklahoma Skydiving Center and more…

    Download a free sample PDF including COVID-19[FEMININE Analyse d’impact, table des matières complète, tableaux et [email protected]
    https://www.marketinforeports.com/Market-Reports/Request-Sample/480806

    Don’t miss the business opportunities in the wingsuit rental market. Talk to our analyst and get key industry insights that will help your business grow when you create sample PDF reports.

    Segmental analysis:
    The report categorized the global wingsuit rental market into segments comprising product type and application. Each segment is assessed based on its share and growth rate. Besides, the analysts have studied the potential regions which could prove rewarding for Wingsuits Rental makers in the coming years. The regional analysis includes reliable predictions about value and volume, helping market players to gain in-depth insights regarding the overall Wingsuits Rental industry.

    Market is split by Type, can be split into:
    Beginner Wingsuit Rental
    Rental of intermediate wingsuits

    The market is split by Application, can be split into:
    Personal
    Organization

    Share your budget and get an exclusive discount @
    https://www.marketinforeports.com/Market-Reports/Request_discount/480806

    The report authors have analyzed the developing and developed regions considered for research and analysis of the global Wingsuit Rental market. The regional analysis section of the report provides an in-depth study of different regional and country-level Wetsuit Rental industries to assist players in planning effective expansion strategies.

    Regions Covered in Global Wingsuit Rental Market:
    The Middle East and Africa (GCC countries and Egypt)
    North America (United States, Mexico and Canada)
    South America (Brazil, etc)
    Europe (Turkey, Germany, Russia UK, Italy, France, etc.)
    Asia Pacific (Vietnam, China, Malaysia, Japan, Philippines, Korea, Thailand, India, Indonesia and Australia)

    Years considered to estimate the market size:
    Historical year: 2015-2019
    Year of reference : 2019
    Estimated year: 2022
    Forecast year: 2022-2028

    Detailed TOC of Wingsuit Rental Market Report 2022-2028:
    Chapter 1: Overview of the wingsuit rental market
    Chapter 2: Economic impact on the industry
    chapter 3: Market Competition by Manufacturers
    Chapter 4: Production, revenue (value) by region
    Chapter 5: Supply (Production), Consumption, Export, Import by Regions
    Chapter 6: Production, revenue (value), price trend by type
    Chapter 7: Market analysis by application
    Chapter 8: Analysis of manufacturing costs
    Chapter 9: Industrial Chain, Sourcing Strategy and Downstream Buyers
    Chapter 10: Marketing Strategy Analysis, Distributors/Traders
    Chapter 11: Analysis of market effect factors
    Chapter 12: Wingsuit Rental Market Forecast
    Continued……

    To learn more about the report, visit @ https://www.marketinforeports.com/Market-Reports/480806/wingsuits-rental-market

    What market dynamics does this report cover?
    The report shares key information on:

    • Current market size
    • Market forecasts
    • Market opportunities
    • Main Drivers and Constraints
    • Regulatory scenario
    • Industry trend
    • New product approvals/launch
    • Promotion and marketing initiatives
    • Price analysis
    • Competitive landscape

    It helps companies make strategic decisions.

    Does this report offer customization?
    Personalization helps organizations better understand specific market segments and areas of interest. Therefore, Market Information Reports provides customized reporting information based on business needs for mission-critical calls.

    Get Customization [email protected]:
    https://www.marketinforeports.com/Market-Reports/Request-Customization/480806/wingsuits-rental-market

    Why Choose Market Intelligence Reports? :
    Market Info Reports Research provides strategic market research reports, industry analysis, statistical surveys and forecast data on products and services, markets and companies. Our clientele includes a mix of global business leaders, government organizations, SMEs, individuals and start-ups, leading management consultancies, universities, and more. Our library of over 600,000 reports targets high-growth emerging markets in the United States, Europe Middle East, Africa, Asia-Pacific covering sectors like Computers, telecommunications, chemicals, semiconductors, healthcare, pharmaceuticals, energy and electricity, manufacturing, automotive and transport, food and beverages, etc.. This vast collection of insightful reports helps clients stay ahead of time and the competition. We assist in business decision making on aspects such as market entry strategies, market size, market share analysis, sales and revenue, technology trends, competitive analysis, product portfolio and application analysis, etc.

    Contact us:
    Market Information Reports
    17224 Rue S. Figueroa,
    Gardena, California (CA) 90248, United States
    Call: +1 915 229 3004 (WE)
    +44 7452 242832 (UK)
    Website: www.marketinforeports.com

    Father-of-33 clapped back on social media calling him ‘irresponsible and mean’ after family photo went viral

    0

    A father of 33, Demond George recently posted a family photo on Facebook, which quickly went viral on social media. Shortly after, George responded to the backlash of being called “irresponsible and mean” going live on Facebook.

    “The withdrawal game is not weak, I just don’t withdraw,” the 34-year-old dad says in the video. “You n—– have three or four [kids] and don’t do a damn thing. It’s not s— weak here. My pockets are not weak, and my d— is certainly not weak.

    In the original post of over 20 images from the family photo shoot, he captioned it, “THE LEGEND THE LEGACY WILL LIVE FOREVER.” After thanking the mothers of his nine children for making the filming possible, he ends the post with, “9 missing, it still went well, I’m really blessed.”

    George has since taken his Facebook to private after being trolled on all social platforms for being ‘weird and disgusting’. Many have called out the 33-year-old father for men’s rights and that there is no way he will be able to give all these children the attention they deserve as they grow up.

    One user asked, “‘Legacy’ OF WHAT??? What did he do in life worth keeping alive? What did he build for these children? What are the things he’s done that will feed entire generations? NOTHING. It’s just a male right and a lack of responsibility.

    While many others have come to his defense, citing “being fruitful and multiplying” or speculating that he will be present and financially responsible for the children’s lives, George repeatedly states how his baby mothers know he is broke. , despite showing “$20,000 cash”. in the video and having four bank accounts.

    Another user compares it to Nick Cannon and thanks his contribution to the repopulation of the planet. “That’s why Kings had multiple wives… the seed of man had to spread and as the stats say this year alone was the lowest birth rate in a generation so congratulations to him n Nick to repopulate the earth.”

    George pretended to be a truck driver, which actually makes one wonder how he would find the time to be present in the lives of his 33 children.

    Sixt Rent A Car is slowly recovering from its global system outage, but some features are still not available

    0

    Customers who booked with Sixt Rent a Car over the past month have been affected by a large-scale system outage following an intrusion into their IT systems, but it looks like the company is finally close to fixing most of the issues.

    Initially, this hacking attack shut down the entire Sixt infrastructure and they had to fill in rental contracts by hand and couldn’t charge for rental until last week.

    Sixt has now been working for weeks to repair the damage caused by this attack which must have cost them a fortune and things are slowly starting to get back on track.

    I first wrote about what is happening at sixth end of April and just now – FOUR weeks later – they are starting to get the situation under control.

    Sixt Rent A Car is suffering from a worldwide system outage causing chaos at rental locations – Check your contract/invoice!

    Since then, I have had four rentals with Sixt. Two in the United States and two in Germany. The rental contracts were all completed by hand and I received my very first invoice today for a rental from the third week of April. I’m sure it caused a lot of billing issues as well, especially with businesses.

    Sixt has so far been unable to send a return protocol certifying that the car was filled with gas and in good condition without any damage. This required customers who wanted to play it safe to take many photos or videos of the vehicle.

    When I picked up a car at Frankfurt Airport on May 19, the contract was again handwritten. A friend of mine also took a car there yesterday and he finally got a printed contract, a sign that computers are slowly coming back online.

    When customers log in to their (German) profile, they can now see and manage their reservations again. However, this is still not available in the English version of the site.

    Another rather confusing thing, the reservations manager showed that the cars were late for the return and had been returned days or even weeks ago. Hopefully this doesn’t turn into another disaster like all the Hertz customers who suddenly get arrested because Hertz reported them to the police as car thieves.

    It was also virtually impossible to book cards using a corporate rate until ~May 16, which frustrated many customers as public rates (even for Platinum and Diamond members) were often 2-3x more higher than those negotiated by their company.

    This attack therefore caused great inconvenience and damage to Sixt and its customers. I was very surprised that Sixt just distributed cars without any major precautions. At least for customers who have a Sixt card. I cannot speak to the documentation and warranties they have taken from customers who have no existing affiliation with the company.

    They only authorized $1 in all cases on my credit card rather than the full amount and we are talking about vehicles that cost over $80,000. I guess at some point Sixt had to decide how freely they could play while keeping the business somewhat orderly.

    Conclusion

    Sixt’s IT issues appear to be on the verge of being resolved, but it took the company more than a month of painstaking and costly work by IT experts who were most likely experts on these issues recruited from the company. outside rather than dealing with it internally. Having in-house cybersecurity experts able to deal with targeted attacks and such an amount of damage is very rare.

    Germany currently has a whole range of IT problems in large companies. Just this week, there was a widespread outage of payment processors, preventing businesses such as gas stations and regular retailers from accepting card payments for several days. Given the situation in the world today, we are likely to see more of this, and in many cases it will likely be government sponsored.

    The comeback: How St. Louis landed one of NASCAR’s biggest races | Local company

    MADISON — Curtis Francois was sitting in his office just steps from his racetrack last spring when he got a call from Daytona Beach. He was the big one.

    World Wide Technology Raceway was in the running to host one of NASCAR’s premier events. The France family, who founded and still own the sport’s sanctioning body, used to come to town. Francois hung up and called Jason Hall, the head of the St. Louis area business development organization.

    “We’re going to do a shot with the whole family,” François told him. “How are we going to sell Saint-Louis? »

    Today, the region is making final preparations for a weekend on the road to victory. NASCAR is bringing its high-profile cup series to the Metro East. The Enjoy Illinois 300 is scheduled for next Sunday.

    This almost did not happen: the previous owners tried for years to mark such an event. They eventually gave up, closed the trail and left it for dead.

    Francis engineered a comeback for the ages: He had a bold plan. He built a wave of local fan support. He took advantage of fortuitous timing – a crash in NASCAR’s ratings and attendance. But, in the end, it all came down to a half-day of private meetings with big-name CEOs and the most powerful people in the sport in St. Louis.

    People also read…

    “It was a huge deal,” said Hall, CEO of Greater St. Louis Inc. “You get that and it’s like having a World Series every year. It’s like a big festival wrapped up in a premier sport. plan.

    Twelve years ago, the old track, on Interstate 55, 10 minutes from downtown St. Louis, was headed for scrap.

    In November 2010, Delaware-based Dover Motorsports defined Gateway International Raceway, as it was then known, as three things: a “great facility”, one in a “great racing community” – and one that didn’t win. enough money and had close.

    But François, a racing driver turned real estate developer, saw a golden opportunity. He, too, thought Gateway was an excellent facility. And he was from Kirkwood, with roots in the local racing community that Dover didn’t have.

    With a little patience and a lot of investment, he figured he could do what they couldn’t.

    Crowds bigger than any oval outside of Indy At the end of the summer of 2011, François met Tom Compton, the president of the National Hot Rod Association. Compton loved St. Louis, had been sad to leave when the track closed, and made him an offer: if Francois took control of the track, he could at least count on a drag race.

    A few days later, François and a group of investors made it official. Francois took his Corvette Z06 – 200mph top speed – to the drag strip a few times to celebrate, then got to work. He first repaved the strip to accommodate the hot rods. Then he started rolling out the red carpet for everyone.

    His idea was simple: the more people he could have between race days, the more people there were on race days.

    He began to upgrade the facilities for racing enthusiasts he had known for years and invited them back to the track. He has set up an infield go-kart course to attract more kids and families each week. And he took the old Friday night drag races, those open to almost anyone with a car and basic safety gear, to a new level by building a pavilion and hiring DJs.

    “We wanted to make it clear that everyone was welcome on the circuit and having fun,” Francois said. “These people have become our best ambassadors.”

    Jim Fiss, president of the local Porsche club, saw more people showing up to his club’s events on the track, then classes where he taught them to drive like the pros. And they hung on. “It piques interest,” he says. “You appreciate more what the drivers are doing there.”

    François didn’t stop at motor sports: he organized 5K races and obstacle courses. He put up Christmas lights in the winter and let people pass by and see them.

    The plan, on the whole, was working. Hot-rod racing drew crowds. Important people have begun to notice this. Shortly after the hot-rod race, Francois met then-NASCAR executive Jim Cassidy at the speedway in Kansas City, Kansas. Cassidy had seen previous owners struggle trying to get the track running from Delaware. Francois was different. “As soon as I met him, I wanted to know more,” Cassidy said Tuesday.

    It didn’t take long for NASCAR to host one of its truck races, a minor league series, here in 2014. “And the next thing we know, we have the biggest crowd for a truck race ever. other than Daytona,” Francois said. IndyCar returned in 2017, after a 14-year absence, with similar results. Francois bragged about being more present than any oval outside of Indianapolis.

    He landed his first big sponsor, Bommarito Automotive Group, for IndyCar racing, then sold the naming rights to the track to Maryland Heights-based tech giant World Wide Technology in 2019.

    “It’s a huge growth story”NASCAR badly needed the magic of François.

    The association had spent the past decade fraying dramatically. In 2018, television audiences for the races were less than half of what they were in 2005. Tracks across the country, including crown jewels Daytona and Talladega, shed tens of thousands of seats as the in-person attendance was dropping.

    And, for the first time in years, NASCAR was able to try new venues. Multi-year contracts with state-owned companies, which had resisted circuit schedule changes, were coming to an end. The Frances had engineered a $2 billion takeover of one of the biggest, International Speedway Corp., to control future race dates.

    The Saint-Louis track was an attractive target.

    For years, fans have complained about too many races at big, generic ovals, like Kentucky Speedway in Sparta and Chicagoland Speedway in Joliet, which has taken away the close quarters combat that once defined the sport. St. Louis, on the other hand, was a shorter track with a few tricky turns.

    “It’s high-speed with variable turns, and it’s not too big so you don’t lose sight of where everyone is,” said Cassidy, the NASCAR executive, who now works as a consultant.

    St. Louis also had a rich motorsport history to sell. Cassidy said people in Daytona Beach tell stories of how legendary runner Barney Oldfield helped birth the sport there by trying to set land speed records on the sand. But before Oldfield reached Daytona, he was running at the 1904 World’s Fair in St. Louis.

    And dirt tracks are still active in the area, Cassidy noted, such as I-55 Raceway in Pevely and Tri-City Speedway in Pontoon Beach.

    At the same time, NASCAR had seen renewed interest in Illinois and Missouri.

    “It’s a tremendous growth story,” said Ben Kennedy, the NASCAR founder’s great-grandson and the association’s point man on modernizing the sport. “I think it’s important for us to continue to engage our fans in these markets – and in big markets like St. Louis.”

    “I don’t know how they could say no”In 2020, NASCAR announced three new tracks, in Austin, Texas; Nashville, TN; and north of Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

    In 2021, officials called Francois.

    The meeting was set for the Tuesday following Memorial Day, and staff at Greater St. Louis worked all weekend preparing.

    “We took out the heavyweights,” said Hall, the organization’s CEO.

    The guests of honor met at Live! by the downtown Loews Hotel, a short walk from Busch Stadium, and hid in a conference room for a series of signs designed to sell St. Louis.

    The corporate heavyweights went first, breakfast and coffee. Andy Taylor, executive chairman of Enterprise Holdings, Suzanne Sitherwood, CEO of Spire, and Ken Cella, executive of Edward Jones, kicked things off by reviewing the business community’s support for the sport. Taylor was living proof of that: his company name is on the Blues hockey arena just down the street.

    Later, the Frances joined Cardinals chairman Bill DeWitt III and St. Louis City SC leader Carolyn Kindle Betz for lunch to talk about how St. Louis has presented at sporting events. “It’s something that the France family called unique,” Hall recalled recently. “They had never seen this kind of cooperation between sports in a market before.”

    Kindle Betz told them how a few months ago his team started taking deposits on tickets to football games two years from now and sold 30,000 in 15 minutes, breaking a league record. “I thought, ‘I don’t know how they could say no,'” Kindle Betz said on Wednesday.

    Kitty Ratcliffe, chair of the St. Louis Convention and Visitors Commission, outlined hotel packages and restaurants families could use to make a weekend of the event. Illinois officials explained how they would handle logistics, such as traffic.

    Emphasis was also placed on diversity. It was a priority for NASCAR officials: they had been trying to diversify their sport and its fanbase for years, and just a year before, following the police killing of George Floyd in Minneapolis, NASCAR banned all Confederate flags at race tracks. Then a noose was found in the garage of Bubba Wallace, the Cup Series’ only black driver.

    Greater Saint-Louis talked about its acceleration program for women and minority entrepreneurs. The Urban League described its vocational training program for young black men, built on the site of the QuikTrip burned down amid the Ferguson unrest. The leaders also spoke about the region’s just-released 2030 jobs plan, a 10-year roadmap to reduce the region’s racial disparities.

    On Wednesday, nearly a year later, Kennedy publicly explained why the circuit chose St. Louis.

    “I know the fans are going to show up,” he said.

    It only remains to prove it. Francois said ticket sales are buoyant and trending toward sold-out.

    “These are perhaps the most anticipated motorsport events ever in this region,” he said. “I think we’re going to see the stands full of NASCAR-hungry people.”

    Summit County delays nightly rental moratorium amid realtor pushback

    0

    Summit County officials have been talking for years about the negative effects on neighborhoods caused by overnight rentals like those found on Airbnb. But until recently, as Councilman Malena Stevens said Wednesday, many believed the state had effectively extinguished the county’s ability to regulate the industry.

    “We found out two weeks ago that we could do anything about nightly rentals regarding regulations, whereas our previous understanding – at least mine – was that it was not something we had the ability to regulate,” Stevens said. “And I want to make sure that whatever we put in place, that we do it right.

    After a county attorney told the board they could impose regulations, the board floated the idea of ​​temporarily halting new overnight rental licenses while it worked to craft new rules. A draft order that the council failed to pass on Wednesday would have barred new licenses until January. Such a move would only have affected overnight rentals within Summit County itself and not within any city limits. Nor would it apply to licenses already in place.

    Instead of approving the order, the council decided to hold a public hearing next week to seek comments on the idea of ​​a moratorium. Councilors did not allow comments from the room full of opponents of the plan, although there were some short conversations back and forth.

    The Park City Council of Realtors emailed its members a call to action last week, asking them to attend the meeting to oppose the moratorium and calling it the council’s No. 1 issue. . The emails said a moratorium could have a huge impact on contracted property sales and suggested that homeowners had the right to do whatever they wanted with their homes.

    Councilor Doug Clyde discussed the downsides of some overnight rentals, including parking congestion and the effective hollowing out of neighborhoods: the replacement of homes that once housed families with homes that were empty or filled with tourists.

    “We’re not just a resort,” Clyde said. “There are people who live here who want to be part of these communities, who want to know their neighbors, who want their children to play in the park and who don’t want to be disturbed late at night.

    As for how the council wants to regulate the industry, Stevens suggested the county could require an Airbnb or Vrbo home to have posted instructions so tenants know how to evacuate in an emergency, for example.

    Councilor Glenn Wright said his biggest concern with overnight rentals was wildfire safety and suggested banning them in the area known as the Wildlands Urban Interface, where homes are built among forests and open spaces.

    But for many in the community, listing their home on a site like Airbnb is a source of income.

    No realtor contacted by KPCW would officially speak. Some said people who buy property in the Park City area view it as an investment, and while owners may live in the home for a while, they rely on the property to generate rental income.

    Councilor Roger Armstrong said it probably wouldn’t make sense to limit overnight rentals to places that wouldn’t be likely locations for long-term rentals, such as an upscale condo hotel at the foot of ‘a ski station. But the regulations could make sense in neighborhoods where houses or apartments would otherwise be available for a longer-term tenant.

    The Board of Realtors also said the moratorium infringes on private property rights. For Clyde and Armstrong, this argument did not hold water. Clyde said the government is well within its rights to regulate something that affects the health, safety and welfare of the community.

    Armstrong likened the situation to a dispute over a proposed residential detox facility in the Highland Estates neighborhood, in which neighbors overwhelmingly oppose the project despite the landlord’s apparent right to use the land in this way.

    “So I assume everyone in this room is going to leave this meeting and attend the next planning commission meeting to insist that this owner has the right to do whatever he wants to do with his property there- down. Since property rights are the leader – (crowd shouts) — okay, okay, I’m just asking,” Armstrong said. “So I’m not buying that one either.

    The council suggested it would impose regulations by tightening the requirements for obtaining overnight rental business licenses. These licenses must be renewed annually by mid-January. Any new regulations imposed by the county would not affect overnight rentals in Park City, which already has policies governing them.

    Next week’s public hearing is scheduled to begin at 6 p.m. on Wednesday, June 1 at the Ledges Event Center, 202 Park Road in Coalville. It will also be broadcast on the county’s Facebook page and via Zoom.

    Looking to rent a car for the Jubilee bank holiday weekend? You might be too late

    0

    Industry figures said the car shortage was due to a combination of high demand – as people started traveling again after several years of lockdown – and low supply.

    Many car rental companies sold cars as demand slumped during the pandemic, but were unable to restock due to a global chip shortage that is slowing the manufacture of new cars. Automakers are prioritizing sales to customers rather than car rental companies.

    This has driven the cost of car hire up to 400% in some popular holiday destinations. Comparison site Zest Car Rental said a driver hiring a Volkswagen Golf at Palma airport in Mallorca for a mid-term break would have to pay £231, down from £57 during the same holiday period in 2019.

    Book in advance “whenever possible”

    The price of a Ford Focus in Crete has risen from £142 to £357, while the same car in Malaga has fallen from £136 to £300. A Volkswagen Golf from Faro Airport in Portugal more than doubled from £103 to £238.

    Rory Sexton, managing director of comparison site Zest Car Rental, said: “The increase in prices is directly related to the lack of cars on the market and the increase in demand. Fleet sizes are around 30% smaller than in 2019. Car rental demand is higher than in 2019, up to 30% at times.

    “I would advise customers to book as early as possible to get the best price and guarantee availability. We are seeing peak hour prices increase as the fleet books up. “

    Kayak, the car rental search website, said car rental searches were up almost 80% from pre-pandemic levels, while travelers appear to be paying around 85% more for car rental compared to summer 2019.

    Business Bulletin Board: MiTek’s Fountain Lakes Expansion in St. Charles | Local company

    0

    Founder of Veterans Home Care Bonnie Laiderman received the 2022 Hall of Honor Award from McKnight’s Women of Distinction Awards Program.

    The following people were among the winners of CREW-St. Louis Networking Award:

    • Career advancement for women: erin valentineMcCarthy Building Cos. Inc.;

    • Crew impact: Nancy PetersonSt. Louis Regions Enterprise Bank & Trust;

    •Economic impact: Delmar Divine;

    • Diversity leadership: Cindy BambiniCannonDesign;

    • New member of the year: Fallon ChambersGershman Commercial Real Estate;

    • Woman of influence: Anna LeaveyBrickLine Greenway, Great Rivers Greenway;

    • CREW St. Louis Chairman’s Award: Nancy Naples, St. Louis Title LLC, retired.

    People also read…

    St. Louis Urology plans a cancer institute that will serve as a resource for patients seeking specialized treatment for bladder, testicular, prostate and kidney cancer. The Cancer Institute will have clinics in Fairview Heights and Chesterfield.

    The following people were elected to the Board of Directors of the Orchester symphonique de Saint-Louis: Nick RagoneExecutive Vice President and Chief Marketing and Communications Officer for Ascension, and Rachel SewardSenior Vice President, Corporate Communications and Corporate Social Responsibility for MiTek.

    Goodwill MERS moved its Washington, Missouri retail store to a larger location at 5886 Missouri Highway 100.

    Keystone Construction Co. built a $6 million, 53,000 square foot expansion of MiTek’s Fountain Lakes manufacturing facility in St. Charles. The architect is Gray Design Group. Civil and Environmental Consultants Inc. is the civil engineer and KPFF consulting engineers is the structural engineer.

    Integrated installation services performed a one-of-a-kind retrofit to maintain air conditioning at the Ameristar Casino in St. Charles after a 1,500-ton chiller motor failed. The project resulted in a more energy-efficient system.

    9th Circuit rules CFPB can seek restitution in action against payday lender, orders district court to recalculate CMP

    0

    On May 23, the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit confirmed a district court judgment finding an online lending agent and its affiliates liable for a deceptive lending scheme. However, the appeals court overturned the district court’s order imposing a civil penalty of $10 million (instead of the requested fine of over $50 million) and denied a CFPB request for $235 million. millions of dollars in restitution. As previously covered by InfoBytesin 2018, the district court ordered defendants to pay the civil penalty for offering high-interest loans in states where usury laws prohibited transactions after determining in September 2016 that the service of online lending was the “true lender” of loans that were issued by entities located on tribal lands (covered by a Buckley Special Alert). At the time, the district court found that a lower legal penalty was more appropriate than the amount sought by the CFPB because the Bureau had failed to demonstrate that the company had “knowingly violated the CFPA” or acted” recklessly”. In denying the amount of restitution sought by the Bureau, the district court found that the agency presented no evidence that defendants “intended to defraud consumers or that consumers failed to benefit from their market from the [program]for restitution to be an appropriate remedy.

    According to the 9th Circuit, the district court applied the wrong legal analysis in 2018 when it imposed only a $10 million civil penalty on defendants and no restitution payments to consumers harmed by predatory lending. Applying federal common law principles of choice of law, the appeals court declined to apply tribal law, finding that state laws applied to the loans, thus rendering them invalid. The appeals court determined that the defendants acted recklessly when they tried to collect invalid debts after the lawyer advised in 2013 that such actions were likely illegal. While the defendants terminated the Tribal Loan Program for new loans, the 9th Circuit said they continued to collect on existing loans. “We conclude that from September 2013, the danger that [defendants’] behavior violated the law was “so obvious that [defendants] should have been aware of this,” the appeals court wrote. Noting that penalties for “reckless” violations under the second tier were appropriate as of September 2013, the appeals court ordered the district court to recalculate the civil penalty on remand. The 9th Circuit also ordered the remand district court to reconsider appropriate restitution without relying on irrelevant considerations that prompted its earlier decision, including (i) whether the defendants acted in bad faith; and (ii) “whether consumers have benefited from their market”. Further, the appeals court held that the district court erred in stating “that the ‘proposed restitution amount [should be] net to account for expenses. “

    The 9th Circuit also found that the district court was correct in holding one of the defendants personally liable for the conduct of the business. Further, the appeals court held that the defendants’ argument that the Bureau’s structure is unconstitutional did not affect the validity of the lawsuit (which was filed when the Bureau was headed by the former legally appointed director Richard Cordray), writing that, as in Collins vs Yellen (covered by InfoBytes here), “the illegality of the dismissal provision does not deprive the Director of the power to discharge the other responsibilities of his office”.

    Instant Personal Loans vs Other Personal Loan Options

    0

    Trying to decide which personal loan option is best for you? Should you get a credit card or take out an instant personal loan? Personal Loan Apps are here to help you learn more about your personal borrowing options!


    Representative picture






    H1: Instant personal loans vs. other personal borrowing options

    How do credit cards work? Are instant personal loans different from personal lines of credit? what is a online loan application? These are all valid questions about personal borrowing. It’s good to be aware of your options so that when you need to take out a loan, you know which products and services best suit your needs.

    Personal borrowing is an ever-changing landscape and we’re here to help you navigate it. Here’s our ultimate cheat sheet on all your personal borrowing options with everything you need to know about mortgages, payday loans, secured personal loans, and more!

    H2: Instant Personal Loans

    In today’s advanced digital age, financial services are becoming increasingly accessible and cutting-edge. Instant Personal Loans are one such product of the digital renaissance in the lending industry. While the traditional loan application and approval process took days to weeks, instant personal loans only take a day or two.

    The fast disbursement makes it ideal for anyone in need of urgent funding. Moreover, the simple and straightforward procedure of instant personal loans along with the absence of any collateral make them a top choice for those looking for small loans.

    Instant personal loans are granted by banks, non-bank financial companies and personal loan applications. As an online lending app, we provide easy access to loans for anyone with a smartphone.

    H2: Credit cards

    Credit cards are a popular and ubiquitous form of personal borrowing. There are a wide variety of credit cards available in the market and each of them has its own conditions and features. However, the general system remains the same. A credit card has a preset limit on the amount you can borrow. You are charged for anything you buy using the card and you must repay the balance in full each month.

    If you have an outstanding balance, you will have to pay interest on it. The interest rate differs depending on the credit card company. Different lenders also have different rules for going over your credit card limit.

    Compared to instant personal loans, credit cards have a short repayment period. So, if you need more time to repay the loan, applying for a personal loan online or through an app is a better option. Additionally, credit cards may have annual maintenance fees, unlike instant personal loans.

    H2: Traditional loans

    Traditional loans allow you to borrow a fixed amount for a fixed term with a predetermined repayment schedule. Often borrowed money must be used for a specific reason. It can look like a home loan, car loan or mortgage. These loans tend to be secured loans and require you to put up an asset as collateral.

    On the contrary, instant personal loans are unsecured loans and the money can be used at your discretion.

    H2: Personal line of credit

    A personal line of credit is a revolving, flexible credit account that lets you borrow money up to a limit, without having to borrow the full amount all at once. You only pay interest on the amount borrowed. These often have maintenance fees and are more expensive than traditional secured loans.

    These options often have variable interest rates. While most instant personal loans, including those granted through a personal loan app, have a fixed interest rate. This makes it easier to calculate future expenses that you will incur due to the loan.

    H2: Payday Loans

    Payday loans are short term unsecured loans. They can be taken for a few days and reimbursement is expected once you receive your salary for that month. However, they often have high interest rates and hidden fees. Thus, we recommend safer borrowing options such as traditional loans and instant personal loans.

    If you are considering taking out a loan, especially in a financial emergency, or have a below average credit history, Instant Personal Loans Online offers you a fast application process, holistic approval standards and rapid disbursement of funds.









    New Laws, Lenders Improve Access to Affordable Small Loans | Economic news

    0

    Inflation has already hit people particularly hard struggle to get gas in their tanks and groceries in their refrigerators. For many, a payday loan may seem like the only way to get the money needed.

    In recent years, however, as more states impose restrictions on risky short-term lending, new lenders have emerged offering small, lower-cost loans, making it easier than ever before to find a loan. an affordable loan that won’t drag you into unmanageable debt. .

    In some states, new laws mean better loans

    There is currently no federal law for maximum interest rates on small dollar loans; instead, states decide whether or not to cap payday loan rates. Therefore, the cost to borrow a few hundred dollars often depends on where you live.

    In recent years, four states — Colorado, Hawaii, Ohio and Virginia — have passed laws that effectively reduce the cost of small loans and give borrowers longer repayment terms. A study by The Pew Charitable Trusts published in April found that even under the reforms, payday lenders were still operating, but with more secure loans.

    Although some new lenders began doing business in these states once the laws took effect, the main impact was that existing payday lenders consolidated their storefronts and made their loans more affordable, says Alex Horowitz, director of research at Pew.

    National banks and local credit unions step in

    A bank or credit union may not have been your go-to for a small loan in the past, but it could be today.

    Seven major banks have started offering or announced plans to offer small-dollar borrowing options with low annual percentage rates in recent years, Horowitz said, including Bank of America, Wells Fargo and Truist. These loans are available to existing bank customers nationwide, regardless of state interest rate limits.

    Banks primarily rely on customers’ bank history rather than their credit scores to determine if they qualify for a small loan. The loans – which start from $100 – are usually repaid in monthly installments at annual interest rates no higher than 36%, the maximum rate an affordable loan can have, according to consumer advocates.

    “The fact that banks start offering small loans could disrupt the whole payday loan market,” says Horowitz.

    Local credit unions have membership requirements and maintain lower profiles than payday lenders, so they’re often overlooked by people who need cash fast, says Paul Dionne, director of research at Filene, a think tank that focuses on helping credit unions serve their communities.

    But if you can walk to your local credit union, chances are you’ll qualify for membership, he says.

    This is because credit unions often serve people who live or work in their communities. These organizations strive to provide financial inclusion by tailoring their products, such as loans, to better meet the needs of their customers, Dionne says.

    “Credit unions are getting better at having the best product and not saying no and figuring out what’s the best fit for that person coming in,” he says.

    Other Borrowing Options

    Even in states where laws seek to ban payday loans altogether, people can find alternatives to risky borrowingsays Charla Rios, researcher on small-value loans and debt at the Center for Responsible Lending.

    You may be able to work out a payment plan with your utility company or borrow from a friend or family member, she says. Here are some borrowing options to consider before getting a payday loan.

    Payday advance. Some companies, including Walmart and Amazon, are giving their employees early access to a portion of their salary as benefits. It can be an interest-free way to borrow money if your employer offers it, but since the repayment comes from your next paycheck, it’s best to use it sparingly.

    Cash advance applications. Apps like Earnin and Dave let you borrow a small amount of money, usually $25 to $200, before payday. They sometimes charge a fee for instant access to your money or ask for voluntary tips. They also take reimbursement from your next paycheck.

    “Buy now, pay later.” For necessary expenses, a “buy now, pay later” loan allows you to purchase an item with partial payment only. You pay the balance in equal installments, usually over the next six weeks. This type of financing can be interest-free if you pay the full balance on time.

    Low interest installment loans. Depending on your credit score and income, you may qualify for an installment loan with an APR below 36%. These loans have amounts ranging from $1,000 to $100,000 and are repaid over longer terms, usually two to seven years. Online lenders who often offer loans for bad credit prequalify you for a loan using a soft credit pull, which allows you to compare loans without affecting your credit score.

    Discover the legitimate ways to get paid today

    0


    If you need a loan to cover your monthly expenses in addition to a regular job, having a side job from the comfort of your own home is priceless. Not only could you avoid taking payday loans as a short-term solution, but you can improve your finances in the long run.

    Nick Wilson is the founder and CEO of AdvanceSOS, a service that helps borrowers find suitable lenders for their financial situation. If you can’t find a suitable way to make money on the site, you can always turn to AdvanceSOS.com for help with installment loans and payday loans that are approved within 24 hours.

    It can all be done within a few hours through the AdvanceSOS app, and you can count on getting the funds the next working day at most. However, let’s first look at the best ways you can use to get that precious cash aside and all from the comfort of your home!

    What are the main ways to get side income today?

    First of all, you need to know the most effective ways to get that extra cash that could meet your monthly needs besides a regular job. Luckily, in a time when nearly every job on the internet is booming, it’s easy to figure out your starting tactic.

    Of course, not everyone can become a programmer and write code for top apps and websites, but there are other areas you should focus on. Here is a list of the most effective ways to get paid today while working from home:

    • Start your blog
    • Invest in cryptocurrency
    • Become an English tutor for non-English speaking areas
    • Try Upwork or Fiverr
    • Manage social media
    • Create Affiliate Marketing via Instagram or Website

    The list of options goes on and on, and it’s important to answer one question first: what is your area of ​​expertise for this type of job? If you are fluent in English and know your grammar, you can turn to services that allow you to tutor children outside of native speaking areas.

    Also, if you are good with social media and have a website or Instagram page with a large number of followers, affiliate marketing is your top choice. So, everything has to do with knowing your possibilities and limits, while you can always learn how to find your way in cryptocurrencies or blogging.

    Create blog posts for your area of ​​expertise

    It can always prove beneficial if you start a blog to write articles about your areas of passion or expertise. If you work with auto parts, for example, you can blog from your personal experience to describe which parts are best for specific makes and models.

    You can also write about your customers’ experiences with specific engine types for each model and recommend which one you consider the best. Of course, you can do this for each area of ​​expertise, as many people search Google for different types of issues.

    Not only could you end up helping someone for free, but you could make money from blogging in the long run. Over time, you may also consider adding advertisements to earn additional funds or include affiliate links.

    Become a Freelancer

    You can use sites like Fiverr and Upwork to become freelancers and sell services to large lists of clients. Services include copywriting, digital marketing, web design, translation, and every other type of online work you can think of.

    Just register on these platforms and connect your favorite payment methods to earn money today without leaving your room! It may take some time to understand your customers’ needs and become as professional as possible, but you can always start with options with lower rates.

    From there, it’s easy to accumulate experience and climb to clients who will pay higher rates for your services. These sites also allow clients to leave feedback on your work, so if you receive positive feedback, you could move forward even faster.

    Try Social Media Management and Affiliate Marketing

    If you use social media frequently, you can easily turn your knowledge into a stable source of income. The first thing you might do is try to manage social media for someone who uses multiple accounts for marketing and other business purposes.

    This job also requires responsibility as you are responsible for releasing updates on time, but it is arguably the easiest side job you can find. Also, you can manage your social media if you have a large base of followers.

    Especially with media like Instagram, you can promote other services and use affiliate marketing to earn extra money. That way, every time someone clicks on affiliate links, you get paid, and a large subscriber base can mean more than enough money to cover your monthly expenses.

    Trade cryptocurrencies

    You can also invest and trade cryptocurrencies to get extra money if your predictions turn out to be right. You can invest in many cryptos including Bitcoin, ETH, Dogecoin, Ripple, and other options.

    For small investments at the start, you are better off with low-value coins that could increase significantly, and you can exchange them for ETH or BTC as soon as your share increases.

    Consider your options carefully and take the plunge

    Earning extra money on the internet is easy once you identify your areas of expertise that could lead to additional income. All of the options listed are ways to get paid today without having to invest too much of your hard-earned money.

    I hope you can imagine yourself working from home in at least one of the jobs mentioned to earn that much-needed income.

    About the Author

    Amanda Girard leads the writing section for the best articles on AdvanceSOS. His contribution can be seen through published articles and valued customers who recognize the importance of our service. She has been part of our team since the site was launched in 2019 and remains one of the most important people for the site.

    New Laws, Lenders Improve Access to Affordable Small Loans | News

    0

    Inflation has already hit people particularly hard struggle to get gas in their tanks and groceries in their refrigerators. For many, a payday loan may seem like the only way to get the money needed.

    In recent years, however, as more states impose restrictions on risky short-term lending, new lenders have emerged offering small, lower-cost loans, making it easier than ever before to find a loan. an affordable loan that won’t drag you into unmanageable debt. .

    In some states, new laws mean better loans

    There is currently no federal law for maximum interest rates on small dollar loans; instead, states decide whether or not to cap payday loan rates. Therefore, the cost to borrow a few hundred dollars often depends on where you live.

    In recent years, four states — Colorado, Hawaii, Ohio and Virginia — have passed laws that effectively reduce the cost of small loans and give borrowers longer repayment terms. A study by The Pew Charitable Trusts published in April found that even under the reforms, payday lenders were still operating, but with more secure loans.

    Although some new lenders began doing business in these states once the laws took effect, the main impact was that existing payday lenders consolidated their storefronts and made their loans more affordable, says Alex Horowitz, director of research at Pew.

    National banks and local credit unions step in

    A bank or credit union may not have been your go-to for a small loan in the past, but it could be today.

    Seven major banks have started offering or announced plans to offer small-dollar borrowing options with low annual percentage rates in recent years, Horowitz said, including Bank of America, Wells Fargo and Truist. These loans are available to existing bank customers nationwide, regardless of state interest rate limits.

    Banks primarily rely on customers’ bank history rather than their credit scores to determine if they qualify for a small loan. The loans – which start from $100 – are usually repaid in monthly installments at annual interest rates no higher than 36%, the maximum rate an affordable loan can have, according to consumer advocates.

    “The fact that banks start offering small loans could disrupt the whole payday loan market,” says Horowitz.

    Local credit unions have membership requirements and maintain lower profiles than payday lenders, so they’re often overlooked by people who need cash fast, says Paul Dionne, director of research at Filene, a think tank that focuses on helping credit unions serve their communities.

    But if you can walk to your local credit union, chances are you’ll qualify for membership, he says.

    This is because credit unions often serve people who live or work in their communities. These organizations strive to provide financial inclusion by tailoring their products, such as loans, to better meet the needs of their customers, Dionne says.

    “Credit unions are getting better at having the best product and not saying no and figuring out what’s the best fit for that person coming in,” he says.

    Other Borrowing Options

    Even in states where laws seek to ban payday loans altogether, people can find alternatives to risky borrowingsays Charla Rios, researcher on small-value loans and debt at the Center for Responsible Lending.

    You may be able to work out a payment plan with your utility company or borrow from a friend or family member, she says. Here are some borrowing options to consider before getting a payday loan.

    Payday advance. Some companies, including Walmart and Amazon, are giving their employees early access to a portion of their salary as benefits. It can be an interest-free way to borrow money if your employer offers it, but since the repayment comes from your next paycheck, it’s best to use it sparingly.

    Cash advance applications. Apps like Earnin and Dave let you borrow a small amount of money, usually $25 to $200, before payday. They sometimes charge a fee for instant access to your money or ask for voluntary tips. They also take reimbursement from your next paycheck.

    “Buy now, pay later.” For necessary expenses, a “buy now, pay later” loan allows you to purchase an item with partial payment only. You pay the balance in equal installments, usually over the next six weeks. This type of financing can be interest-free if you pay the full balance on time.

    Low interest installment loans. Depending on your credit score and income, you may qualify for an installment loan with an APR below 36%. These loans have amounts ranging from $1,000 to $100,000 and are repaid over longer terms, usually two to seven years. Online lenders who often offer loans for bad credit prequalify you for a loan using a soft credit pull, which allows you to compare loans without affecting your credit score.

    The 7 main steps to prevent loan application fraud

    0

    As more people access the Internet and more websites emerge, hackers have more opportunities.

    Loan application fraud has been one of the most common scams over time.

    This fraud, which consists of stealing personal information from people and using it to obtain a loan, has already had devastating consequences for organizations, businesses and individuals.

    As a result, many businesses are already battening down the hatches and looking for ways to protect themselves and their customers.

    Keep reading if you find yourself in this situation. We’ll go over the top seven ways to prevent loan application fraud in this article.

    Let’s start.

    Understanding credit fraud: what is it?

    Loan fraud is defined as when someone uses your identity to obtain a loan without your permission.

    A fraudulent act is sometimes committed by the person or organization offering the loan (the creditor). Sometimes it is the borrower (the debtor) who acts in bad faith.

    Mortgage fraud, payday fraud, and loan fraud are all examples of loan fraud. In each of them, someone will be left out, while the counterpart will take advantage and disappear.

    5 types of loan fraud

    Several types of loan fraud can occur. Some of the most common are listed below.

    Personal Loan Fraud

    The most common and recurring type of loan fraud is personal fraud. It happens when someone takes out a loan while lying on their application. They could, for example, lie about their income or their ability to repay the loan.

    Third Party Loan Fraud

    Second-party fraud is the same as first-party fraud, except that the fraudster “impersonates” an accomplice. The accomplice may be a family member or friend who may or may not know about the borrowing system.

    Third Party Loan Fraud

    Third-party loan fraud occurs when someone borrows money under the guise of another person. In this situation, an individual (or a group of individuals) provides fraudulent credentials to a creditor in order to borrow money.

    Loan Scams and Debt Collections

    Debt collection systems aim to attack debtors. These deceptive techniques are used to trick customers into paying a fee to access a loan or to scare borrowers into repaying a loan to the wrong company.

    mortgage fraud

    Mortgage lenders, who provide loans for the purchase of property, are also vulnerable to fraud. Fraudsters may try to outsmart the mortgage system in order to get a better loan or gain access to a property.

    Borrowers who commit real estate fraud are often motivated by a desire to keep their current property or acquire a new one. These borrowers think they are unlikely to be accepted for a loan if they provide honest information, so they falsify or omit important facts such as employment and income, debt and credit or value of a property in order to increase their chances of acceptance and even to acquire better loan conditions.

    Why you need to prevent loan fraud

    Loan fraud has a wide range of negative implications, which are not limited to banks, governments and lenders.

    A thief can, at the very least, take out many payday loans on your behalf. In the worst case scenario, a fraudster can create a real home, business or car loan in your name, which you would be required to repay.

    You can be held liable for money withdrawn on your behalf if you are the victim of loan fraud. If you don’t repay the loan, you could face a significant penalty on your credit score as well as criminal prosecution.

    Loan fraud can sometimes be difficult to detect. Especially if the scammer is based in another state or gained access to your mail through a change of address system.

    Finally, if an identity thief has used your stolen identity to obtain a loan, they may attempt other types of fraud with it.

    Fortunately, the majority of victims can prove that the loan was acquired by an identity thief. However, going through the procedure is still a negative experience that can have long-term consequences on your credit.

    7 steps to prevent loan application fraud

    Today, thanks to advances in technology, there are several methods to prevent loan application fraud. Some of the most important and relevant are listed here.

    Identity verification and facial recognition

    Implementing secure technology solutions, such as identity verification and facial recognition, is one of the first steps in loan fraud prevention.

    Identity verification is a type of authentication that compares a person’s claimed identification to the data that verifies it. Birth certificates, social security cards, driver’s licenses and other papers can all serve as providers of this objective reality.

    In addition to verifying paperwork, which may have been stolen, you can also deploy a facial recognition system to provide even more secure loan fraud prevention.

    Facial recognition is a technological method of recognizing a human face.

    It is a biometric identification approach that uses a person’s facial pattern and biometric data to authenticate their identity.

    Validation of identity data

    Identity data validation is the process of verifying that an individual’s personal information, such as name, address, phone number, and email address, exists in the real world.

    Checking databases such as mailing address files, telephone records, or even basic credit data can help you do this.

    digital fingerprint

    A digital fingerprint, also known as a digital shadow or an electronic fingerprint, is the data trail you leave when you use the internet. This includes the websites you visit, the emails you send, and the online forms you fill out. A person’s internet actions and gadgets can be tracked via a digital fingerprint.

    Since these behaviors and habits are difficult to imitate, using digital fingerprints for verification purposes is a good strategy to avoid fraud.

    Therefore, analyzing a user’s digital fingerprint may lead to the discovery of fraud. For example, if a single IP address is used to create several new accounts in a short time, you may suspect fraud.

    Bank account verification

    The process of determining if funds are being transferred between real bank accounts is called bank account verification.

    This technique helps your business verify submitted bank account information and confirm that it belongs to the rightful owner. Finally, you can be sure that the funds are coming from the correct source.

    Knowledge-Based Authentication

    Knowledge-Based Authentication, abbreviated KBA, is an authentication method based on a series of knowledge questions used to validate a person’s identity to prevent unwanted access to a location or, more generally these days, to an account.

    KBA authentication is classified into two types: static and dynamic.

    Static knowledge-based authentication, one of the most widely used security approaches, is sometimes referred to as “shared secrets” or “shared secret questions”. When creating an account, the user selects the KBA static question.

    Therefore, the question and answer are saved for future use when identity verification is needed.

    Unlike static KBA, which requires the user to build a security question and provide the answer when creating an account, dynamic KBA does not require the user to construct a security question and provide the answer. response when creating an account.

    This implies that questions are created in real time using data linked to an identification number. “Select the last digits of your social security number”, for example.

    Phone and social media authentication

    Using social media accounts for authentication is becoming increasingly popular. This type of authentication allows users to access the Internet using their current social media accounts, such as Facebook or Twitter, without having to provide additional credentials.

    This way, you can have greater confidence in the truthfulness of users and the validity of their actions.

    In terms of social media, several websites use phone authentication, which seems to be more secure than social media authentication.

    Since it’s impossible to fake phone numbers, you can be sure that the user is genuine.

    Two-factor authentication

    Two-factor authentication is one of the most popular verification methods on the web.

    It improves security by requiring two verification methods (also known as authentication factors) to prove your identity. A security factor can include something you know – like your email address and password – as well as something you have – like a smartphone app – to approve authentication requests.

    Conclusion

    This concludes our blog post on the top seven steps to prevent loan application fraud.

    As discussed throughout, these types of financial crimes can have serious financial and legal consequences for your business, organization, and users.

    By preventing it now, you will avoid these negative repercussions. As we have already noted, there are several ways to keep your users safe. You can select the ones that best suit your organization.

    Thank you for taking the time to read this blog post. I hope you found it informative and relevant.

    Citrus North explained the different types of loans offered by Canada

    0

    The subject of interest rates can be an extremely difficult subject to grasp, especially for people unfamiliar with the regulations and rules that govern lending in Canada. Understanding the concept of interest rates is not something you can master on your own. Here is a brief description of the different types of loans.

    1. Payday Loans

    The payday loan can be between two weeks and two weeks to a month. You can withdraw up to $1,500, but the balance owing is due when your next paycheck is due, so you’ll need to pay on time. In the event that a loan to pay a breakdown cannot be repaid, the borrower has the option of taking out another one or placing it in overdraft on his account until his next payday.

    If you are looking for particular areas, you can search for “payday loans in Kamloops” and review the regulations that apply to the specific area. These loans are characterized by high interest rates, usually around $25 for every $100 borrowed.

    There are, however, cheaper options to use. Some loans offer reduced interest rates when you make a direct deposit or a pre-authorized transfer to the credit card. Payday loan companies that offer the service online, such as CitrusNorth: Instant Approval.

    2. Line of credit loans

    Unsecured line of credit also called credit loan is a form of overdraft that can be used to pay specific fees. For example, in the event that, for example, you are traveling and have additional expenses associated with your travel plans, they can be paid for through lines of credit or lines of credit.

    This is also known as credit loans. The procedure is simple. You can withdraw the amount you want and pay interest until the credit is fully repaid.

    If you are looking to get more money, it is possible. There is no limit to the amount you can spend. However, there are some limitations. Some people are not eligible to receive these loans because they are credit loans.

    If the credit score is not excellent, chances are you will be refused. Lines of credit are generally not as expensive as payday loans, but they are still dependent on credit rating.

    3. Student loans

    If you have just graduated or, in certain circumstances, are attending a college, university or university, student loans may be the right choice to consider. They differ from other types of loans in that, instead of requiring collateral for a loan, applicants are required to prove that they are currently enrolled in the institution or have completed a course in the institution. ‘establishment.

    They allow you to withdraw the amount you need based on your financial situation and the tuition fees you are currently paying. Also, there are no fees as they do not rely on any type of credit score as a method of determination.

    Many students do not realize the obligation to repay loans immediately with withdrawals from their accounts or through the financial aid office of the university or college they attend and paying for the service of financial aid.

    4. Citizenship Loans

    Citizenship loans are available to people who have recently obtained recognition of their citizenship in Canada. This type of loan is generally offered to people who need cash to settle their file or to cover travel expenses.

    It’s usually small amounts of money that have a return. There are no fees as this is a short term loan and you will need to pay it back quickly. It could take just a week for the loan to be credited to your credit card, assuming everything goes as planned.

    To qualify for the loan, you are not required to demonstrate that you have a good credit history, but in certain situations when it is your first time applying for the loan after being approved for the loan, they will look at the details of your credit file.

    5. Unsecured Loans

    Loans that are unsecured do not require collateral and are generally given to those who are able to show a good credit history and low interest rates. People eligible to receive these types of loans are usually those who need funds to cover unexpected expenses or to pay for a longer period.

    For example, you may qualify for an unsecured loan if you need money to renovate your home or pay for an essential procedure.

    What you are eligible to receive generally depends on the conditions of your work and your income. However, there are other types of credit that are secured, such as movable mortgages, which allow you to obtain more than traditional loans, since they offer a certain proportion in the loan amount in the event that the security is used due to inability to pay.

    6. Secured Loans

    Secured loans are generally granted to those who have a bad credit record. Because these are people who have bad credit, these loans usually have a higher interest rate, which means you will have to pay higher interest rates for the loan.

    Due to higher interest rates and poor credit ratings, this type of credit is usually secured by collateral. That’s why you can get up to $25,000, depending on the type of warranty you decide to test.

    If you are seeking a secured loan, you must be at least 18 years old, but there is no age limit if you can prove that you are able to meet the financial obligation. The type of loan must be repaid within a specific time frame, as specified by your lender.

    What are the benefits of loans?

    They are vital for many reasons. They allow you to achieve your goal of having your own home, even if you are unable to put enough money into your account. Another reason for loans is that they allow those with bad credit to still get money and can possibly help improve their credit situation.

    You can obtain credit that is unprotected and not subject to a higher interest rate. Another reason for the need for loans could be that they allow businesses to grow and grow as most businesses need money to start their business or to increase the scale of their business.

    Torben A. Carlsen of Citrus North asserts that loans are an effective instrument that can be used in a variety of ways. The other benefit of loans is the fact that they help individuals become financially self-sufficient by helping them start their own business or buy a house or cover medical expenses that might not be feasible otherwise.

    Other articles from mtltimes.ca – totimes.caottitimes.ca

    Caerula Mar Club a new standard in paradise – South Andros Bahamas

    SHAN SWIMSUIT

    The Hottest Bikinis of 2022 – Montreal SHAN Collection

    Oak Park Financial is widely regarded as the largest provider of payday loans in Canada

    0

    Section 347 of the Criminal Code specifies that payday loans are legal in Canada and are not prohibited. With respect to payday loans, subsection 12(1) of the Criminal Code states that a lender must follow a set of guidelines before granting the loan.

    Are there places in Canada where I can get the fastest and most convenient payday loan?

    Oak Park Financial, which offers high quality payday loans with more than $1 billion in assets under management, is the nation’s largest online cash advance provider for payday loans, according to the National Cash Advance Association. provides fast and reliable cash assistance that is both fast and cost effective in nature.

    A payday loan application can be completed in as little as 5 minutes! The first step in using our online loan services is as simple as selecting the red icon on the right and clicking “Get Started”.

    What type of personal loan is the easiest to acquire?

    Having a terrible credit history is a problem. The ability to obtain secured loans, such as mortgages and title loans, is often based on the availability of collateral, which serves as proof of financial viability rather than credit history, and the amount of collateral available . Nevertheless, unsecured internet payday loans are a viable option because they do not require you to visit a physical establishment to be approved.

    What are the advantages and disadvantages of taking out a personal loan?

    Payday loans are available for people with less than perfect credit or with little or no income, and they do not require a source of income or access to a bank account to be approved. payday loans, particularly if it appears that the borrower may not be able to repay them in a timely manner, and have offered alternative lending methods to address this concern

    Is it possible, in your opinion, to get a loan accepted as soon as possible?

    Payday loans, vehicle title loans, pawn loans, and personal installment loans are the easiest types of loans to approve when it comes to acceptance. The majority of consumers with bad credit who need short-term financing can qualify for one of these loans. People who need urgent cash in an emergency scenario may find these solutions useful in some cases.

    Is it possible to borrow money right away from the comfort of your own home?

    Use a fast online loan to get money in your account the same day you submit your application, and you’ll have it in your account the next business day. Due to the fact that the loans are easily available through the internet, applying for them is a simple process.

    Could you please let me know where I can get the money as soon as possible?

    • Your search for a lender on the internet has been successful.
    • Credit unions are the skeletons of the credit union system and they are the foundation of the system.
    • There are also traditional financial institutions to consider.
    • Credit card advances are a kind of advance (cash advance)
    • Friends and family members
    • When it comes to providing financial assistance to people in need, there are a very small number of payday lenders available.

    What is the total number of payday loans issued in the United States?

    According to Algernon Ronson of Oak Park Financial, more than 2 million Canadians are expected to be unable to pay their payments each year due to a lack of finances due to a lack of cash. Any charge that exceeds 60% of total annual charges is considered a violation of the Criminal Code. On the other side, the provinces have the possibility of choosing to be exempted from the rules.

    Other articles from mtltimes.ca – totimes.caottitimes.ca

    Caerula Mar Club a new standard in paradise – South Andros Bahamas

    SHAN SWIMSUIT

    The Hottest Bikinis of 2022 – Montreal SHAN Collection

    The Role of DeFi in the Metaverse

    0

    By John Brown

    Blockchain, crypto, NFT, metaverse, decentralized finance, these technologies have grown in popularity in recent years due to their ability and potential to change the way we interact with the world. Outdated systems begin to crumble with the continued implementation of these new technologies.

    In this article, we will focus on DeFi, or decentralized finance, and its role in the metaverse.

    What is DeFi?

    DeFi, or decentralized finance, enables financial transactions without the usual middlemen found in traditional finance. For example, in today’s traditional economic landscape, you have to go through a broker or a bank if you want to get a loan.

    However, to make the process easier, you can also rely on online lending platforms like GetCash.com to get unsecured payday loans with shorter waiting times. With lending platforms like these, you get access to approved lenders who work with people with less than perfect credit scores.

    That said, DeFi is helping to build a more inclusive economy for everyone by providing open access to financial services that central intermediaries once monopolized. Additionally, by eliminating counterparty risk and giving users control over their data, DeFi ushers in a new era of trustless finance.

    With its promise of greater economic autonomy and inclusion, it’s no wonder that decentralized finance has become one of the top trends in the blockchain space.

    What is the Metaverse?

    The way we talk about the Metaverse is similar to the way we talked about the Internet in the 70s and 80s. The Metaverse is essentially a 3D version of the Internet, a “universe” where you can exist digitally. In this parallel universe, you can have an avatar and interact with other avatars.

    Experts agree that the metaverse in its truest form doesn’t yet exist because we don’t have the infrastructure to fully realize it. However, when the time comes, it will enhance the VR experience. Users will be able to jump into the virtual world and do things they would also do in real life, such as shopping for clothes, throwing parties, and even getting married.

    What role does DeFi play in the metaverse?

    The metaverse needs several components to come to fruition: NFTs to serve as identities, DeFi, and on-chain credit scoring. These elements come together in unique ways to form a virtual world where you can exist digitally.

    Therefore, the metaverse will require a trustless financial system to function well. This is where DeFi comes in. Decentralized finance will provide the basic crypto-decentralized structure the metaverse needs to hold its currencies and economy where users can earn, spend, borrow, lend, or invest without a central unit of governance.

    However, although the metaverse exists in the digital world, its components are deeply embedded in the physical world. Therefore, if the metaverse wants to include people around the world, it will have to make peace with the fact that governments around the world will scrutinize it and seek to regulate it.

    The future of DeFi

    Due to decentralized trading in DeFi, assets can be transferred from one form to another without the need for a buyer and a seller. Currently, there are only a handful of assets that can be traded in the space, but that could include previously illiquid assets like art and real estate in the future.

    This could mean that within the next decade you will be able to walk into a store and pay using a digital wallet containing all sorts of assets you own, perhaps US dollars, bitcoins or NFTs.

    You can essentially walk up to the cashier, and a simple scan of your smartphone will enable a transaction from your digital wallet which contains all of your assets. You would be able to pay with any asset you want, and the store could accept payment in whatever form of asset they want. With enough cash, the possibilities will be virtually endless.

    Authors biography :

    pastedGraphic.png

    John is a financial analyst but also a man with different interests. He enjoys writing about money and giving financial advice, but he can also dive into relationships, sports, games and other topics. Lives in New York with his wife and a cat.

    Have you taken out a payday loan with AMG? You could get a refund

    0

    Today, the FTC is sending a second round of refunds to some of those affected by a major payday loan program run by AMG Services, Inc. that used names like 500FastCash, OneClickCash, Ameriloan, UnitedCashLoans, and USFastCash, among others. . If you got a payday loan online from an AMG-related company, you might receive a check in the mail. If you do, cash it before August 17, 2022.

    The FTC sued AMG for charging people far more for the loans than they originally agreed to pay and sent the first round of refunds in 2018. Now the FTC sends over 690,000 refund checks totaling $152 million. wondering if the check you received is real? To visit ftc.gov/amg to verify your check.

    Here’s what you need to know:

    • Checks will arrive automatically. You do not need to make a request or complete a claim form.
    • Checks expire August 17, 2022, so don’t wait to submit yours.
    • To verify that the check is from the FTC, go to ftc.gov/amg.
    • For any questions regarding your check or the refund process, call the administrator (Rust Consulting) at 1-866-730-8147, or email [email protected].

    And remember that the FTC will never ask you to pay money or give out your account information for a refund. So if someone asks you for something in exchange for your AMG refund check, it’s a scam. Report it to ReportFraud.ftc.gov.

    Fed candidate Michael Barr discloses 82 different fintech investments

    0

    It’s fair to say that any initiative to develop or promote cryptocurrency right now comes up against an epically bad moment. Three weeks ago, Fidelity announcement a “digital asset account” that would allow workers to purchase Bitcoin through their 401(k) retirement savings programs. Given the volatility of crypto and Big Finance’s penchant for hype that confuses investors, this already sounded like a terrible idea (like the The Department of Labor said frankly), before the crypto crash. Likewise, it seems like an inopportune time for FTX, the company co-founded by young billionaire Sam Bankman-Friedpropose a continuous clearing house for Bitcoin-related products that will encourage retail investors to trade crypto assets more frequently.

    The same questionable timing dynamic could play out in a Senate Banking Committee confirmation hearing this week. Michael Barr has been named vice president for oversight of the Federal Reserve, responsible for regulating the nation’s major financial institutions, and he will face senators on Thursday. In anticipation of this, Barr submitted his financial disclosure form on Monday, revealing investments in 82 separate financial technology, or fintech, startups, including several directly related to cryptocurrencies.

    You would think that could be a problem. But while Barr struggled to secure other high-level positions in financial regulatory circles under Biden, and was opposed by progressives for a separate Fed post in 2014 (which he did not receive), this time no real opposition to his nomination emerged. Despite the timing, despite the importance of crypto regulation to financial stability, despite the demonstrated dangers of financial innovation in the collapse of the housing bubble, financial reformers in Congress were content this time to give a let switch to Barr, regardless of his ties.

    More David Dayen

    It’s not like we don’t already know about these connections. It was common knowledge that Barr served on the advisory boards of LendingClub, the peer-to-peer online lender that had to fire its CEO on doctor loans to attract a buyer, and Ripple, which is fight the SEC on the sale of what the government claims is an unregistered title. Barr’s disclosure says he received $133,110 in 1099 income from LendingClub, as well as between $15,000 and $50,000 in capital gains.

    It was also common knowledge that Barr served on the board of a pro-crypto and fintech group called the Alliance for Innovative Regulation. It was common knowledge that fintech and crypto pros gushed when Barr was first touted last year as a potential pick for Comptroller of the Currency. Barr was also known to be a sponsor and adviser to NYCA Partnersa fintech venture capital firm with dozens of startups in its portfolio.

    It is the source of most of Barr’s start-up investments, through stakes in various NYCA funds. Other investments come from stock options acquired in companies where Barr has consulted, such as CLINC, Global ID (up to $250,000), GRIT Financial, SAVI and SentiLink (up to $100 $000). Barr disclosed 53,500 unearned shares in SAVI and 96,000 unearned shares in GRIT, which provides “instant access to earned salary benefits.” by company website. This is called an “earned wage access” product, essentially a payday advance that is repayable on payday. They have been likened to payday loans, and advocates have called for them to be regulated as credit products.

    Even with the crash, few members of Congress have spoken out forcefully that regulatory oversight is desperately needed.

    Regulation of access to earned wages would go through the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau rather than the Federal Reserve. But the Fed’s Vice President of Oversight would likely play a vital role in crypto regulation, where important decisions have to be made on crypto products like stablecoins, which are supposed to be pegged to the US dollar but can also crash, as TerraUSD recently did. You want regulators who are not enamored with (or worse, financially incentivized to be sympathetic to) crypto, who can take the objective steps necessary to protect the public.

    Therefore, Barr’s involvement in crypto businesses seems like fair game for scrutiny. Like the revolving door project, a Perspective partner, say, “Especially after last week’s total collapse in the cryptocurrency market, the Fed needs a chief regulatory officer who everyone can trust to act independently pressures from industry, personal financial interests and the desire for powerful jobs in the private sector after their time in government.

    Many of Barr’s NYCA investments are minimal (under $1,000) but obviously could swell if one or more startups were to take off. Barr’s biggest startup investment is in Built Technologies, an online platform for construction loans, which is worth between $50,000 and $100,000.

    Other investments include acorns growan investment app that lets you buy bitcoins through exchange-traded funds; Axonia blockchain infrastructure company for financial institutions; Metrikawhich gives “end-to-end visibility” to blockchain networks; Sardine AIthat helps protect digital wallets against fraud; Tint Technologiesa company that builds “crypto deposit insurance” and Zero hashwhich builds back-end software to facilitate crypto transactions.

    Investments range from less than $1,000 to somewhere between $15,000 and $50,000 (Acorns Grow). But the bigger issue is that as a limited NYCA partner, Barr has major incentives to see fintech startups, including crypto startups, thrive.

    In the disclosure, Barr agrees to divest itself of all companies in which it has acquired stock and to terminate its partnership agreement with NYCA. The question is whether or not it can shed a mindset that, as demonstrated by its investments and partnerships, clearly believes that financial innovation is important to society for a variety of reasons.

    But will the hearings address this mindset and its potential conflicts? The senses. Sherrod Brown (D-OH) and Elizabeth Warren (D-MA), most likely to raise these issues, both endorsed Barr. Democrats are highly unlikely to make financial disclosure a talking point. Several committee members on the Republican side are quite crypto-friendly. Even with the crash, few members of Congress have spoken out forcefully that regulatory oversight is desperately needed, and those who have are not inclined to pressure Barr. And many crypto-friendly officials (including Barr) were member of the Biden-Harris transition team.

    Giving up would be a mistake. With all the crypto money wading around the Democratic primary elections, it is clear that the industry is trying to create a force field around its activities in Washington. It would be worth penetrating that shield, simply by asking Michael Barr about his crypto regulatory priorities. It’s a critical topic with major consequences for millions of investors, as well as the nation’s overall financial health. It should be addressed. We’ll see if that happens at all on Thursday.

    A Look at Recent Changes in the Online Lending Industry – CONAN Daily

    0

    Over the past few years, there have been big changes in the online payday loan industry. In particular, many lenders have moved towards more responsible and moral lending practices. This is a welcome change, as online payday loans can be a useful tool for those who need cash fast.

    However, it is important to ensure that you are borrowing from a reputable lender who follows all regulations and offers fair terms. In this blog post, we’ll take a look at recent changes in the online payday loan industry and explain why they’re so important.

    American dollar bills (©Alexander Mills)

    The payday loan industry is a $40 billion a year business in the United States.

    There are approximately 22,000 payday loan stores in operation in the United States. The industry has been accused of preying on financially vulnerable people and trapping them in a cycle of debt.

    Over the past few years, there have been significant changes in the payday loan landscape. New players have entered the market, offering alternatives to traditional personal loans that are more flexible and easier to repay. These new lenders are using technology to create a better experience for borrowers and restore morality to the industry.

    One of these new players is Trick Technologies, which offers three main products, namely home equity lines of credit (HELOC), installment loans and refinance loans. All of these products have lower interest rates than traditional payday loans and can be repaid over time rather than all at once.

    Another new player in the industry is Ipass.Net, which offers unsecured personal loans with fixed interest rates and terms up to 36 months. Borrowers can use the money for any purpose, and there are no origination fees or prepayment penalties.

    These new lenders are using technology to create a better experience for borrowers and restore morality to the industry. With more flexible repayment options and lower interest rates, these companies help borrowers avoid the debt trap that payday loans can create.

    What is the current state of online payday loans?

    The online payday loan industry has come under fire in recent years for its high interest rates and aggressive collection practices. In response to these criticisms, some lenders have started offering more reasonable terms and conditions. However, many of these same lenders still engage in questionable practices, such as using hidden fees and loan renewals.

    Rolling over a loan means that the borrower takes out another loan to repay the first loan. This can be extremely detrimental to borrowers, as it can quickly lead to a cycle of debt. Hidden fees are also problematic, as they can add significant costs to the already high interest rates charged by payday lenders.

    These practices have led to calls for stricter regulation of the online payday loan industry. Some argue the industry should be banned altogether, while others believe more reasonable conditions should be put in place.

    .

    Payday loans are short-term, high-interest loans that are typically used to cover emergency expenses or unexpected bills.

    Orville L. Bennett of Ipass.Net warned us that while payday loans can be helpful in some situations, they can also be very detrimental to borrowers who are unable to repay the loan on time.

    Over the past few years, there have been a number of changes in the online lending industry that have made it more difficult for borrowers to access payday loans.

    Ipass.Net says one of the biggest changes was the introduction of new regulations by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), a federal agency created in 2010 in response to the financial crisis. One of its main purposes is to protect consumers from predatory lenders. Its payday loan regulations are designed to prevent borrowers from being trapped in a cycle of debt.

    The regulations require lenders to assess a borrower’s ability to repay the loan before making the loan, and they place limits on the number of times a borrower can renew or renew a loan. These changes have made it harder for borrowers to access payday loans, but they have also made it harder for lenders to take advantage of these loans.

    As a result, many payday lenders have stopped offering loans altogether. While this is good news for borrowers, it has created a new problem: borrowers who need quick access to cash now have fewer options available to them.

    One option that is always available to borrowers is called an installment loan. Installment loans are similar to payday loans, but they are repaid over a longer period and usually have lower interest rates.

    .

    The CFPB is working to reform the payday loan industry by introducing new rules that will prevent consumers from being trapped in a cycle of debt.

    The regulations, which came into force in July 2019, require lenders to verify a borrower’s ability to repay the loan before extending credit.

    The CFPB actions are a response to the growing number of complaints about payday loans, which typically have high interest rates and fees. According to the Pew Charitable Trusts, 12 million Americans take out payday loans every year, and they often end up paying more in fees than they originally borrowed.

    The new rules are designed to help borrowers avoid getting trapped in a debt cycle by ensuring they can only borrow what they can afford to repay. This is good news for consumers, as it will help protect them from the predatory practices of some payday lenders.

    The changes that the CFPB is putting in place are a step in the right direction when it comes to restoring the morality of personal loans. These regulations will help prevent consumers from being exploited by predatory lenders and being trapped in a cycle of debt.

    Rents can increase by up to 6% for some New York tenants

    0

    Hello. It’s Friday. We’ll look at the rent increases looming for more than two million New Yorkers. We’ll also preview the new look of the Times Square tower where the ball drops on New Year’s Eve.

    The biggest rent increases in New York in nearly a decade appear to be underway. The panel responsible for regulating rents last night approved increases of 2 to 4% on one-year leases and 4 to 6% on two-year leases for rent-stabilized housing.

    My colleague Mihir Zaveri, who covers housing, said the 5-4 vote by the powerful Rent Guidelines Board was the latest sign of the city’s struggles with housing affordability amid continued financial pressures of the pandemic.

    The proposed figures are likely to intensify lobbying from landlord groups, who had called for bigger increases, and tenant advocates, who had warned that any increases would create new problems for tenants trying to regain their economic footing. Most rent-stabilized tenants earn much less than the citywide median household income of approximately $67,000.

    [Panel Backs Rent Increases for More Than 2 Million New Yorkers]

    The prospect of rent increases poses a financial challenge for tenants and a political challenge for Mayor Eric Adams, who effectively controls the rent commission and has been more supportive of the real estate industry than his predecessor, Bill de Blasio, who had an icy relationship with owners. Under de Blasio, the council allowed rents to increase by a maximum of 1.5% for one-year leases and 2.75% for two-year leases. He voted to freeze some leases entirely in four of de Blasio’s eight years in office.

    After the vote, Adams released a statement saying it was good that the council “went down” from increases of up to 9% on two-year leases that had originally been suggested. The increases are to be officially approved next month.

    Tenant advocates expressed outrage over the vote. Rent Board Tenant Representative Sheila Garcia participated remotely from the Bronx with a group of tenants holding signs calling for rollbacks. “The minimum 2% would be devastating to the people in this room,” she said.

    But homeowners say they need increases to keep up with inflation, as evidenced by higher prices for fuel and maintenance materials, as well as higher property taxes.

    “Housing has costs,” Robert Ehrlich, a landlord representative on the rents board, said at the meeting. “We need to make sure the buildings have the money to pay for these costs. If we don’t do things right, many could fall into disrepair. »


    Weather

    Prepare for showers and rain during the day, with low temperatures of 60s. At night, the rain continues, with gusty winds and temperatures in the low 50s.

    alternative parking

    Valid until May 26 (Solemnity of Ascension).



    “Times Square has had a streak of lives,” property manager Michael Phillips said, speaking of ushering in what he called “4.0 Times Square.”

    It outlined a $500 million plan to be announced on Friday for One Times Square, the trapezoidal building that serves as the stage in the sky for the balloon drop on New Year’s Eve. Phillips’ company, the investment firm and of property management Jamestown, plans a top-to-bottom reimagining of the 118-year-old building.

    “Augmented reality and virtual reality allow us to occupy the building in a way that hasn’t been as easy in the past,” he said, meaning people can visit virtually from nowhere. anywhere. One Times Square — built when phone numbers were only two or three digits — is “unique in its ability to jump into the metaverse,” he said. “It’s also the only building in the world with an iconic New Year’s Eve physical experience, complete with the falling ball.”

    For visitors arriving in person, he provides a 19th-floor observation deck, overlooking the ever-changing spectacle that is Times Square. Inside, Jamestown, which was behind the redevelopment of Manhattan’s Chelsea Market, plans “branded experiences” for businesses looking for immersive, technology-driven displays.

    But some things won’t change. The north-facing signs will operate during the building’s 27-month renovation, and the balloon will drop on New Year’s Eve this year and next.


    Jane’s Carousel is ready for Jane’s Carousel Day. Todd Goings, who checked the bolts, bearings and cables, says so.

    Jane’s Carousel is a century-old carousel located in Brooklyn Bridge Park that artist Jane Walentas spent over 20 years restoring. Jane’s Carousel Day on Saturday will celebrate her work and commemorate her with free rides. She died last July at the age of 76.

    She and her husband, developer David Walentas, who spent years working to revitalize the industrial neighborhood that became Dumbo, bought the carousel for $385,000 in 1984 and had it shipped to New York. It manages to be garish and graceful at the same time, with the exuberant allure of a circus and the studied order of a horse show. It has 48 horses, wooden horses and two chariots, all restored in Jane Walentas’ workshop and installed in a modernist pavilion designed by architect Jean Nouvel. But the horses of Jane’s Carousel prance as they always have.

    “We’re asking him to do the same thing he did in 1922,” Goings said. “It was carrying 52 people in a circle every 10 minutes, and damn it, that’s what we’re doing 100 years later. If you put a million dollars in an old car, it’s in a museum and everyone Look at her. This is different. This is an interactive piece of art.



    Dear Diary:

    I was in town for my high school reunion and was looking for a shoemaker. A doorman from West 57th Street directed me to a “downstairs subway”.

    Going down a staircase in the station, I saw a small cafe.

    “Do you know where the cobbler is?” I asked the man behind the counter.

    He smiled.

    “It’s me!” he said.

    I lifted my shoes, broken strap hanging off.

    He looked around and made a gesture that indicated he was alone in the store.

    “Oh come on,” I said. “I’ll work behind the counter for you if you fix my shoes.”

    I was kidding, but he nodded, took off his apron, handed it to me, and waved at me behind the counter.

    I put on the apron while he explained the operation: Here is the register. Coffee and bagel are $1.75. Here are the milk and coffee cups.

    Then he walked through the door and disappeared.

    I was so surprised that I just stood there looking around. There was a grill, a sign advertising a special scrambled egg breakfast, a candy display, soft drinks.

    A customer came in.

    “Please don’t let her want the special,” I begged silently.

    “I have a terrible craving for Peppermint Patty,” she said. “Do you have those?”

    Dwight A. Merriman sells 14,000 shares of MongoDB, Inc. (NASDAQ:MDB)


    MongoDB, Inc. (NASDAQ:MDB – Get Rating) Director Dwight A. Merriman sold 14,000 shares in a trade on Monday, May 2. The stock was sold at an average price of $349.22, for a total value of $4,889,080.00. Following the sale, the administrator now directly owns 1,323,384 shares of the company, valued at $462,152,160.48. The transaction was disclosed in a filing with the SEC, accessible via this link.

    MongoDB shares opened at $360.56 on Thursday. The company has a debt ratio of 1.70, a quick ratio of 4.02 and a current ratio of 4.02. MongoDB, Inc. has a 52 week low of $238.01 and a 52 week high of $590.00. The stock has a 50-day moving average price of $382.73 and a two-hundred-day moving average price of $442.13. The stock has a market capitalization of $24.36 billion, a PE ratio of -76.07 and a beta of 0.98.

    MongoDB (NASDAQ:MDB – Get Rating) last released its results on Tuesday, March 8. The company reported ($1.20) earnings per share for the quarter, beating the Zacks consensus estimate of ($1.25) by $0.05. MongoDB had a negative return on equity of 66.70% and a negative net margin of 35.12%. The company posted revenue of $266.50 million for the quarter, versus analyst estimates of $243.42 million. In the same quarter last year, the company made ($1.01) earnings per share. The company’s revenue for the quarter increased 55.8% year over year. Research analysts expect MongoDB, Inc. to post -5.48 EPS for the current year.

    MDB has been the subject of several recent analyst reports. Royal Bank of Canada launched coverage on MongoDB in a research report on Tuesday, March 1. They set an “outperform” rating and a price target of $505.00 for the company. Needham & Company LLC lowered its price target on MongoDB from $626.00 to $362.00 and set a “buy” rating for the company in a Wednesday, March 9 research report. Stifel Nicolaus lowered his price target on MongoDB from $550.00 to $425.00 in a Wednesday, March 9 research report. Canaccord Genuity Group lowered its target price on MongoDB from $560.00 to $400.00 in a Wednesday, March 9 research report. Finally, Oppenheimer lowered his target price on MongoDB from $510.00 to $410.00 in a Wednesday, March 9 research report. One analyst rated the stock with a sell rating, one gave the stock a hold rating, and fifteen gave the stock a buy rating. According to data from MarketBeat, the stock has an average rating of “Buy” and a consensus target price of $496.72.

    A number of institutional investors have recently changed their stock portfolios. Commerce Bank increased its stake in MongoDB by 1.7% during the fourth quarter. Commerce Bank now owns 1,413 shares of the company worth $747,000 after acquiring 24 additional shares during the period. Winch Advisory Services LLC increased its stake in MongoDB by 54.2% during the third quarter. Winch Advisory Services LLC now owns 74 shares of the company worth $35,000 after acquiring 26 additional shares during the period. Total Clarity Wealth Management Inc. increased its stake in MongoDB by 6.9% during the first quarter. Total Clarity Wealth Management Inc. now owns 465 shares of the company worth $206,000 after acquiring 30 additional shares during the period. Massachusetts Financial Services Co. MA increased its stake in MongoDB by 0.5% during the third quarter. Massachusetts Financial Services Co. MA now owns 6,657 shares of the company worth $3,139,000 after acquiring 31 additional shares during the period. Finally, Profund Advisors LLC increased its stake in MongoDB by 5.2% during the fourth quarter. Profund Advisors LLC now owns 647 shares of the company worth $342,000 after acquiring 32 additional shares during the period. Institutional investors and hedge funds hold 88.70% of the company’s shares.

    MongoDB Company Profile (Get a rating)

    MongoDB, Inc provides a general purpose database platform worldwide. The company offers MongoDB Enterprise Advanced, a commercial database server for enterprise customers to run in the cloud, on-premises, or in a hybrid environment; MongoDB Atlas, a hosted multi-cloud database solution as a service; and Community Server, a free downloadable version of its database, which includes the features developers need to get started with MongoDB.

    Recommended Stories

    Insider buying and selling by quarter for MongoDB (NASDAQ:MDB)



    Get news and reviews for MongoDB Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analyst ratings for MongoDB and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s free daily email newsletter.

    Load Bank Leasing and Rental Services Market Analysis Scope and Forecast 2030 – Instant Interview

    0

    Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market Outlook:

    Global Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market the report includes the objectives and scopes of the market during the forecast period by highlighting the key segments, trends and major players to provide comprehensive data on the market status, trends, segmentation and development forecast of the global load bank rental and rental services market. The research report includes an in-depth study of the overall industry status, industrial policies and restraints, changing market dynamics and their impact across the globe.

    Get a FREE sample PDF of the report @ https://marketstrides.com/request-sample/load-bank-hire-and-rental-services-market

    Some of the major players in the global load bank rental and rental services market are
    Aggreko
    ComRent
    Sharp eye
    Emerson (Vertiv)
    Green light innovation
    Hill
    HPS load banks
    Jovyatlas
    Kaixiang
    Leading power solution
    Direct load banks
    Metal Deploye Resistance
    Mosebach
    MS Resistors
    The North Bridge
    Optimal Food Services
    Pite Tech
    Powerohm (Hubbell)
    rental charge
    Sephco Industries
    Shenzhen Sikes
    Simplex
    Storage battery systems
    Sunbelt Rentals
    Tatsumi Ryoki
    Thomson

    Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market Research Report provides an in-depth analysis of the competitive emerging markets in the global market.
    The research report includes specific segments by region (country), by manufacturers, by type, by application, by market share and by revenue. Each type provides information about the production during the forecast period from 2022 to 2030. The application segment also provides the consumption during the forecast period from 2022 to 2030. The segments help in identifying the different factors, key trends driving market growth. The Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market report also provides analysis of company share by countries, regions and types.

    Research Methodology

    Our research methodology is a mix of secondary and primary research that ideally begins with exhaustive data mining, conducting primary interviews (suppliers/distributors/end users) and formulating ideas, estimates and grow accordingly. Final primary validation is a mandate to confirm our research findings with key opinion leaders (KoLs), industry experts, load bank leasing and leasing services, including major supplies and independent consultants, among others.

    Understand the influence of COVID-19 on the Load Bank Rental and Rental Services Market with our experts monitoring the situation across the globe. for more information Ask now

    Market segmentation

    The load bank rental and rental services market is segmented on the basis of type, application, end-use industry, region and country.

    Global Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market by Type

    Resistive load bank
    Reactive load bank
    Resistive/reactive load bank

    The load bank leasing and leasing services market sub-segment is expected to hold the largest market share during the forecast period. Growing market and industry concerns are expected to drive the market for load bank rental and rental services.

    Global Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market by Application

    energy production
    Government/Military
    Maritime/Shipyards
    Oil, gas and nuclear
    Data centers
    Industrial
    Other

    Load bank rental and rental service application valves are one of the most fundamental and indispensable components of today’s modern technological society. The market segment is expected to hold the largest market share in the global load bank rental and rental services market.

    By region:

    • North America (US, Canada)
    • Europe (UK, Germany, France, Italy)
    • Asia Pacific (China, India, Japan, Singapore, Malaysia)
    • Latin America (Brazil, Mexico)
    • Middle East and Africa

    We’ve also covered your frequently asked questions

    • Who are the major companies operating in the Load Bank Rental and Rental Services market?
    • What are the major global types/applications in the Load Bank Rental and Rental Services market?
    • Who are the key players in the Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services market?
    • What are the driving factors fueling the growth of the Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market?
    • Which region accounted for the largest load bank rental and rental services market share?

    Impact of Covid on the Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market

    The COVID-19 pandemic has presented new challenges to businesses in the global marketplace. The main consumers of the load bank rental and rental services industry are ICT media and different sectors. The global production of ICT media stood at one million units in 2019. In 2020, the exponentially growing market faced an unforeseen obstacle – the COVID19 pandemic. Even though the market managed to avoid incurring losses, it experienced slow growth during the terrible year.

    Here are the main features of the report:

    Full overview of market structure: Overview, industry life cycle analysis, supply chain analysis.
    Analysis of the market environment: Growth drivers and constraints.
    Recent market segment forecasts.
    Competitive landscape and dynamics: Market share, product portfolio, etc.

    Buy this Load Bank Rental and Leasing Services Market Report 2022-2030: Choose License Type

    Check the discount for this report: https://marketstrides.com/check-discount/load-bank-hire-and-rental-services-market

    Customization of the report: Contact us

    Market Strides is a global aggregator and publisher of market trend reports, stock reports, database directories and economic reports. Our repository is diverse, covering virtually every industry sector and even more so all categories and sub-categories within the industry.

    Our pre-integration strategy for publishers is perhaps what sets us apart in the market. The publishers and their market growth reports are meticulously validated by our panel of internal consultants, before being published on our website. These in-house consultants are also responsible for ensuring that our website features only the most up-to-date reports.

    You have a question ? Ask our experts

    Market Strides has a team of professionals who assist you in many advanced industry-specific trends, content and test different strategies and implement the most productive one for the business.

    For more information, E-mail – [email protected]

    Contact us: +1 856 677 8909 (USA)

    Follow us on social networks:

    || LinkedIn || Twitter || Pinterest || tumblr || Instagram || Medium

    Our list of the best reports:

    https://marketstrides.com/report/nano-zirconia-market
    https://marketstrides.com/report/karaya-gum-market
    https://marketstrides.com/report/projection-keyboard-market
    https://marketstrides.com/report/cast-iron-and-cast-iron-castings-market

    Sentry app performance monitoring platform raises $90 million

    0

    We’re excited to bring back Transform 2022 in person on July 19 and virtually from July 20-28. Join leaders in AI and data for in-depth discussions and exciting networking opportunities. Register today!


    Sentinelan application performance monitoring (APM) platform used by some of the world’s largest companies, raised $90 million in a Series E funding round.

    Founded in 2012, Sentry helps companies like Microsoft, Disney, Slack, and Atlassian track all their software behavior metrics and troubleshoot errors, fix performance bottlenecks like poorly performing API calls or slow database queries, and more.

    Ultimately, Sentry aims to optimize software performance, given that even a one-second lag or downtime can create significant user churn.

    Today’s funding comes six months after Sentry made its first-ever acquisition, snapping up mobile app performance platform Specto for an undisclosed amount. While Sentry already offered some of its own mobile APM tools, Specto’s specialization in collecting performance metrics from iOS and Android apps allowed Sentry to deepen its support for smartphone-based software.

    The San Francisco-based company previously raised around $127 million, including a $60 million round last year that elevated it to unicorn status with a $1 billion valuation. With another $90 million in the bank and a valuation more than triple last year’s figure at $3 billion, Sentry said it plans to build on recent revenue growth by opening a new hub in Europe, while investing in product development and strengthening its workforce at all levels.

    “Revenues have more than tripled in just over two years, and our team will continue to focus on providing engineering organizations with the ability to ship better code faster,” said Sentry CEO, Milin Desai, in a statement. Press release.

    Sentry’s Series E was co-led by Bond and Accel, with participation from New Enterprise Associates and K5 Global.

    VentureBeat’s mission is to be a digital public square for technical decision makers to learn about transformative enterprise technology and conduct transactions. Learn more about membership.

    Zacks Investment Research cuts sale of SailPoint Technologies (NYSE: SAIL)


    SailPoint Technologies (NYSE: SAIL – Get a Review) was downgraded by Zacks Investment Research from a “hold” rating to a “sell” rating in a report released Tuesday, Zacks.com reports.

    According to Zacks, “SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. is a provider of enterprise identity governance solutions. The Company’s products and services include open identity platform, cloud-based identity governance, on-premises identity governance, data access governance, identity analytics, identity for healthcare and federal identity solutions. SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. is based in Austin, USA. “

    Several other brokerages have also recently weighed in on SAIL. Canaccord Genuity Group downgraded SailPoint Technologies from a “buy” rating to a “hold” rating in a report released Monday, April 11. Canaccord Genuity Group reaffirmed a “hold” rating and set a price target of $65.25 on shares of SailPoint Technologies in a report released Tuesday, April 12. KeyCorp began covering SailPoint Technologies in a report on Monday, April 4. They set an “overweight” rating and a price target of $63.00 for the company. Royal Bank of Canada downgraded SailPoint Technologies from an “outperform” rating to an “industry performer” rating and set a price target of $65.25 for the company. in a report on Tuesday, April 12. Finally, Wells Fargo & Company downgraded SailPoint Technologies from an “overweight” rating to an “equal weight” rating in a Tuesday, April 12 report. One financial analyst has assigned the stock a sell rating, twelve have issued a hold rating and five have assigned the company’s stock a buy rating. According to MarketBeat, the stock currently has an average rating of “Hold” and an average target price of $62.83.

    SAIL shares opened at $63.99 on Tuesday. The company has a market capitalization of $6.03 billion, a PE ratio of -96.95 and a beta of 1.54. The company’s 50-day simple moving average is $52.18 and its 200-day simple moving average is $48.31. SailPoint Technologies has a 12-month low of $34.98 and a 12-month high of $64.43.

    SailPoint Technologies (NYSE:SAIL – Get Rating) last announced its results on Monday, February 28. The company reported earnings per share (EPS) of $0.09 for the quarter, beating analyst consensus estimates of ($0.07) by $0.16. The company posted revenue of $135.60 million for the quarter, versus analyst estimates of $113.72 million. SailPoint Technologies recorded a negative net margin of 14.04% and a negative return on equity of 9.86%. The company’s revenue for the quarter increased by 31.2% compared to the same quarter last year. During the same period last year, the company posted earnings per share of $0.05. As a group, analysts expect SailPoint Technologies to post -0.77 earnings per share for the current fiscal year.

    In a similar vein, Executive Vice President Grady Summers sold 9,000 shares of SailPoint Technologies in a trade dated Friday, February 18. The stock was sold at an average price of $39.27, for a total transaction of $353,430.00. The transaction was disclosed in a legal filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which is available at this link. Additionally, General Counsel Christopher Schmitt sold 3,765 shares of SailPoint Technologies in a trade dated Tuesday, March 15. The stock was sold at an average price of $41.40, for a total value of $155,871.00. The disclosure of this sale can be found here. Insiders sold a total of 74,409 shares of the company valued at $3,031,585 in the past ninety days. Company insiders hold 2.00% of the company’s shares.

    A number of institutional investors have recently bought and sold shares of SAIL. Morgan Stanley increased its position in SailPoint Technologies by 3.9% during the second quarter. Morgan Stanley now owns 604,006 shares of the company worth $30,846,000 after buying an additional 22,520 shares last quarter. PNC Financial Services Group Inc. increased its stake in SailPoint Technologies by 18.9% in the third quarter. PNC Financial Services Group Inc. now owns 3,086 shares of the company valued at $132,000 after purchasing an additional 490 shares during the period. Duality Advisers LP purchased a new stake in SailPoint Technologies in Q3, valued at approximately $509,000. The Swiss National Bank increased its stake in SailPoint Technologies by 1.2% in the third quarter. The Swiss National Bank now owns 204,000 shares of the company valued at $8,748,000 after purchasing an additional 2,500 shares during the period. Finally, TimesSquare Capital Management LLC increased its stake in SailPoint Technologies by 2.8% in the third quarter. TimesSquare Capital Management LLC now owns 2,174,800 shares of the company valued at $93,255,000 after purchasing an additional 58,590 shares during the period.

    About SailPoint Technologies (Get an evaluation)

    SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc provides enterprise identity security solutions in the United States, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and internationally. The Company offers Software as a Service (SaaS) and Software Platforms, which provide organizations with the visibility and intelligence needed to empower users and manage their access to systems, applications and data in IT environments. hybrid information spanning on-premises, cloud and mobile. file storage applications and platforms.

    Featured articles

    Get a Free Copy of Zacks’ Research Report on SailPoint Technologies (SAIL)

    For more information on Zacks Investment Research’s research offerings, visit Zacks.com

    Analyst Recommendations for SailPoint Technologies (NYSE: SAIL)



    Receive daily news and reviews for SailPoint Technologies – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of breaking news and analyst ratings for SailPoint Technologies and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s FREE daily newsletter.

    Faith groups rally for action on affordable housing in Brevard County

    0

    The impact of living in the Sunshine State comes at a high cost, and that’s why hundreds of Brevard County residents are raising awareness about the lack of affordable housing. Brevard’s Department of Justice, a newly formed coalition of faith groups, gathered hundreds of residents at Suntree United Methodist Church in Melbourne on Monday night to tackle rising housing costs. Together, they called on their elected leaders to make this growing problem their top priority. “The homeless situation in our county is so dire that it is the magnet that has brought us together from different denominations and organizations because the crisis is at a critical mass,” Bishop Merton Clark told Truth Revealed. International Ministries. People started the meeting with song and prayer before spending an hour talking about how the families are feeling the impact because many of them end up on the streets. “I think we appreciate the tourism, the economy and the industries that come to Brevard and Florida and if we appreciate that, we need to value the workers who support those industries,” said Reverend Allee Willcox, associate pastor at Suntree United Methodist Church. Those in the audience held up signs during the meeting showing a variety of salaries in the county, from office clerks, orderlies to restaurant workers. Some of them explained that they would have to pay nearly half of their income for rent. “We were fine until they started raising our rent,” resident Keith Camby said. Camby, his wife and two children could not afford the rent, so they were evicted. The only option they had was to sleep in their car. “Truth Revealed Church stepped in, helped us find housing, but now another tragedy has happened. The house we were in, the plumbing collapsed,” Camby said. “We are again in a hotel until Thursday, so we could face homelessness again.” Organizers said they sent letters, messages and left voicemails, but no county official was in sight at Monday’s large rally. “We are frustrated and saddened that they chose not to come tonight,” Willcox said. “You can see by the turnout that this is a huge priority for our community members and the crisis.” The group has two meetings scheduled with some county commissioners later this month and in June.

    The impact of living in the Sunshine State comes at a high cost, and that’s why hundreds of Brevard County residents are raising awareness about the lack of affordable housing.

    Brevard’s Department of Justice, a newly formed coalition of faith groups, gathered hundreds of residents at Suntree United Methodist Church in Melbourne on Monday night to tackle rising housing costs. Together, they called on their elected leaders to make this growing problem their top priority.

    “The homeless situation in our county is so dire that it is the magnet that has brought us together from different denominations and organizations because the crisis has reached critical mass,” Bishop Merton Clark told Truth Revealed. International Ministries.

    People started the meeting with songs and prayers before spending an hour talking about how families are feeling the impact, as many find themselves on the streets.

    “I think we appreciate the tourism, the economy and the industries that come to Brevard and Florida and if we appreciate that, we need to value the workers who support those industries,” said Reverend Allee Willcox, associate pastor at Suntree United Methodist Church.

    Those in the audience held up signs during the meeting showing a variety of salaries in the county, from office clerks, orderlies to restaurant workers. Some of them explained that they would have to pay nearly half of their income for rent.

    “We were fine until they started raising our rent,” resident Keith Camby said.

    Camby, his wife and two children could not afford the rent, so they were evicted. The only option they had was to sleep in their car.

    “Truth Revealed Church stepped in, helped us find housing, but now another tragedy has happened. The house we were in, the plumbing collapsed,” Camby said. “We are again in a hotel until Thursday, so we could face homelessness again.”

    Organizers said they sent letters, messages and left voicemails, but no county official was in sight at Monday’s large rally.

    “We are frustrated and saddened that they chose not to come tonight,” Willcox said. “You can see by the turnout that this is a huge priority for our community members and the crisis.”

    The group has two meetings scheduled with some county commissioners later this month and in June.

    Late tech rally leaves Wall Street indexes slightly higher – Press Enterprise

    0

    By DAMIAN J. TROIS and ALEX VEIGA

    NEW YORK (AP) — A late afternoon reversal led by tech stocks left major indexes slightly higher on Wall Street on Monday, averting more losses for the market after a brutal April in which massive selling technologies drove the major benchmarks.

    The S&P 500 rose 0.6% after falling 1.7% earlier in the day. The Dow Jones Industrial Average rose 0.3% and the tech-heavy Nasdaq gained 1.6%.

    Bond prices fell, pushing yields higher. The 10-year Treasury yield briefly hit its highest level since late 2018.

    The uneven start to May follows an 8.8% slippage for the benchmark S&P 500 in April, led by Big Tech companies, which have started to look overvalued, especially with interest rates expected to rise sharply as the Federal Reserve struggles to bring soaring inflation under control. The central bank is expected to announce another interest rate hike on Wednesday.

    “After the carnage of the last week and the first four months of the year, I wonder if we might not have another ‘sell the rumour, buy the news’ event when it comes to the Fed. “, said Willie. Delwiche, investment strategist at All Star Charts.

    The S&P 500 rose 23.45 points to 4,155.38, while the Dow Jones added 84.29 points to 33,061.50. The blue-chip index rebounded from a 527-point deficit. The Nasdaq gained 201.38 points to 12,536.02.

    Smaller company stocks also reversed course after spending much of the day in the red. The Russell 2000 Index rose 18.18 points, or 1%, to 1,882.91.

    Just over half of S&P 500 stocks closed higher, with the technology and communications sectors driving much of the advance. Chipmaker Nvidia and Facebook parent company Meta Platforms each rose 5.3%.

    The broader market often panders to the direction of technology stocks. Many companies in the sector have expensive stock values ​​and therefore have more strength to push the major indexes up or down.

    Still, it’s unusual for tech stocks to rally at the same time bond yields rise. Indeed, higher yields make bonds increasingly attractive assets relative to riskier and more expensive stocks, especially those in technology and other growth-oriented companies.

    “The rise in yields so far this year has been bad news for growth stocks,” Delwiche said. “That you can have this rebound this afternoon in growth stocks as yields hold up is a little surprising.”

    US crude oil prices remained relatively unchanged after slipping earlier in the day. EU energy ministers meet in Brussels to discuss Russian supply problems and sanctions. Russia’s invasion of Ukraine caused already high oil and natural gas prices to spike.

    Bond yields rose significantly. The 10-year Treasury yield rose to 2.99% after briefly rising to 3.00% from 2.89% on Friday night. It had not exceeded 3% since December 3, 2018, according to Tradeweb.

    Treasury yields have risen all year as investors brace for higher interest rates. Markets are expecting a very big interest rate hike this week from the Federal Reserve as it tries to rein in inflation, which is at its highest level in four decades.

    The central bank is expected to raise short-term interest rates to double the usual amount when it releases its latest statement on Wednesday. It has already raised its key overnight rate once, the first such increase since 2018, and Wall Street expects several big increases in the coming months.

    Fed rate hikes will further increase borrowing costs across the board for people buying cars, using credit cards and taking out mortgages to buy homes. Investors are worried about rising inflation and its impact on businesses and consumers. But they also worry about how rate hikes will play into the fight against inflation and whether a more aggressive Fed could actually hurt economic growth.

    Concerns about rising inflation are also weighing on the latest round of corporate earnings. Disappointing earnings or outlook from Apple, parent Google and Amazon helped fuel sales last week. Investors are looking at the latest results and statements to gauge how much rising costs have impacted operations and whether price increases have hampered sales.

    Wall Street is in for another busy week of earnings reports. Pfizer reports results Tuesday, CVS Health reports results Wednesday, and Kellogg reports results Thursday.

    ___

    Veiga reported from Los Angeles.

    Micro Focus International plc (NYSE:MFGP) Short Interest Falls 22.9% in April


    Micro Focus International plc (NYSE: MFGP – Get Rating) saw a sharp drop in short-term interest during the month of April. As of April 15, there was selling interest totaling 1,110,000 shares, down 22.9% from the March 31 total of 1,440,000 shares. Based on an average trading volume of 646,000 shares, the day-to-cover ratio is currently 1.7 days.

    Several institutional investors and hedge funds have recently changed their holdings in MFGP. VIEX Capital Advisors LLC increased its equity stake in Micro Focus International by 1,440.6% in Q3. VIEX Capital Advisors LLC now owns 1,062,515 shares of the company valued at $5,780,000 after purchasing an additional 993,546 shares during the period. Goldman Sachs Group Inc. increased its equity stake in Micro Focus International by 3,374.8% in Q3. Goldman Sachs Group Inc. now owns 423,965 shares of the company valued at $2,307,000 after purchasing an additional 411,764 shares during the period. CastleKnight Management LP acquired a new position in shares of Micro Focus International in the 4th quarter valued at approximately $2,050,000. Jane Street Group LLC increased its equity stake in Micro Focus International to 91.6% in Q3. Jane Street Group LLC now owns 503,494 shares of the company valued at $2,779,000 after purchasing an additional 240,686 shares during the period. Finally, Campbell & CO Investment Adviser LLC acquired a new position in shares of Micro Focus International in Q4 worth approximately $1,022,000. Institutional investors hold 19.35% of the company’s shares.

    A number of research firms have commented on the MFGP. Zacks Investment Research moved shares of Micro Focus International from a “hold” rating to a “buy” rating and set a price target of $5.25 for the company in a Tuesday, March 15 research note. Jefferies Financial Group upgraded shares of Micro Focus International from a “hold” to a “buy” rating in a Tuesday, Jan. 11 research note.

    MFGP shares opened at $4.65 on Monday. Micro Focus International has a fifty-two week minimum of $4.32 and a fifty-two week maximum of $7.59. The company has a current ratio of 1.02, a quick ratio of 1.02 and a debt ratio of 1.65. The company’s 50-day moving average is $5.09 and its 200-day moving average is $5.28.

    The company also recently announced an annual dividend, which was paid on Thursday, April 21. Shareholders of record on Friday, March 11 received a dividend of $0.203. This is an increase from Micro Focus International’s previous annual dividend of $0.16. The ex-dividend date was Thursday, March 10. This represents a dividend yield of 4.1%.

    Micro Focus International Company Profile (Get an assessment)

    Micro Focus International plc operates in the enterprise software industry in the UK, USA, Germany, Canada, France, Japan and internationally. It offers infrastructure software products that are managed on a portfolio. The company’s product portfolio includes industry-neutral products such as application modernization and connectivity solutions that help customers unlock the value of core business applications for modernization, enabling a transformational journey to deliver continued value and flexibility from IT investments, on or off the CPU; application delivery management solutions that help customers increase speed, eliminate bottlenecks, and deliver high-performance applications to support their digital business; and IT operations management solutions for service assurance, automating the service execution lifecycle, and strengthening IT service governance.

    Featured articles



    Get news and reviews for Micro Focus International Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of breaking news and analyst ratings for Micro Focus International and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s FREE daily email newsletter.

    Overcome inflation

    0

    Even with supply chain issues and labor shortages, U.S. equipment rental revenue, including construction and general tooling, is expected to grow 11.1% to nearly $56 billion in 2022, according to the latest quarterly forecast released by the American Rental Association (ARA). ) in mid-April.

    Construction equipment leasing is leading the way, growing 13% this year to total revenue of $41.7 billion following a 10.2% increase in 2021. General tool in 2022 is expected to increase by 7% to $14.1 billion.

    As equipment rental revenue growth slows to 6% in 2023, 2.9% in 2024, 3.6% in 2025 and 3.9% in 2026, the industry is expected to surpass $60 billion in 2024 and reach $65.5 billion in 2026.

    “One thing we know is that rental revenue increases when the fleet grows or when rates increase,” says John McClelland, Ph.D., ARA vice president for government affairs and chief economist.

    “In reality, both things are happening today. However, supply chain issues are holding back fleet growth while inflation is pushing fares higher. In the past, we have seen strong revenue growth which we attribute to fleet growth. We are now seeing revenue growth driven by higher rates,” McClelland says.

    S&P Global Market Intelligence, formerly IHS Markit, the forecasting company that compiles data for ARA forecasts and the ARA Rentalytics™ subscription service, also revised the previous equipment rental revenue estimate for 2021 by 47, $9 billion to $50.2 billion in the latest quarterly update.

    The revision did not have much impact on expected industry growth rates for 2022 and beyond, but reflects a larger total than in previous forecasts.





    U.S. rental income
    Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence, formerly IHS Markit

    Scott Hazelton, director, S&P Global Market Intelligence, said while forecasting factors behaved roughly as expected throughout the year, inflation and rental rates took off more than expected in the second half of the year. 2021, with the fourth quarter being stronger, necessitating the increase in the revenue estimate for last year.

    “The strong double-digit growth outlook for 2022 is contingent on stable underlying demand compounded by inflationary pressures that will allow, if not demand, rate increases,” Hazelton said.

    “The underlying construction market will be relatively weak with residential and non-residential structural spending under pressure, although we will start to see the incipient impact of the law on infrastructure investment and jobs. However, we do not expect a downturn in construction, while the manufacturing sectors, and especially energy, will offer an improvement,” he says.

    “Meanwhile, pricing pressures are rippling through the economy, in some cases affecting producer prices even more than the best published consumer price indices. Supply chain constraints are endemic in all manufacturing, including construction and material handling equipment. This results in shipping delays and equipment shortages. Rental companies are more likely to be able to supply equipment faster than any dealer, which gives them pricing power,” he says, adding that Federal Reserve intervention with interest rate hikes and improved supply chain will end by relieving price escalation, but probably not before 2023.





    Canadian rental income
    Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence, formerly IHS Markit

    The revenue forecast for Canada is similar to that of the United States with growth of 9.6% in 2022 to reach $4.5 billion, followed by increases of 6.4% in 2023, of 3.8 % in 2024, 2.1% in 2025 and 1.8% in 2026 to reach $5.2 billion.

    Click here to learn more about rental-specific economic data provided by ARA Rentalytics.

    ARA also recently conducted a survey of contractors to find out what they are looking for in a rental store. Read the full results here.

    Living in hard-to-manage cars, action not warranted yet | North West

    0

    The articles in this roundup of regional news are taken from weeklies across the region. This is the second part, the first having appeared in Saturday’s Tribune.

    GRANGEVILLE — Finding accommodation in Grangeville is neither easy nor cheap. That people get used to living in their vehicles is not uncommon in the city, but now a boat?

    “Is it happening?” asked Grangeville Councilman Dylan Canaday.

    “In cars, yes. The boat is brand new,” Grangeville Police Chief Joe Newman said.

    The Monday, April 18, discussion by Grangeville City Council addressed the concern of homeless people living in vehicles on public roads that addressed the larger issue – both local and statewide – lack of available and affordable housing. For now, the consensus was to table the issue for two reasons: first, the issue is not important enough to cause a problem, and second, the application is problematic.

    “It’s a tough nut to crack,” Newman said. “How do you determine if someone is living in their car, and how do you make an order that is legal to pass? The City of Boise just had its ordinance kicked out because it was ruled unconstitutional by the Supreme Court. So it’s a unique challenge.

    The current city ordinance prohibits living in motorhomes or caravans except in designated motorhome parks. Mayor West Lester noted, however, that this does not extend to vehicles – cars or boats.

    “It’s a strange time,” Lester said. “Bringing a camper to a trailer park in town is very expensive. There are very few houses for rent and very few apartments for rent, and if there are, they are gone.

    Lack of available housing has been cited as a common barrier to recruiting potential employees to relocate to Idaho County, by private companies as well as area hospitals and school districts. Across the state, a report released last week by the Idaho Asset Building Network and the National Low Income Housing Coalition said Idaho continues to experience a shortage of affordable, available housing for low-income Idahoans. The report reveals that Idaho has 42 affordable rental units available for 100 extremely low-income households. Faced with a shortage in Idaho of more than 24,000 affordable rental units available to renters earning that income, two in three of those renters are severely burdened with housing costs.

    Newman said those who live in their cars often park in residential areas where it’s relatively quiet, and his department will get calls from residents who start noticing it after a few days and seek to move the person forward.

    “They call because they are worried; they don’t know who the people are and what they’re going to do,” he said. “We have good citizens watching their neighbors, who know which cars belong and which cars don’t, and they interact with us on a good level to let us know.”

    However, on the other side, Newman said: ‘We don’t have vagrancy laws anymore, so it’s very difficult to give someone time to move around, especially if their vehicle is licensed and licensed. How can you tell them they can’t park on a public road if that’s all they do? They didn’t set up a lawn chair or take out their Hibachi. They’re just in their car.

    — David Rauzi, Idaho County Free Press, (Grangeville), Wednesday

    Transitional Kindergarten Survey Offered in Colfax: Online Survey Offered to Gauge Public Interest

    COLFAX – The Colfax School District is seeking feedback on the development of a transitional kindergarten for the upcoming school year.

    An online survey has been developed to gauge community interest, officials said. So far, more than 50 responses have been received via the online survey on CDD300.org.

    The proposed program would be designed for students aged 4 by August 31 who do not have access to high-quality learning opportunities.

    School District Superintendent Jerry Pugh said the biggest benefit of transitional kindergarten is being able to have an extra year of school and early interaction with the program.

    The program will be led by a certified teacher and the students will be diverse, officials said.

    In addition to skills and abilities, race and other demographic indicators may be used in the selection process, officials said, noting that it would meet the federal Individuals and Individuals Education Act requirements. disabilities.

    State law (Revised Code of Washington 284.150.315) requires developmentally appropriate learning environments, promotes creativity, and learning through hands-on experiences.

    School district officials said students will learn social and emotional skills through individual and group learning activities.

    Officials said a transitional kindergarten will help develop skills in reading, math, communication, writing, science, social studies and art.

    Physical education and the acquisition of gross and fine motor skills are also part of the program, officials said.

    Transitioning students will be screened to determine if they are ready to move into regular kindergarten next school year, or possibly move into first grade, officials said.

    The program will mirror the traditional kindergarten curriculum in terms of school year length, day length and scheduling, officials said.

    Students who live within the school district will receive transportation and have access to full breakfast and lunch services, including free and discounted meals

    Students from other districts may request to register and will be considered based on space availability.

    The parents of these students will be responsible for their transportation.

    — Teresa Simpson, Whitman County Gazette, (Colfax), Thursday

    Most Influential Women in Banking: Upcoming 2022

    0

    As we emerge from a global pandemic crisis that has wreaked havoc on many people’s professional and personal lives, it’s no surprise that a recurring theme among this year’s nominees is empathy.

    Four of the 15 Most Powerful Women in Banking: The following list noted the valuing of empathy as a leadership quality. “Compassion, or as I like to say, empathy for action, is the most important quality a leader should have,” said Caroline Donlin, Managing Director and Group Head, BMO Harris Corporate Advisory.

    Emily Turner, managing director and head of business development for the Institutional Clients Group at Citi, cited her boss’s view on empathy and leadership. “Our CEO, Jane Fraser, spoke about how leading with empathy is a competitive advantage, and I agree. I believe that as we strive for excellence, we need to apply strong emotional intelligence to understand the challenges of our clients, as well as to develop and support our talents,” said Turner.

    In a year when we celebrate the 20th anniversary of American Banker’s Most Powerful Women in Banking, it’s also remarkable that this year’s Next list shows how far many women have come. Four of this year’s nominees started at entry-level positions in banking and worked their way up. Tonya Calix, senior vice president of human resources and diversity at Beach Bank, started as an executive assistant. Beth Fite, director of retail banking at First Carolina Bank, started as a teller at a local bank before being hired as a private banker. Sonia Fraher started as an intern at Ally Financial’s predecessor, GMAC Bank, and is now senior director of products and strategy at the bank. And Laura Howe, a regional banking manager at Wells Fargo who now oversees branch operations in five states, got her start at the bank’s call center.

    Among their many accomplishments, one of our honorees is one of the youngest CFOs in the industry; another is a former professional flautist; and another started a nonprofit to encourage Cleveland-area minority youth to consider careers in tech.

    Read on to learn more about these talented rising stars and join us in celebrating their accomplishments.

    SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. (NYSE: SAIL) Receives Consensus Rating of “Hold” by Analysts

    0

    SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc. (NYSE: SAIL – Get Rating) earned an average recommendation of “Hold” from the nineteen brokerages that currently cover the business, Marketbeat.com reports. Thirteen analysts rated the stock with a hold recommendation and five gave the company a buy recommendation. The 1-year average target price among brokers who have reported on the stock in the past year is $64.85.

    Several research analysts have recently published reports on the company. Wedbush restated a “neutral” rating and set a price target of $65.00 on shares of SailPoint Technologies in a Tuesday, April 12 research report. Royal Bank of Canada downgraded SailPoint Technologies from an “outperform” rating to an “industry performer” rating and set a price target of $65.25 for the company. in a research report on Tuesday, April 12. DA Davidson downgraded SailPoint Technologies from a “buy” rating to a “neutral” rating in a Monday, April 11 research report. Piper Sandler downgraded SailPoint Technologies from an “overweight” rating to a “neutral” rating and set a price target of $65.00 for the company. in a research report on Tuesday, April 12. Finally, Canaccord Genuity Group reaffirmed a “holding” rating and set a price target of $65.25 on shares of SailPoint Technologies in a Tuesday, April 12 research report.

    SAIL shares opened at $63.83 on Friday. SailPoint Technologies has a 12-month low of $34.98 and a 12-month high of $64.43. The stock’s 50-day moving average is $51.68 and its two-hundred-day moving average is $48.14. The company has a market capitalization of $6.01 billion, a PE ratio of -96.71 and a beta of 1.84.

    SailPoint Technologies (NYSE:SAIL – Get Rating) last announced its quarterly results on Monday, February 28. The company reported EPS of $0.09 for the quarter, beating Thomson Reuters consensus estimate of $0.07 ($0.07) by $0.16. The company posted revenue of $135.60 million for the quarter, versus analyst estimates of $113.72 million. SailPoint Technologies posted a negative return on equity of 9.86% and a negative net margin of 14.04%. The company’s quarterly revenue increased 31.2% year over year. In the same quarter of the previous year, the company achieved EPS of $0.05. On average, stock analysts predict SailPoint Technologies will post -0.77 EPS for the current fiscal year.

    Separately, director William G. Bock sold 2,500 shares of the company in a transaction dated Tuesday, February 15. The shares were sold at an average price of $40.23, for a total value of $100,575.00. The sale was disclosed in an SEC filing, available on the SEC’s website. Additionally, manager Tracey Newell sold 1,750 shares in a trade dated Tuesday, March 1. The stock was sold at an average price of $44.51, for a total transaction of $77,892.50. The disclosure of this sale can be found here. In the past 90 days, insiders have sold 74,409 shares of the company worth $3,031,585. Insiders of the company own 2.00% of the shares of the company.

    Several large investors have recently changed their positions in the company. Champlain Investment Partners LLC increased its stake in shares of SailPoint Technologies by 0.3% in the fourth quarter. Champlain Investment Partners LLC now owns 3,074,290 shares of the company valued at $148,611,000 after purchasing an additional 9,125 shares during the period. TimesSquare Capital Management LLC increased its holdings of SailPoint Technologies shares by 2.8% in the third quarter. TimesSquare Capital Management LLC now owns 2,174,800 shares of the company valued at $93,255,000 after acquiring an additional 58,590 shares last quarter. Credit Suisse AG increased its holdings of SailPoint Technologies shares by 11.3% in the third quarter. Credit Suisse AG now owns 2,000,897 shares of the company valued at $85,799,000 after acquiring 203,366 additional shares last quarter. Geode Capital Management LLC increased its holdings of SailPoint Technologies shares by 2.7% in the fourth quarter. Geode Capital Management LLC now owns 1,531,738 shares of the company valued at $74,044,000 after acquiring 39,577 additional shares last quarter. Finally, Edmond DE Rothschild Holding SA increased its stake in SailPoint Technologies shares by 8.6% in the fourth quarter. Edmond DE Rothschild Holding SA now owns 1,063,630 shares of the company valued at $51,416,000 after acquiring 83,877 additional shares last quarter.

    SailPoint Technologies Company Profile (Get a rating)

    SailPoint Technologies Holdings, Inc provides enterprise identity security solutions in the United States, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and internationally. The Company offers Software as a Service (SaaS) and Software Platforms, which provide organizations with the visibility and intelligence needed to empower users and manage their access to systems, applications and data in IT environments. hybrid information spanning on-premises, cloud and mobile. file storage applications and platforms.

    See also

    Analyst Recommendations for SailPoint Technologies (NYSE: SAIL)



    Receive daily news and reviews for SailPoint Technologies – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of breaking news and analyst ratings for SailPoint Technologies and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s FREE daily newsletter.

    Derby brings big money to Louisville’s hospitality and short-term rental industry

    0

    LOUISVILLE, Ky. (WAVE) – Money from all over the nation and the world is pouring into Louisville. During Derby season, the city feels the economic fallout.

    “We’re talking about $400 million in economic impact — direct economic impact,” said Stacey Yates, director of marketing communications for Louisville Tourism.

    Much of that money comes from short-term accommodations, including hotels, motels, and rentals on sites like Airbnb and VRBO. All this helps people get back to work.

    “Before the pandemic, we had 70,000 people employed in the hospitality industry,” Yates said. “We haven’t quite gone back on these figures; we are at about 61,000.

    Tourists will have to pay for the privilege of this service: Airbnb reports a 343% increase in prices during the Derby weekend.

    Deals still available in the Louisville area include a studio in the Highlands for $480 per night and a one-bedroom apartment downtown for $5,000 per night.

    “These people who have Airbnbs, they are local citizens making money from this event,” Yates said.

    Yates said downtown hotels will hit around 95% occupancy over the weekend.

    Prices as of April 29 are, on the low end, $999 per night at the TownePlace Suites by Marriott, or, on the high end, $2,569 per night at the Omni Louisville.

    The historic Brown Hotel is sold out for Derby weekend.

    “We sold out a few weeks ago,” said Marc Salmon, the hotel’s director of operations and historian. “We are definitely a popular choice because we are at the center of everything.”

    Le Brown will not have a vacancy for the Derby weekend for the first time since the 2019 race.

    “For us, it’s doing what we do,” Salmon said. “People feel like they are part of Derby history when they come to stay here for Derby.”

    WAVE – NBC affiliate of Louisville and southern Indiana. Follow us on Twitter and Instagram @wave3news.(VAGUE)

    Copyright 2022 WAVE. All rights reserved.

    How to rent a car without a credit card

    0
    gettyimages-1150764862.jpg

    tommaso79 / Getty

    Most Americans have at least one credit card, and there are many benefits to having one. Some credit cards offer cash back in certain categories, while others help you earn rewards for your travel purchases, such as airline tickets. Speaking of travel, you usually need a credit card to reserve a rental car.

    Does this mean that it is impossible to rent a car without having a credit card? The short answer is: no, you can rent a car without a credit card. However, it is certainly more difficult rent a car without a car. But if you want to rent a car and you don’t have a credit card, here are the steps to follow.

    1. Find a rental company that doesn’t require a credit card

    First, you will need to research car rental companies that do not require a credit card for vehicle reservations. The good news is that most major car rental companies don’t require you to present a credit card at the counter. Here are some of the more popular companies that don’t require credit cards:

    • Alamo
    • Notice
    • Budget
    • Dollar
    • Business
    • Hertz
    • National

    Before making a reservation, it’s always a good idea to check that the rental company you want to use doesn’t require a credit card (and accepts a payment method you have, such as a debit card). Each car rental company has different payment rules, which may vary depending on your state, age, and the car you choose.

    2. See what cars are available

    When you don’t have a credit card, you may be limited in the types of cars you can rent. For example, high-end sports cars and even luxury SUVs may be excluded if you can only pay with a debit card. Since the rental company cannot guarantee a deposit without a credit card, there is more risk in letting you borrow an expensive car.

    Fortunately, vehicles in the “economy” category (such as compacts and sedans) are generally available for rent without a credit card. These cars are also the least expensive and often have the best gas mileage, which can help you save money if you’re traveling on a budget.

    3. Consent to a credit inquiry

    If you rent a car without a credit card, chances are the car rental company will want to check your credit. Although your credit score and your driving record are not exactly linked, your credit score can give the rental company an indication of your liability. If your credit history shows a series of unpaid bills or overdrawn accounts, for example, this could indicate that you are a risky customer.

    Simply put, car rental companies trust you to take care of their vehicle and return it safely. But they also know that accidents happen. As a result, the rental company wants to be sure that if something happens to the car – and you are responsible for it – you can afford to pay for the damages.

    4. Pay a deposit

    If you rent a car with a debit card or cash, you cannot post a traditional deposit. However, this does not mean that you will be exempt from a deposit. The car rental company may ask you to post a bond using another source of funds, such as a cashier’s check, personal check, or money order. When returning the vehicle, you will get the deposit back, assuming there is no damage and you have not exceeded your rental time limit.

    Why do rental companies require credit cards?

    If you’re wondering why most car rental companies require (or prefer) credit cards, there are several reasons.

    When you reserve a rental car with a credit card, the rental company takes a deposit. This money is essentially frozen until the reservation is completed. If something happens to the car during the rental period, the company can easily recover that money; the deposit becomes a charge that appears on your monthly credit card statement.

    However, you cannot deposit a deposit with a debit card in the same way. This would require the rental company to withdraw the money up front and then refund you later after you return the car. More importantly, if there are insufficient funds in your debit account, the rental company cannot recover any money if you damage the car.

    Ultimately, it is less risky for car rental companies to lend vehicles to customers with a credit card, since the deposit can be easily recovered. When using a debit card, there are often more hoops to jump through as the rental company wants to make sure you can cover any potential damage. Otherwise, the rental company might end up paying for it.

    What are the benefits of using a credit card to pay for a rental car?

    It’s always a good idea to book a rental car with a credit card if you can. Using a credit card can give you access to a wider variety of cars, it can help you avoid unnecessary credit checks, and it makes the deposit process much easier.

    Using a credit card to book a rental car can also help you earn rewards if you have a credit card with travel benefits, which can also be redeemed for discounted rental cars or free once you have enough points.

    Can you pay for a rental car in cash?

    Many car rental companies accept cash when you complete the final transaction, which takes place after the car is returned and your reservation is complete. However, you cannot make a deposit at the start of your reservation in cash. If you don’t have a credit card, you’ll need to deposit using another payment method.

    Can you use a prepaid card to get a rental car?

    When it comes to renting a car, using a prepaid card is like using a debit card. You probably cannot use a prepaid card to make a deposit for your reservation, even if you have sufficient funds in the account. However, you are allowed to use a prepaid card to pay for your reservation when you return the car.

    Can we rent a car without paying a deposit?

    It is highly unlikely that a rental company will allow you to borrow a vehicle without making a deposit first. Your deposit is the rental company’s financial safety net.

    If you have no way to post a deposit, the rental company will not allow you to take the vehicle.

    What is the cheapest car rental company that does not require a credit card?

    Some car rental companies have cheaper rates than others, but it’s hard to determine which company is more affordable. The cost of a rental car depends on a variety of factors besides the company you choose, including the type of car, the length of the rental, and the type of insurance you choose.

    You can usually get quotes online from the larger car rental companies, which can help you find the cheapest option.

    Enterprise Financial Services Corp to Post Fiscal 2022 Earnings of $4.80 Per Share, According to DA Davidson Forecast (NASDAQ:EFSC)

    0

    Corporate Financial Services Company (NASDAQ: EFSCGet a rating) – Stock analysts DA Davidson cut their fiscal 2022 earnings per share estimates for Enterprise Financial Services in a report released Wednesday, April 27. DA Davidson analyst J. Rulis now expects the bank to earn $4.80 per share for the year, down from his previous estimate of $4.88. DA Davidson also released earnings estimates for Enterprise Financial Services’ fiscal year 2023 at EPS $5.00.

    EFSC has been the subject of several other reports. Boenning Scattergood began covering corporate financial services in a Monday, March 21 report. They set an “outperformance” rating on the stock. StockNews.com assumed coverage on corporate financial services in a Thursday, March 31 report. They issued a “holding” rating for the company. Raymond James raised its price target on corporate financials from $54.00 to $58.00 and gave the company an “outperform” rating in a Thursday, Jan. 27, report. To finish, Zacks Investment Research upgraded shares of Enterprise Financial Services from a “hold” rating to a “buy” rating and set a $54.00 price target for the company in a Thursday, March 31 research note.

    EFSC action opened at $45.20 on Friday. The company has a market capitalization of $1.71 billion, a PE ratio of 11.59 and a beta of 1.21. Enterprise Financial Services has a 1-year minimum of $42.23 and a 1-year maximum of $51.50. The company has a fifty-day simple moving average of $47.62 and a 200-day simple moving average of $48.11. The company has a current ratio of 0.96, a quick ratio of 0.96 and a debt ratio of 0.38.

    Business Financial Services (NASDAQ: EFSCGet a rating) last released its results on Monday, April 25. The bank reported earnings per share (EPS) of $1.23 for the quarter, beating the Zacks consensus estimate of $1.12 by $0.11. Enterprise Financial Services posted a net margin of 29.50% and a return on equity of 13.08%. In the same period a year earlier, the company earned earnings per share of $0.96.

    The company also recently announced a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Thursday, June 30. Investors of record on Wednesday, June 15 will receive a dividend of $0.22 per share. This is an increase from Enterprise Financial Services’ previous quarterly dividend of $0.21. The ex-dividend date is Tuesday, June 14. This represents an annualized dividend of $0.88 and a yield of 1.95%. Enterprise Financial Services’ dividend payout ratio is currently 21.54%.

    Several institutional investors have recently changed their positions within the EFSC. William Blair Investment Management LLC increased its stake in Enterprise Financial Services by 48,273.2% in Q3. William Blair Investment Management LLC now owns 735,272 shares of the bank valued at $33,293,000 after acquiring an additional 733,752 shares last quarter. Invesco Ltd. raised its position in corporate financial services by 41.3% in the third quarter. Invesco Ltd. now owns 50,645 shares of the bank worth $2,293,000 after purchasing an additional 14,794 shares during the period. Credit Suisse AG increased its stake in Enterprise Financial Services by 24.6% in the third quarter. Credit Suisse AG now owns 49,785 shares in the bank worth $2,254,000 after buying an additional 9,825 shares last quarter. Voya Investment Management LLC increased its stake in Enterprise Financial Services by 34.8% in the third quarter. Voya Investment Management LLC now owns 13,357 shares of the bank valued at $605,000 after purchasing an additional 3,451 shares during the period. Finally, Macquarie Group Ltd. increased its stake in shares of Enterprise Financial Services by 1.0% in the third quarter. Macquarie Group Ltd. now owns 710,516 shares of the bank valued at $32,172,000 after purchasing an additional 7,088 shares last quarter. Institutional investors and hedge funds hold 64.80% of the company’s shares.

    Corporate Financial Services Company Profile (Get a rating)

    Enterprise Financial Services Corp operates as a financial holding company for Enterprise Bank & Trust which offers banking and wealth management services to individuals and businesses. The company offers checking, savings and money market accounts, as well as certificates of deposit. It also offers commercial and industrial real estate, commercial, construction and land development, residential real estate, agricultural and consumer loans.

    Recommended Stories

    Corporate Financial Services Earnings History and Estimates (NASDAQ: EFSC)



    Receive daily news and reviews for corporate financial services – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analyst ratings for corporate financial services and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s free daily email newsletter.

    SPOK HOLDINGS, INC MANAGEMENT REPORT AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Form 10-Q)

    0

    Forward-looking statements

    This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q ("Quarterly Report") contains forward-looking
    statements and information relating to Spok Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries
    (collectively, "we,""us,", "Spok," "our" or the "Company") that set forth
    anticipated results based on management's current plans, known trends and
    assumptions. These statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of
    the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Statements that are
    predictive in nature, that depend upon or refer to future events or conditions,
    or that include words such as "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "expect,"
    "intend," "will," "target," "forecast" and similar expressions, as they relate
    to Spok are forward-looking statements.
    
    Although these statements are based upon current plans, known trends and
    assumptions that management considers reasonable, they are subject to certain
    risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including, but not limited to, those
    discussed in this section and "Risk Factors" below and under the captions
    "Business," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
    Results of Operations ("MD&A")," and "Risk Factors" in our Annual Report on Form
    10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 ("2021 Annual Report"). Should known
    or unknown risks or uncertainties materialize, known trends change, or
    underlying assumptions prove inaccurate, actual results or outcomes may differ
    materially from past results and those described herein as anticipated,
    believed, estimated, expected, intended, targeted or forecasted. Investors are
    cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.
    
    The Company undertakes no obligation to update forward-looking statements.
    Investors are advised to consult all further disclosures the Company makes in
    its subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K
    that it will file with the SEC. Also note that, in the 2021 Annual Report, the
    Company provides a cautionary discussion of risks, uncertainties and possibly
    inaccurate assumptions relevant to its business. These are factors that,
    individually or in the aggregate, could cause the Company's actual results to
    differ materially from past results as well as those results that may be
    anticipated, believed, estimated, expected, intended, targeted or forecasted. It
    is not possible to predict or identify all such risk factors. Consequently,
    investors should not consider the risk factor discussion to be a complete
    discussion of all of the potential risks or uncertainties that could affect
    Spok's business, statement of operations or financial condition, subsequent to
    the filing of this Quarterly Report.
    
                                           18
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Insight

    The following MD&A is intended to help the reader understand the results of
    operations and financial condition of Spok. This MD&A is provided as a
    supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our 2021 Annual Report
    and our unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying
    notes. A reference to a "Note" in this section refers to the accompanying
    Unaudited Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
    Spok, acting through its indirect wholly owned operating subsidiary, Spok, Inc.,
    delivers smart, reliable clinical communication and collaboration solutions to
    organizations, primarily in the U.S. healthcare industry, to help protect the
    health, well-being and safety of individuals. Organizations rely on Spok for
    workflow improvement, secure messaging, paging services, contact center
    optimization and public safety response.
    
    

    Business

    See Note 1, "Organization and Significant Accounting Policies" in Item 1 of Part
    I of this Quarterly Report and Item 1. "Business" of Part I of the 2021 Annual
    Report, which describe our business in further detail.
    
    

    New strategic business plan

    In February 2022, our Board of Directors announced a new strategic business plan
    that includes a restructuring of our business to discontinue Spok Go®, eliminate
    all associated costs and optimize the Company's existing structure to drive
    continued cost improvement. The strategic business plan includes a renewed focus
    on our existing and established business, including the Spok Care Connect Suite
    and our wireless service offerings. While there are numerous factors that went
    into this decision, the ongoing challenge of the COVID-19 pandemic made it
    difficult for the Spok Go platform to gain sufficient traction with customers or
    for our business to continue operating with our current level of costs and
    personnel. This shift in focus will allow us to prioritize cash flow generation
    and the return of capital to stockholders. As a result of this new strategic
    business plan, our Board of Directors has increased the regular quarterly
    dividend from $0.125 to $0.3125 and has authorized a share repurchase program of
    up to $10 million of our common stock.
    
    As part of the restructuring program, we have begun the process of eliminating
    approximately 175 positions, primarily in research and development, but also in
    professional services, selling and marketing, and back-office support functions.
    We expect to record one-time pre-tax restructuring charges of approximately
    $6.2 million to $7.5 million, comprised of approximately $5.7 million to $6.6
    million in severance and personnel related costs and approximately $0.5 million
    to $0.9 million in contractual terminations. Future cash payments related to
    these charges are expected to generally be within the same range. The
    restructuring actions associated with these charges are expected to be
    substantially complete in 2022. Further details can be found in Note 5
    "Restructuring" in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
    

    COVID-19[feminine]

    In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global
    pandemic, and the virus significantly impacted the global economy. Although
    federal and state restrictions were not widely adopted until late in the first
    quarter of 2020, we began to experience a direct impact on our sales cycle in
    late February 2020 as hospitals, our largest customer segment, began to delay
    purchasing decisions and address staff reductions. These delays continued to
    affect our software bookings, which directly impacted license and equipment
    revenues during 2021.
    
    We also experienced delays in our ability to deliver on-site implementation
    services, which has impacted our services revenue since the onset of the
    pandemic. While much of our implementation process can be performed remotely,
    the on-premise nature of certain of our solutions requires some level of on-site
    presence to completely implement. These impacts primarily resulted in delays in
    the timing of revenue recognition during 2021, as associated revenue corresponds
    to our backlog of performance obligations ready for delivery at some point in
    the future.
    
    While many hospitals relaxed their initial capacity and social distancing
    guidelines in the second half of 2020, some of our customers continued such
    restrictions into 2021 and 2022 to ensure the safety of their personnel and
    patients. Such restrictions, which have varied considerably depending on the
    size of an organization, geographical location and local regulations, can make
    it difficult for external personnel who are not critical to the immediate
    operating needs of a hospital, such as our implementation staff, to gain access.
    
                                           19
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Furthermore, hospital have continued to struggle with significant burnout and
    resource constraints due to the pandemic. The U.S. Healthcare system has lost
    between one in five and one in six healthcare workers since the pandemic began,
    and nursing staffs have been significantly depleted. On average it takes four to
    five years to train a nurse, and we expect these resource constraints to last
    well into the future.
    
    As we return to pre-pandemic operating levels, much of our business continues to
    be driven by our customers and their ability to resume operations beyond
    providing just critical needs and emergency services. Many hospitals initially
    reduced the number of elective surgeries as a result of government restrictions,
    as well as patients delaying or canceling elective procedures during the
    pandemic. While most organizations began to see improved operating levels during
    the second half of 2020 and into 2021 and 2022 as the number of overall U.S.
    virus cases declined, some of our customers in certain geographic areas
    continued to experience periodic capacity constraints due to the emergence of
    new COVID-19 variants.
    
    The length and severity of pandemic-related challenges affecting our customer
    base remain uncertain, and we continue to monitor new COVID-19 variants of
    concern that may indicate risks of increased transmission and more severe
    disease. Any significant spikes in U.S. virus cases could delay or reverse
    progress towards returning to pre-pandemic operational levels. With the
    continued distribution of effective vaccines, however, we are optimistic that
    spikes in virus cases will be mitigated and that our customers' operating levels
    will continue to improve as pandemic-related restrictions are lifted.
    
    While we are likely to see some lingering and continued effects from COVID-19,
    barring the emergence of a severe COVID-19 variant of concern, which might have
    significant negative effects on the overall economy and our customer base
    specifically, we have largely returned to pre-pandemic operations in 2022.
    
    During 2021, we continued to prudently manage operating expenses and liquidity,
    with the goal of neutralizing the impact of the pandemic on our cash flows. Each
    of these measures is described in further detail below:
    
    •Reduced work schedules: We enacted a Company-wide plan that reduced work
    schedules, resulting in a temporary reduction in compensation expenses during
    the second, third and fourth quarters of 2020 and continuing through the first
    half of 2021, whereby each of our employees, including our executive officers,
    was subject to one to two weeks of a reduced work schedule per quarter. For the
    three months ended March 31, 2021, these reduced work schedules resulted in
    realized savings of $1.0 million in compensation expense.
    •Equity in Lieu of Cash Compensation: We also enacted a plan for the first three
    quarters of 2021 whereby qualified employees received a portion of their
    compensation in the form of shares of the Company's common stock in lieu of
    cash. These awards, which affected approximately 450 of our employees, were made
    in advance on a quarterly basis and vested immediately. For the three months
    ended March 31, 2021, we achieved cash savings of $0.6 million.
    •Non-Employee Director Alternative DSU or Restricted Stock Plan: Under this
    alternative payment plan, which was in effect from the third quarter of 2020
    through the third quarter of 2021, all non-employee directors voluntarily
    elected to receive either DSUs or restricted stock in lieu of the entire cash
    portion of their compensation. For the three months ended March 31, 2021, we
    achieved cash savings of $0.1 million. (Refer to Note 11, "Stockholder's Equity"
    in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail
    related to the alternative DSU or restricted stock plan).
                                           20
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Operating results

    The following table is a summary of our condensed consolidated statement of earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2022and 2021:

                                                                   For the 

    Three months completed

                                                                            March 31,                               Change
                       (Dollars in thousands)                        2022               2021              Total                %
    
    Revenue:
    Wireless revenue                                             $   18,846          $ 20,120          $ (1,274)                (6.3) %
    Software revenue                                                 14,979            15,916              (937)                (5.9) %
    Total revenue                                                    33,825            36,036            (2,211)                (6.1) %
    Operating expenses:
    Cost of revenue (exclusive of items shown separately below)       7,804             7,982              (178)                (2.2) %
    Research and development                                          6,497             4,444             2,053                 46.2  %
    Technology operations                                             7,013             7,204              (191)                (2.7) %
    Selling and marketing                                             5,315             5,139               176                  3.4  %
    General and administrative                                       10,435            10,280               155                  1.5  %
    Depreciation, amortization and accretion                            934             2,727            (1,793)               (65.7) %
    Severance and restructuring                                       4,495                 -             4,495                    -  %
    
    Total operating expenses                                         42,493            37,776             4,717                 12.5  %
    Operating loss                                                   (8,668)           (1,740)           (6,928)               398.2  %
    Interest income                                                      67                61                 6                  9.8  %
    Other expense                                                       (13)              (27)               14                (51.9) %
    Loss before income taxes                                         (8,614)           (1,706)           (6,908)               404.9  %
    Benefit from (provision for) income taxes                         1,400              (591)            1,991               (336.9) %
    Net loss                                                     $   (7,214)         $ (2,297)         $ (4,917)               214.1  %
    
    Supplemental Information
    Full-Time Equivalent ("FTE") Employees                              548               603               (55)                (9.1) %
    Active transmitters                                               3,399             3,631              (232)                (6.4) %
    
    
    
                                           21
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Revenue

    We offer a focused suite of unified clinical communications and collaboration
    solutions that include call center applications, clinical alerting and
    notifications, one-way and advanced two-way wireless messaging services, mobile
    communications and public safety solutions.
    
    We develop, sell and support enterprise-wide systems for healthcare, government,
    large enterprise and other organizations needing to automate, centralize and
    standardize their approach to clinical communications and collaboration. Our
    solutions can be found in prominent hospitals, large government agencies,
    leading public safety institutions, colleges and universities, large hotels,
    resorts and casinos, and well-known manufacturers. Our primary market is the
    healthcare provider industry, particularly hospitals. While we have historically
    identified hospitals with 200 or more beds as the primary targets for our
    software solutions, as well as our paging services, we have expanded our focus
    to include smaller hospitals with shorter sales cycles, including academic
    medical centers.
    
    Revenue generated by wireless messaging services (including voice mail,
    personalized greeting, message storage and retrieval), equipment, maintenance
    plans and/or equipment loss protection for both one-way and two-way messaging
    subscribers is presented as wireless revenue in our Statement of Operations.
    Revenue generated by the sale of our software solutions, which includes software
    license, professional services (installation, consulting and training),
    equipment (to be used in conjunction with the software), and post-contract
    support (ongoing maintenance), is presented as software revenue in our Condensed
    Consolidated Statement of Operations. Our software is licensed to end users
    under an industry standard software license agreement.
    
    

    Refer to Note 6, “Revenues, Deferred Revenues and Prepaid Commissions” of the Notes to the Summary Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on our wireless and software revenue streams.

    The table below details the revenues for the periods indicated:

                                                                     For the Three Months Ended
                                                                              March 31,                             Change
    (Dollars in thousands)                                             2022    
              2021              Total               %
    
    Revenue - wireless:
    Paging revenue                                                 $   18,313          $ 19,353          $ (1,040)             (5.4) %
    Product and other revenue                                             533               767              (234)            (30.5) %
    Total wireless revenue                                             18,846            20,120            (1,274)             (6.3) %
    
    Revenue - software:
    License                                                             1,824             1,552               272              17.5  %
    Professional services                                               3,336             4,354            (1,018)            (23.4) %
    Hardware                                                              589               616               (27)             (4.4) %
    
    Operations revenue                                                  5,749             6,522              (773)            (11.9) %
    Maintenance revenue                                                 9,230             9,394              (164)             (1.7) %
    Total software revenue                                             14,979            15,916              (937)             (5.9) %
    Total revenue                                                  $   33,825          $ 36,036          $ (2,211)             (6.1) %
    
    
    Wireless Revenue
    
    The decrease in wireless revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2022,
    compared to the same period in 2021, reflects the secular decrease in demand for
    our wireless services. Wireless revenue is generally reflective of the number of
    units in service and measured monthly as Average Revenue Per User ("ARPU"). On a
    consolidated basis, ARPU is affected by several factors, including the mix of
    units in service and the pricing of the various components of our services. The
    number of units in service changes based on subscribers added, referred to as
    gross placements, less subscriber cancellations, or disconnects.
    
                                           22
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    ARPU was $7.24 and $7.34 for the three months ended March 31, 2022, and 2021,
    respectively. Total units in service were 0.8 million and 0.9 million as of
    March 31, 2022, and 2021, respectively. Approximately half of the decline in
    ARPU was related to the decreases in Universal Service Fees ("USF") with the
    remainder coming primarily from lower variable revenue associated with overcall
    fees which are charged to customers when their service usage is greater than
    their allotted plan. USF fees are effectively pass-through items that have
    corresponding costs associated with them. Excluding these pass-through items,
    ARPU would have declined in-line with historical trends.
    
    We believe that demand will continue to decline for the foreseeable future in
    line with recent and historical trends, as our wireless products and services
    are replaced with other competing technologies, such as the shift from
    narrowband wireless service offerings to broadband technology services.
    
    The following reflects the impact of subscribers and ARPU on the change in
    paging revenue:
    
                                      For the Three Months Ended March 31,                Change Due To:
     (in thousands)                                                       2022          2021         Change        ARPU       Units
    
     Paging revenue                                                    $ 18,313      $ 19,353      $ (1,040)     $ (232)     $ (808)
    
    
    As demand for one-way and two-way messaging has declined, we have developed or
    added service offerings such as encrypted paging and Spok Mobile with a pager
    number to increase our revenue potential and mitigate the decline in our
    wireless revenue. We will continue to explore ways to innovate and provide
    customers the highest value possible.
    
    In late 2021, we began offering our newest pager, GenA. This one-way
    alphanumeric pager features a high resolution ePaper display, intuitive modern
    user interface, advanced encryption and security features, over-the-air remote
    programming, and an antimicrobial housing. Users can select from various font
    sizes, and the large GenA display also leverages proportional fonts to maximize
    key information on a single screen.
    
    The GenA pager is the only product available on the market with these
    capabilities, and we maintain an exclusive arrangement with the product's
    manufacturer. Given the product differentiation of the GenA pager, its
    development is a key initiative providing a competitive advantage, and we expect
    this new technology will be popular with our customers in clinical environments
    and may help slow our wireless revenue attrition.
    
    

    Software revenue

    Software revenue consists of two components: operations revenue and maintenance
    revenue. Operations revenue consists primarily of license revenues for our
    healthcare communications solutions, revenue from the sale of equipment that
    facilitates the use of our software solutions, and professional services revenue
    related to the implementation of our solutions. Maintenance revenue is generated
    from our ongoing support of our software solutions or related equipment,
    typically for a period of one year after project completion.
    
    To a large degree, software revenue corresponds to our backlog of performance
    obligations ready to deliver at some point in the future, and any delays in
    implementation may affect the timing of revenue recognition. Our software
    projects generally originate from fixed-bid contracts, although many involve a
    protracted sales cycle and may result in unforeseen complexity and deviation
    from original scope. The time needed to complete projects, therefore, may not
    align with our original expectations, which affects our backlog. As a result,
    software revenue may fluctuate on a short-term basis, and we generally evaluate
    longer-term trends when managing this business.
    
    

    Operating income

    Software operations revenue decreased during the three months ended March 31,
    2022, when compared to the same period in 2021. Services revenue decreased due
    to a number of factors, including a decrease in billable personnel and an
    underutilization of resources, during the three months ended March 31, 2022. The
    underutilization of resources can largely be attributed to the announcement of
    our new strategic business plan and related restructuring efforts whereby
    certain services personnel were notified of termination 60 days in advance in
    accordance with Federal law. The decline in services revenue was partially
    offset by an increase in license revenue, given an improving economy and selling
    environment when compared to the period in 2021.
    
                                           23
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Maintenance income

    Compared to the same period in 2021, maintenance revenue decreased for the three
    months ended March 31, 2022. Current trends in revenue churn rates remain
    relatively stable and are in line with historical trends. However, the
    deterioration of maintenance revenue from new license bookings has created an
    environment where churn is greater than the inflow of new revenue. Historically,
    this revenue churn had been offset by the growth in our license sales.
    
    While we have not seen a meaningful increase in our normal customer churn, our
    ability to replace this churn with new revenues will not likely replicate what
    we have accomplished historically nor do we expect to fully offset this with
    annual increases of our existing base. Given these dynamics, we believe annual
    maintenance revenue is likely to be relatively flat or slightly down until such
    time that we are able to enhance our existing software solutions, which would
    provide an avenue for additional maintenance revenue.
    
    
                                           24
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Functionnary costs

    Our operating expenses are presented in functional categories. Certain of our
    functional categories are especially important to overall expense control and
    management. These operating expenses are categorized as follows:
    
    •Cost of Revenue. These are expenses we incur for the delivery of products and
    services to our customers and consist primarily of hardware, third-party
    software, outside services expenses and payroll and related expenses for our
    professional services, logistics, customer support and maintenance staff.
    •Research and Development. These expenses relate primarily to the development of
    new software products and the ongoing maintenance and enhancement of existing
    products. This classification consists primarily of employee payroll and related
    expenses, outside services related to the design, development, testing and
    enhancement of our solutions and to a lesser extent hardware equipment. Research
    and development expenses exclude any development costs that qualify for
    capitalization.
    •Technology Operations. These are expenses associated with the operation of our
    paging networks. Expenses consist largely of site rent expenses for transmitter
    locations, telecommunication expenses to deliver messages over our paging
    networks, and payroll and related expenses for our engineering and pager repair
    functions. We actively pursue opportunities to consolidate transmitters and
    other service, rental and maintenance expenses in order to maintain an efficient
    network while simultaneously ensuring adequate service for our customers. We
    believe continued reductions in these expenses will occur for the foreseeable
    future as we continue to consolidate our networks, although the benefits of such
    network rationalization efforts and resulting costs savings will continue to
    decline.
    •Selling and Marketing. The sales and marketing staff are involved in selling
    our communication solutions primarily in the United States. These expenses
    support our efforts to maintain gross placements of units in service, which
    mitigated the impact of disconnects on our wireless revenue base, and to
    identify business opportunities for additional or future software sales. We
    maintain a centralized marketing function that is focused on supporting our
    products and vertical sales efforts by strengthening our brand, generating sales
    leads and facilitating the sales process. These marketing functions are
    accomplished through targeted email campaigns, webinars, regional and national
    user conferences, monthly newsletters and participation at industry trade shows.
    Expenses consist largely of payroll and related expenses, commissions and other
    costs such as travel and advertising costs.
    •General and Administrative. These are expenses associated with information
    technology and administrative functions, including finance and accounting, human
    resources and executive management. This classification consists primarily of
    payroll and related expenses, outside services expenses, taxes, licenses and
    permit expenses, and facility rent expenses.
    •Depreciation, Amortization and Accretion. These are expenses that may be
    associated with one or more of the aforementioned functional categories. This
    classification generally consists of depreciation from capital expenditures or
    other assets that are core to our ongoing operations, amortization of intangible
    assets, amortization of capitalized software development costs, and accretion of
    asset retirement obligations.
    
    
                                           25
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The following is a review of our operating expense categories for the three months ended March 31, 2022and 2021. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

    Revenue cost

    The cost of sales mainly includes the following items:

                                                                              For the Three Months Ended
                                                                                       March 31,                           Change
    (Dollars in thousands)                                                       2022              2021            Total              %
    
    Payroll and related                                                      $   5,110          $ 5,139          $  (29)             (0.6) %
    Cost of sales                                                                1,557            1,386             171              12.3  %
    Recoverable taxes and fees                                                     712              867            (155)            (17.9) %
    Stock-based compensation                                                       109              291            (182)            (62.5) %
    Other                                                                          316              299              17               5.7  %
    Total cost of revenue                                                    $   7,804          $ 7,982          $ (178)             (2.2) %
    
    FTE Employees                                                                  177              186              (9)             (4.8) %
    
    
    For the three months ended March 31, 2022, cost of revenue decreased compared to
    the same period in 2021, driven by a decrease in stock-based compensation and
    recoverable taxes and fees, partially offset by an increase in cost of sales.
    
    Stock-based compensation decreased as we discontinued the cost savings measure
    to provide a portion of compensation for certain employees in the form of shares
    of the Company's common stock in lieu of cash. Additionally, there was a general
    decrease in employees compensated with stock-based compensation in 2022,
    attributable to the restructuring activities and related elimination of
    positions. Recoverable taxes and fees declined due to general decreases in USF
    fees, which are essentially pass-through items. Cost of sales expenses grew
    primarily due to greater use of third-party professional services that we
    utilize to augment Company resources when short-term capacity constraints exist.
    
    

    Research and development

    Research and development expenses consist of the following items:

                                                                          For the Three Months Ended
                                                                                   March 31,                            Change
    (Dollars in thousands)                                                   2022              2021            Total               %
    
    Payroll and related                                                  $   4,305          $ 4,475          $  (170)              (3.8) %
    Outside services                                                         1,899            2,277             (378)             (16.6) %
    Capitalized software development                                             -           (2,920)           2,920             (100.0) %
    Stock-based compensation                                                   130              475             (345)             (72.6) %
    Other                                                                      163              137               26               19.0  %
    Total research and development                                       $   6,497          $ 4,444          $ 2,053               46.2  %
    
    FTE Employees                                                              101              122              (21)             (17.2) %
    
    

    For the three months ended March 31, 2022, research and development spending increased compared to the same period in 2021, due to a decline in capitalized software development. This was partially offset by decreases in external services, stock-based compensation and payroll and related costs.

    As a result of our decision to discontinue Spok Go, for the three months ended
    March 31, 2022, we did not capitalize any software development costs, as
    compared to $2.9 million in capitalized software development costs in the same
    period in 2021.
    
                                           26
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Outside service costs tend to vary based on the timing of professional services,
    attributable to our full suite of products. Stock-based compensation decreased
    as we discontinued the cost savings measure to provide a portion of compensation
    for certain employees in the form of shares of the Company's common stock in
    lieu of cash. Additionally, there was a general decrease in employees
    compensated with stock-based compensation in 2022, attributable to the
    restructuring activities and related elimination of positions.Payroll and
    related costs declined largely due to the decrease in headcount, partially
    offset by increased payroll resulting from the discontinuation of reduced work
    schedules as of the third quarter of 2021.
    
    We will continue to focus on the development efforts of our software solutions
    and intend to maintain these efforts based on their importance to our continued
    success, however these efforts will be targeted to specific enhancements. We
    expect total research and development costs will continue to significantly
    decrease in 2022 as part of our new strategic business plan and our intent to
    eliminate all Spok Go related costs.
    
    

    Technological operations

    Expenses related to technology operations consisted mainly of the following items:

                                                                   For the Three Months Ended
                                                                            March 31,                            Change
    (Dollars in thousands)                                            2022     
            2021            Total              %
    
    Payroll and related                                           $   2,509          $ 2,467          $   42                1.7  %
    Site rent                                                         3,067            3,196            (129)              (4.0) %
    Telecommunications                                                  771              837             (66)              (7.9) %
    Stock-based compensation                                             55              137             (82)             (59.9) %
    Other                                                               611              567              44                7.8  %
    Technology Operations                                         $   7,013          $ 7,204          $ (191)              (2.7) %
    
    FTE Employees                                                        85               89              (4)              (4.5) %
    
    

    For the three months ended March 31, 2022technology operating expenses decreased slightly compared to the same period in 2021, mainly due to lower site rent and stock-based compensation, offset by a slight increase in payroll and expenses related.

    The number of active transmitters, which directly affects our site rent
    expenses, declined 6.4% from March 31, 2021, to March 31, 2022, a result of our
    network rationalization efforts. As we reach certain minimum frequency
    commitments, as outlined by the United States Federal Communications Commission,
    we may be unable to continue our efforts to rationalize and consolidate our
    networks. Stock-based compensation decreased as a result of discontinuing our
    plan to provide a portion of compensation for certain employees in the form of
    shares of the Company's common stock in lieu of cash. Payroll and related
    expenses increased primarily due to increased payroll resulting from the
    discontinuation of reduced work schedules as of the third quarter of 2021
    
    

    Sales and marketing

    Sales and marketing expenses consist of the following items:

                                                                               For the Three Months Ended
                                                                                        March 31,                            Change
    (Dollars in thousands)                                                        2022              2021            Total              %
    
    Payroll and related                                                       $   3,468          $ 3,365          $  103                3.1  %
    Commissions                                                                   1,024            1,105             (81)              (7.3) %
    Stock-based compensation                                                         79              350            (271)             (77.4) %
    Advertising and events                                                          568              161             407              252.8  %
    Other                                                                           176              158              18               11.4  %
    Total selling and marketing                                               $   5,315          $ 5,139          $  176                3.4  %
    
    FTE Employees                                                                    91              104             (13)             (12.5) %
    
    
                                           27
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    For the three months ended March 31, 2022, selling and marketing expenses
    increased compared to the same period in 2021, driven primarily by increases in
    advertising and events and payroll and related expenses, partially offset by a
    reduction in stock-based compensation.
    
    The increase in advertising and events largely reflects an increase in trade
    show participation compared to the same period last year which was still in peak
    months of the pandemic. Nationwide travel and in-person participation in larger
    marketing events has improved but continued to remain below pre-pandemic levels.
    Payroll and related expenses were lower during the three months ended March 31,
    2021 as a result of cost savings measures, including reduced work schedules and
    equity in lieu of cash compensation that were not in place for the three months
    ended March 31, 2022. This was partially offset by the decrease in headcount.
    
    Stock-based compensation decreased due to the discontinuation of the cost
    savings measure to provide a portion of compensation for certain employees in
    the form of shares of the Company's common stock in lieu of cash. Additionally,
    there was a general decrease in employees compensated with stock-based
    compensation in 2022, attributable to the restructuring activities and related
    elimination of positions.
    
    General and Administrative
    

    General and administrative expenses consisted of the following items:

                                                                           For the Three Months Ended
                                                                                    March 31,                             Change
    (Dollars in thousands)                                                   2022               2021             Total              %
    
    Payroll and related                                                  $    4,051          $  3,818          $  233                6.1  %
    Stock-based compensation                                                    742               986            (244)             (24.7) %
    Facility rent, office and technology costs                                2,680             2,480             200                8.1  %
    Outside services                                                          1,900             1,825              75                4.1  %
    Taxes, licenses and permits                                                 265               214              51               23.8  %
    Bad debt                                                                    (14)              106            (120)            (113.2) %
    Other                                                                       811               851             (40)              (4.7) %
    Total general and administrative                                     $   10,435          $ 10,280          $  155                1.5  %
    
    FTE Employees                                                                94               102              (8)              (7.8) %
    
    
    For the three months ended March 31, 2022, general and administrative expenses
    increased compared to the same period in 2021, driven by increases in payroll
    and related costs and facility rent, office and technology costs. These were
    partially offset by decreases in stock-based compensation and bad debt expenses.
    
    

    Payroll and related expenses increased as we exited the cost-saving measure of reducing working hours beginning in the third quarter of 2021. The increase in facility rent, office costs and technology was primarily due to higher spending on software, hardware and IT-related costs.

    Stock-based compensation decreased as we discontinued the cost savings measure
    to provide a portion of compensation for certain employees in the form of shares
    of the Company's common stock in lieu of cash, which ended as of the fourth
    quarter of 2021. Additionally, there was a general decrease in employees
    compensated with stock-based compensation in 2022, attributable to the
    restructuring activities and related elimination of positions. Bad debt expense
    was lower resulting from improvements in collection efforts with a corresponding
    reduction in the amount reserved for credit losses.
    
    

    Depreciation, amortization and accretion

    For the three months ended March 31, 2022, and 2021, depreciation, amortization
    and accretion expenses were $0.9 million and $2.7 million, respectively.
    Expenses decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2022, compared to the
    same period in 2021, primarily due to amortization of software development costs
    ending in the fourth quarter of 2021 as a result of discontinuation of Spok Go.
    Expenses also decreased due to lower depreciation for certain computer hardware
    and software assets that became fully depreciated in 2021.
    
                                           28
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Dismissal and restructuring

    For the three months ended March 31, 2022, severance and restructuring expenses
    were $4.5 million. Expenses increased for the three months ended March 31, 2022,
    primarily due to an increase in severance and personnel related costs of $4.0
    million and costs related to contractual terminations of $0.5 million, resulting
    from the implementation of the new strategic business plan. Further details can
    be found in Note 5 "Restructuring" in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated
    Financial Statements.
    
    

    Income taxes

    Benefit from (provision for) income taxes from income taxes was $1.4 million and
    $(0.6) million for the three months ended March 31, 2022, and 2021,
    respectively. Benefit from (provision for) income taxes changed for the three
    months ended March 31, 2022, compared to the same period in 2021 due to the
    difference in the anticipated annual effective tax rate as a result of certain
    permanent tax differences, estimated research and development tax credits and
    related valuation allowance, and certain discrete items. Further details can be
    found in Note 12, "Income Taxes" in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated
    Financial Statements.
    
    

    Cash and capital resources

    Cash and cash equivalents

    At March 31, 2022, we held cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of
    $46.3 million. The available cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in our
    operating accounts and cash invested in interest-bearing funds managed by
    third-party financial institutions. These funds invest in U.S. Treasury
    securities and are therefore classified as held-to-maturity and are reported at
    amortized cost in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. To date, we have
    experienced no loss or lack of access to our invested cash or cash equivalents;
    however, we can provide no assurance that access to our invested cash and cash
    equivalents will not be impacted by adverse market conditions. Our short-term
    investments consist entirely of U.S. Treasury securities, which are classified
    as held-to-maturity and are measured at amortized cost on our Condensed
    Consolidated Balance Sheets.
    
    

    Sources of cash

    Our primary sources of liquidity have been our cash flows generated from
    operations and existing cash and cash equivalents. We maintain a level of
    liquidity sufficient to allow us to meet our cash needs in both the short term
    (next 12 months) and long term (beyond 12 months). At any point in time, we
    maintain approximately $5.0 million to $10.0 million in our operating accounts
    that are with third-party financial institutions. While we monitor daily the
    cash balances in our operating accounts and adjust the cash balances as
    appropriate, these cash balances could be impacted if the underlying financial
    institutions fail or are subject to other adverse conditions in the financial
    markets. To date, we have experienced no loss or lack of access to cash in our
    operating accounts.
    
    Cash Uses
    
    We intend to use our cash on hand to provide working capital, to support
    operations, to invest in our business, and to return value to stockholders
    through cash dividends and repurchases of our common stock. We may also consider
    using cash to fund or complete opportunistic investments and acquisitions that
    we believe will provide a measure of growth or revenue stability while
    supporting our existing operations. As a result of our discontinuation of Spok
    Go, we will no longer invest heavily in its development, and, as a result, we
    anticipate that we will have more cash available for other uses than in prior
    years.
    
    On February 16, 2022, the Board authorized a share repurchase program for up to
    $10 million of the Company's common stock. Under the repurchase program,
    repurchases can be made from time to time using a variety of methods, which may
    include open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise,
    all in accordance with the rules of the SEC and other applicable legal
    requirements. The specific timing, price and size of purchases will depend on
    prevailing stock prices, general economic and market conditions, legal
    requirements and other considerations. The repurchase program does not obligate
    the Company to acquire any particular amount of common stock, and the repurchase
    program may be suspended or discontinued at any time at the Company's
    discretion.
    
                                           29
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    As part of the restructuring program in connection with our new strategic
    business plan, we expect to record one-time pre-tax restructuring charges of
    approximately $6.2 million to $7.5 million, comprised of approximately
    $5.7 million to $6.6 million in severance and personnel related costs and
    approximately $0.5 million to $0.9 million in contractual terminations. Future
    cash payments related to these charges are expected to generally be within the
    same range. The restructuring actions associated with these charges are expected
    to be substantially complete in 2022. Because of these cash payments related to
    the restructuring program, we anticipate that our cash on hand will decrease
    during 2022. However, our restructuring efforts are meant to refocus our
    operational efforts towards cash flow generation and the return of capital to
    our stockholders. Should our restructuring efforts be successful, we anticipate
    future operating periods will return to historically positive cash flow
    generation.
    
    

    Cash flow overview

    In response to COVID-19, management enacted certain temporary cost mitigation
    measures in 2020 and 2021, as previously discussed. While we have previously
    discussed the impact on our revenues from the pandemic, we do not expect
    COVID-19 will have a material impact on our liquidity given our ability to
    reduce costs further, if necessary. In the event that net cash provided by
    operating activities and cash on hand are not sufficient to meet future cash
    requirements, we may be required to reduce planned capital expenses, reduce or
    eliminate our cash dividends to stockholders, not repurchase shares of our
    common stock under the share repurchase program, sell assets or seek additional
    financing. We can provide no assurance that reductions in planned capital
    expenses or proceeds from asset sales would be sufficient to cover shortfalls in
    available cash or that outside financing would be available on acceptable terms.
    
    Based on current and anticipated levels of operations, we anticipate that net
    cash provided by operating activities, together with the available cash on hand
    at March 31, 2022, should be adequate to meet our anticipated cash requirements
    for the short term (next 12 months) and long term (beyond 12 months).
    
    

    The following table presents information about our net cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated:

                                                               Three Months Ended March 31,
    (Dollars in thousands)                                      2022                      2021                  Change
    
    Net cash (used in) provided by operating
    activities                                         $            (4,879)         $         719          $      (5,598)
    Net cash used in investing activities                             (646)                (3,642)                 2,996
    Net cash used in financing activities                           (7,733)                (4,174)                (3,559)
    
    
    Operating Activities
    
    As discussed above, we are dependent on cash flows from operating activities to
    meet our cash requirements. Cash from operations varies depending on changes in
    various working capital items, including deferred revenues, accounts payable,
    accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and various accrued expenses.
    
    For the three months ended March 31, 2022, net cash used by operating activities
    was $4.9 million due primarily to the net loss of $7.2 million, changes in
    deferred revenue of $(1.6) million and in prepaid expenses and other assets of
    $(1.4) million, and a deferred income tax benefit of $1.0 million. This was
    partially offset by changes in accounts receivable of $3.0 million, stock-based
    compensation of $1.1 million, depreciation, amortization and accretion of
    $0.9 million, and changes in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other of
    $0.9 million.
    
    For the three months ended March 31, 2021, net cash provided by operating
    activities was $0.7 million due primarily to non-cash items such as
    depreciation, amortization and accretion of $2.7 million, stock-based
    compensation of $2.2 million, and other non-cash items of $0.7 million. This was
    partially offset by a net loss of $2.3 million, a change in accounts payable,
    accrued liabilities and other of $3.0 million and deferred revenue of $1.4
    million, partially offset by changes in account receivable of $1.0 million,
    change in prepaid expenses, inventory, and other assets of $0.5 million and
    changes in lease liability of $0.3 million.
    
    

    Investing activities

    For the three months ended March 31, 2022, and 2021, net cash used in investing
    activities was $0.6 million and $3.6 million. Our 2021 investing activities
    reflected the capitalization of software development costs, however with the
    discontinuation of Spok Go, we did not incur such costs in 2022. Net cash used
    in investing activities also reflects purchases of property and equipment, and
    the purchase and maturity of short-term investments in both periods.
    
                                           30
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Fundraising activities

    For the three months ended March 31, 2022, and 2021, net cash used in financing
    activities was $7.7 million and $4.2 million, respectively, due primarily to
    cash distributions to stockholders and the purchase of common stock for tax
    withholding purposes on vested equity awards.
    
    On April 27, 2022, our Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly cash
    dividend of $0.3125 per share of common stock with a record date of May 25,
    2022, and a payment date of June 24, 2022. This cash dividend of approximately
    $6.1 million, applicable to our common stock outstanding, will be paid from
    available cash on hand. We expect to continue paying dividends of $0.3125 per
    share of common stock each quarter for the remainder of 2022, subject to
    declaration by the Board of Directors.
    
    

    Commitments and contingencies

    In the normal course of our business, we enter into certain contractual obligations. These obligations include data processing services, operating leases for premises and equipment, agreements regarding borrowed funds and deposits.

    Purchase obligations are defined as agreements to purchase goods or services
    that are enforceable, legally binding, non-cancelable, have a remaining term in
    excess of one year and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or
    minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable pricing
    provisions; and the approximate timing of transactions. The amounts of such
    obligations are based on our contractual commitments, however, it is possible
    that we may be able to negotiate lower payments if we choose to exit these
    contracts before their expiration date.
    
    Our contractual payment obligations for operating leases apply to leases for
    office space and transmitter locations. Substantially all of these leases have
    lease terms ranging from one month to five years. We continue to review our
    office and transmitter locations and intend to replace, reduce or consolidate
    leases where possible. As we reach certain minimum frequency commitments, as
    outlined by the United States Federal Communications Commission, we may be
    unable to continue our efforts to rationalize and consolidate our networks. In
    March 2021, we relocated our corporate headquarters to office space located in
    Alexandria, Virginia, consisting of approximately 26,000 square feet of space
    under a lease that will expire on September 30, 2026. Over the life of this
    lease, cash payments are expected to total approximately $4.9 million.
    
    The Company evaluates contingencies on an ongoing basis and establishes loss
    provisions for matters in which losses are probable and the amount of loss can
    be reasonably estimated.
    
    

    The following table presents the main commitments and contractual obligations of the Company as of March 31, 2022:

    Payments due by period

                                                                      Less than 1                                                       More than 5
    (Dollars in thousands)                            Total              year              1 to 3 years           3 to 5 years             years
    
    Operating lease obligations                    $ 14,444                 

    4,559 $6,961 $2,695 $229
    Unconditional purchase obligations

                    6,441                  3,256               3,116                     69                    -
    Total contractual obligations                  $ 20,885          $    7,815          $      10,077          $       2,764          $       229
    
    
    We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial
    partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or
    special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of
    facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or
    limited purposes. As such, we are not exposed to any financing, liquidity,
    market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.
    
    We have operating leases for office and transmitter locations. Substantially all
    of these leases have lease terms ranging from one month to five years. We
    continue to review our office and transmitter locations and intend to replace,
    reduce or consolidate leases where possible. As we reach certain minimum
    frequency commitments, as outlined by the United States Federal Communications
    Commission, we may be unable to continue our efforts to rationalize and
    consolidate our networks.
    
                                           31
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial
    partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or
    special purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of
    facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or
    limited purposes. As such, we are not exposed to any financing, liquidity,
    market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.
    
    Refer to Note 7, "Leases," and Note 13, "Commitments and Contingencies" in the
    Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on
    our commitments and contingencies.
    
    

    Related party transactions

    See Note 14, “Related parties” in the notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements for a discussion regarding our related party transactions.

    Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates

    The preceding discussion and analysis of financial condition and operations is
    based on our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been
    prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
    United States of America ("GAAP"). The preparation of our Condensed Consolidated
    Financial Statements requires management to make estimates, judgments and
    assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue,
    expenses, and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate estimates
    and assumptions, including, but not limited to, those related to the impairment
    of long-lived assets and intangible assets subject to amortization and goodwill,
    accounts receivable, revenue recognition, asset retirement obligations, and
    income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other
    assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the
    results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values
    of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
    Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or
    conditions.
    
    There have been no changes to the critical accounting policies reported in the
    2021 Annual Report that affect our significant judgments and estimates used in
    the preparation of our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
    

    © Edgar Online, source Previews

    Second Avenue Lands ~ $250 million investment from Monroe Capital

    0

    – The single-family rental investment platform should be deployed ~$1 billion annually —

    TAMPA, Florida., April 28, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — Second Avenue Group (“Second Avenue”), a full-service, institutional-grade single-family rental (“SFR”) platform, today announced that Monroe Capital LLC, a leading credit asset manager private, is committed to approximately $250 million to its investment platform through a combination of debt and equity capital.

    This commitment brings Second Avenue’s current capacity for new investment to approximately $1.7 billion fully leveraged capital base. Other recent engagements include $500 million of the investment manager Waterton, $150 million from BLG Capital as well as significant sums from other institutional capital partners.

    Second Avenue, which was founded in 2017, is currently active in 10 markets, primarily in the Southeast and Southwest United States. The company has targeted 10 additional markets for entry over the next year and plans to roll out as many as ~$1 billion annually.

    The company’s growth prospects are consistent with the long-awaited and now widely recognized boom in the single-family rental sector, meeting the growing demand for high-quality suburban rental housing.

    “As demand for single-family rental assets has grown, the processes for organizations to invest in the market have become more complex and fragmented,” said mike rothman, Founder and CEO of Second Avenue. “There are approximately 17 million single-family rental homes located across United States. Our experienced team, data-rich technology platform, and multi-channel, multidisciplinary sourcing capabilities provide investors with a single source of truth and a platform for investment administration and analysis. Simplify the process for investors and provide prime rental opportunities for residents.”

    Second Avenue offers a purpose-built technology platform that manages all aspects of single-family rental investing in a centralized, agile, and data-rich platform. “We have unlocked value by delivering better results to residents in the maintenance of single-family homes over the past decade, including as founder, president and former CEO of SMS Assist in providing managed maintenance services in approximately 100,000 single-family rental homes, actively participating in improving the rental experience and the homes available,” Rothman said. “By founding Second Avenue, we are bringing clean, safe and functional homes to market that are managed by a team experienced. Ultimately, residents are well served by the efficiencies made possible by a professional management platform.”

    CEO and Founder mike rothman commented: “Our private equity partners have made significant commitments to our platform, knowing that we have built a management, investment and real estate services team capable of making risk-adjusted investments and providing a quality concierge service to our residents. We are intentionally growing at an impressive rate to fully unlock this historic opportunity. Monroe Capital’s opportunistic team acted quickly, efficiently and collaboratively; they truly understand the real estate and structured financial side of this company; we look forward to many years of partnership.”

    Kyle AsherCo-Head of Monroe Capital’s Opportunistic Credit Group, said, “We are delighted to partner with mike rothman and the Second Avenue team to support their growth and build a high value portfolio of SFR properties in key markets around United States. Second Avenue’s precise, thoughtful and timely strategy in the SFR build-to-let market stood out to our investment team. This partnership represents the continued growth of our specialized finance and real estate businesses and demonstrates our belief in the Second Avenue platform and in the SFR asset class in general.”

    This transaction is representative of Monroe Capital’s Real Estate and Specialty Finance divisions within the Opportunistic Private Credit group. The group focuses on structured debt and equity financing in complex and special situations covering all types of assets and all geographies. In 2021, The Opportunist Group completed over 20 debt and equity transactions. The team has a broad investment mandate, flexible capital and prides itself not only on its bottom-up expertise, but also its ability to act quickly and efficiently and provide execution certainty on complex transactions. For more than 18 years, the company has invested in asset-backed transactions with attractive collateral, as well as loans based on cash flow and enterprise value.

    About Second Avenue

    Discover the pleasure of renting with Second Avenue, the new generation single-family rental investment platform. Second Avenue offers sought-after rental accommodations for today’s families and compelling risk-adjusted returns in portfolios of single-family rental properties (SFRs) for institutional investors. Bringing exceptional discipline, technological simplicity, and professional real estate acquisition and management to the industry, Second Avenue makes renting and investing SFR easier and better than ever. Discover the simplicity and possibility of Second Avenue homes and investment. With ~$2 billion under management, Second Avenue is a private company headquartered in Tampa, Florida with regional teams everywhere United States.

    .For more information on Second Avenue, visit: www.secondavenue.com

    About Monroe Capital

    Monroe Capital LLC (“Monroe”) is a leading asset management company specializing in the private credit markets through various strategies, including direct lending, asset-based lending, specialty finance, opportunistic lending and structured and equity. Since 2004, the company has successfully provided capital solutions to clients in the United States and Canada. Monroe prides itself on being a value-added, friendly partner for business owners, management, and private and independent sponsors. Monroe’s platform offers a wide variety of investment products for institutional and high net worth investors with a focus on generating high quality “alpha” returns regardless of economic or business cycles. The company is headquartered in Chicago and maintains offices in Atlanta, Boston, Los Angeles, Napoli, New York, San Franciscoand Seoul.

    Monroe has been recognized by both peers and investors with various awards, including Global M&A Network as 2022 Small Midsize Business Lender of the Year, Americas; Private Debt Investor as 2021 Senior Lender of the Year, 2021 Lower Middle Market Lender of the Year, Americas; Creditflux as Best US Direct Lending Fund 2021; and Pension Bridge as Private Credit Strategy of the Year 2020. For more information, visit www.monroecap.com.

    SOURCE Second Avenue

    Trump appeals contempt decision in New York, fine of $10,000 a day |

    0

    NEW YORK (AP) — Donald Trump has appealed a New York judge’s decision to hold the former president in contempt of court and fine him $10,000 a day for failing to comply with a subpoena to appear in the state attorney general’s civil investigation into his business dealings. .

    Trump’s attorney Alina Habba filed a notice of appeal Wednesday with the state trial court’s appellate division – the second time in two months that Trump has sought to overturn the judge’s decision of Manhattan Arthur Engoron against him in a subpoena case.

    In court papers, Habba questioned the legal basis for Engoron’s contempt decision on Monday, arguing that Trump correctly responded to the subpoena and that Attorney General Letitia James’ office failed to show that his conduct “was calculated to defeat, harm, hinder or prejudice” his investigation.

    James’ office refused to engage in “good faith discussions” before seeking a fine from Trump, Habba argued. In a statement released Monday after the decision, Habba said, “All documents responding to the subpoena were produced to the Attorney General months ago.”

    In a statement Wednesday, James said Engoron’s order was clear that Trump was in contempt of court.

    “We’ve seen this playbook before, and it never stopped our investigation of Mr. Trump and his organization,” James said. “This time it’s no different.”

    In another subpoena battle, Trump is challenging Engoron’s Feb. 17 ruling requiring him to answer questions under oath. James said the investigation found evidence that Trump may have misjudged the value of assets such as skyscrapers and golf courses for more than a decade. Oral arguments in this appeal are scheduled for May 11.

    Along with his subpoena for Trump’s testimony, James’ office issued a subpoena for numerous documents, including documents and communications regarding his financial statements, funding and debt for a project. hotel in Chicago and development plans for its Seven Springs estate in upstate New York. and even communications with Forbes magazine, where he sought to restore his image as a wealthy businessman.

    James, a Democrat, called on Engoron to despise Trump after he failed to produce any documents by the March 31 deadline. In his ruling, Engoron said Trump and his lawyers not only failed to meet the deadline, but also failed to document the steps they took to search for the documents.

    Instead, “Trump produced 16 pages of boilerplate objections and a four-page assertion by a lawyer who states, summarily, that Mr. Trump was unable to locate relevant documents in his custody. “, Engoron said in a written version of his decision. “The claim fails to identify what research methods were used, where they were used, by whom they were used, and where this research took place.”

    Habba, arguing at a hearing on Monday, insisted she had gone to great lengths to comply with the subpoena, even going to Trump’s home in Florida to ask him specifically about his he had in his possession documents which would answer the request.

    Habba noted that Trump doesn’t email or text and doesn’t have a work computer “at home or anywhere else.” She described the search for documents as “diligent,” but Engoron disputed the lack of detail in her written response to the subpoena and asked why she didn’t include an affidavit from Trump himself.

    “You can’t sit here and say I searched this and that,” Engoron said.

    Trump, a Republican, is suing James in federal court in an attempt to stop his investigation. He recently called her an “agent of the Democratic Party” and said her investigation and a parallel criminal investigation overseen by Manhattan District Attorney Alvin Bragg, another Democrat, are “a continuation of the larger hunt to witches of all time”.

    Bragg said this month that the three-year criminal investigation he inherited in January from his predecessor, Cyrus Vance Jr., is continuing “without fear or favor” despite a recent reshuffle in the direction of the investigation. Trump’s attorneys argue that James is using his civil investigation to gain access to information that could then be used against him in the criminal investigation.

    So far, the district attorney’s investigation has only resulted in tax evasion charges against Trump’s company, the Trump Organization, and its longtime chief financial officer, Allen Weisselberg, over employee benefits. income such as rent, car payments and tuition. The company and Weisselberg have pleaded not guilty.

    James’ investigation covers much of the same ground, focusing in part on what the attorney general said was a pattern of misleading banks and tax authorities about the value of his properties.

    Assistant Attorney General Andrew Amer told Engoron the investigation was hampered “because we don’t have evidence from the person at the top of this organization.” He said the failure to deliver the documents in response to the subpoena was “in effect Mr. Trump thumbing his nose at the order of this court.”

    Cloud-Based SaaS Solutions for Enterprise Resource Planning

    0

    Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) is crucial to the success of any business. The software and technology used to integrate the various management components of a business provide a holistic view of business processes and facilitate the finest technical nuances.

    Software as a service (SaaS) and cloud-based solutions for ERP and cash management systems (TMS) are the overwhelming preference of modern businesses. However, ERP migrations can be complex and time-consuming, especially when corporate treasury and IT staff lack the bandwidth to support such a transition.

    To learn more about how partnering with a specialist helps reduce the pressure encountered during ERP migration projects, PaymentsJournal spoke with Jon PaquetteVice President of Solutions, USA at Treasury Intelligence Solutions (TIS), and Steve MurphyDirector of Commercial and Corporate Payments Advisory Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

    PaymentsLog

    Cloud-Based SaaS Solutions for Enterprise Resource Planning

    PaymentsLog Cloud-Based SaaS Solutions for Enterprise Resource Planning

    Exit the old complexities…

    Enterprise resource planning has never been easy. Historically, complicated aspects of ERP have involved hosting and architecture. These complexities are largely solved with SaaS and cloud-hosted solutions these days, the benefits of which are mostly felt on the IT side.

    “The IT department no longer needs to create, maintain and support the infrastructure on which the ERP is ultimately hosted,” said Paquette, “which is a big advantage over previous on-premises models. that the organizations were using”. This frees up IT to take advantage of the unlimited processing power of a cloud provider like Amazon Web Services (AWS) or Microsoft Azure.

    The biggest business benefit of cloud-based SaaS solutions for ERP is improved accessibility over on-premises systems. Giving everyone involved access to ERP applications offers a huge opportunity for improvement, not to mention an easier time with automate and standardize process.

    …with the new complexities

    Now, the new challenge is for companies to get the most out of their investment in ERP migration. “A lot of complexities don’t go away,” Paquette pointed out. As companies consider all the different systems they are migrating from, there are a number of questions to ask:

    • What other integrations are needed?
    • What are the payment processes like?
    • What do reconciliation processes look like?
    • What do cash apps look like?
    • How can these processes be automated?
    • What data is needed to control everything?

    APIs (application programming interfaces) also present an opportunity. More businesses than ever want to use APIs to gain real-time transaction insights for cash forecasting, cash positioning, reconciliations, and more. For ERP migration in particular, APIs can be very useful for bulk accounts payable payments.

    However, there are substantial variations both in the type of APIs that banks and businesses support, as well as in whether or not these organizations are able to handle API integrations. “Not everyone has the ability to manage the creation or consumption of APIs,” Murphy remarked. “Another problem is the lack of API standardization.”

    Apart from payment platforms such as TIS can help companies resolve standardization issues. Specialist partners can also help companies avoid redundant implementation processes by navigating API integrations that are workable in the present and will adapt seamlessly to future capabilities.

    Whatever the specific ERP concern, SaaS is a simpler, more cost-effective, more scalable, and more accessible solution. Still, it’s important for companies to make the transition in a controlled way that doesn’t disrupt business. “Business continuity is the most important objective during an ERP migration,” said Paquette.

    Tips for a successful ERP implementation

    There are many common errors that can occur during ERP migration. Paquette offered several key points to keep in mind throughout the process:

    • Understand the business needs of end users – Ensure that ERP systems are tailored to end-user needs, which can vary significantly from region to region based on different standards and protocols.
    • Recognize knowledge gaps – There is a wide range of topics that need to be addressed and understood during the implementation process, and it is essential to know where to fill these gaps with external resources, lest small problems derail the process and don’t involve everyone in finding a solution.
    • Compartmentalize and pace workflows – Separate finance-related and non-finance-related ERP functions. Take ERP migration in small, controlled chunks, and know that ERP migrations are multi-year initiatives.
    • Don’t lose sight of your vision – It’s easy to get bogged down in technical components, but always keep an eye on how the ERP implementation will bring about major improvements.
    • Seize the transformation opportunity – Investing in ERP migration with the help of an expert partner providing cloud-based SaaS solutions is a chance for businesses to take an exciting leap forward.

    “There’s a perception that you save money by doing things in-house during an ERP project,” Paquette said. “Partnering with someone who specializes in this particular aspect of SaaS solutions is really critical to the success or failure of your ERP project, and the SaaS fees you pay to a vendor are pretty minimal compared to the investment you you put in the full ERP migration.

    The essential partnership between the company and the supplier

    It takes a village to migrate ERP integrations; neither the ERP vendor nor the business itself can do it alone. IT and treasury staff may lack the bandwidth to play a major role in the migration. Specialist providers such as TIS will fill in the gaps with support and advice on SaaS capabilities. External consultants will go deeper into the integration with specific information on how the ERP system translates to regional connection points, but ultimately the responsibility rests with the business.

    “At the end of the day, it’s the company that really owns [the transition]», specifies Paquette. “They are responsible for what they seek to accomplish, what systems to integrate, the scope, how they envision everything to work well – and if things don’t ultimately go as planned, that’s the company that is affected.”

    To this end, there are a variety of deployment strategies for companies:

    • Maintain a regional focus – Starting in one zone allows everyone to work in the same time zone with the same standards and provides scaffolding for potential expansion.
    • Building on success – Starting with already strong and highly automated businesses means the ERP migration will be leaner and provide valuable experience for future implementations.
    • Updating legacy systems – Starting with legacy systems in a particular region or industry can be a good place for companies starting the ERP migration process.

    No one can deny the growing popularity of cloud-based software. “About 30-35% of institutions are now actively using the cloud in some form,” Murphy said, “and that’s expected to increase to over 50% over the next two years.” The cloud-based “as-a-service” model offloads the IT implementation and ongoing maintenance expenses of ERP migration, but also enables the latest upgrades and software without having to do ongoing development.

    It is important for companies to realize that there is not necessarily an ERP finish line; banking relationships are constantly changing and payment technology is constantly improving. TIS helps businesses stay on track. “The goal of most of these migrations is financial transformation,” Paquette concluded. “It’s important that business end users stay focused on the operational improvements they’re looking to achieve here.”

    Blinds and Blinds Market Size, Outlook and Forecast

    0

    New Jersey, United States – the Blinds and blinds market The research report offers complete coverage of the Blinds and Shades Market during the forecast period 2022-2029. It provides historical, current and future market trends to help develop a robust market strategy. Additionally, it provides value chain analysis, key drivers and challenges, and includes upcoming opportunities in the Blinds and Blinds market which will enable the business success.

    The Blinds and Shades Market report provides a detailed analysis of global market size, regional and country level market size, segmentation market growth, market share, competitive landscape, analysis sales, impact of national and global market players, value chain optimization, trade. regulations, recent developments, opportunity analysis, strategic market growth analysis, product launches, regional market expansion and technological innovations.

    Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/download-sample/?rid=104614

    Key Players Mentioned in the Blinds and Blinds Market Research Report:

    Hunter Douglas, Springs Window Fashions, Nien Made Enterprise, Newell Rubbermaid, Hillarys, TOSO Company, Kresta Holdings Limited, Tachikawa Corporation, Ching Feng Home Fashions, Nichibei, Osung KFT, Mardo, BG Blinds, Domir Blinds Manufacturing, Aluvert Blinds, Verosol , Yunlong Wood, DODOKA, Liyang Xinyuan, Jiaxing Argingtom Shutter, Linjiang City Baojian Wooden, Hangzhou Green Shutters, Shanghai Liangheng Wood Working, Shidian Stores

    This comprehensive Blinds and Shades Market report helps to determine the gaps and issues faced by the dominant or new companies. It also provides information about the potential impact of the existing COVID-19 on the market scenario. Blinds and Blinds market is split by Type and Application. For the period 2018-2027, the growth between segments provides accurate calculations and forecasts of sales by type and application in terms of volume and value. This analysis can help you grow your business by targeting qualified niche markets.

    Blinds and Blinds Market Segmentation:

    By Product Type, the market is primarily split into:

    • Window blinds
    • Window blinds

    By application, this report covers the following segments:

    • Commercial coatings
    • Residential coatings

    Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=104614

    Scope of Shades and Blinds Market Report

    ATTRIBUTES DETAILS
    ESTIMATED YEAR 2022
    YEAR OF REFERENCE 2021
    FORECAST YEAR 2029
    HISTORICAL YEAR 2020
    UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
    SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
    REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
    BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
    CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

    Geographic segment covered in the report:

    The Blinds and Blinds report provides information on the market area, which is further sub-divided into sub-regions and countries/regions. In addition to the market share in each country and sub-region, this chapter of this report also contains information on profit opportunities. This chapter of the report mentions the market share and growth rate of each region, country and sub-region over the estimated period.

    • North America (USA and Canada)
    • Europe (UK, Germany, France and rest of Europe)
    • Asia-Pacific (China, Japan, India and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region)
    • Latin America (Brazil, Mexico and rest of Latin America)
    • Middle East and Africa (GCC and Rest of Middle East and Africa)

    Answers to key questions in this Blinds and Shades Market report

    1. How much revenue will the Blinds and Shades Market generate by the end of the forecast period?
    2. Which market segment is expected to have the maximum market share?
    3. What are the influencing factors and their impact on the Blinds and Blinds market?
    4. Which regions are currently contributing the maximum share of the overall blinds and awnings market?
    5. Which indicators are likely to drive the Blinds and Shades market?
    6. What are the key strategies of the major Blinds and Blinds market players to expand their geographical presence?
    7. What are the key advancements in the Blinds and Blinds market?
    8. How do regulatory standards affect the blinds and shades market?

    For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/product/global-blinds-and-shades-market-growth-status-and-outlook-2019-2024/

    Visualize the Blinds and Blinds Market Using Verified Market Intelligence:-

    Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

    VMI provides a comprehensive overview and global competitive landscape with respect to region, country, and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with built-in presentation functionality that saves you over 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D, and product development. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

    Visualize the blinds and awnings market using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

    Most Popular Reports

    Global Cricket and Field Hockey Market Size and Forecast

    Global Fermented Foods and Ingredients Market Size and Forecast

    Global Fishing Equipment Market Size and Forecast

    Global Reusable Water Bottle Market Size and Forecast

    Global Men’s Shavers Market Size and Forecast

    Global Smart Kitchens Market Size and Forecast

    Global Blinds and Blinds Market Size and Forecast

    Global Casino Gaming Equipment Market Size and Forecast

    Global Corporate Clothing Market Size and Forecast

    Global Cosmetics Market Size and Forecast

    About Us: Verified Market Reports

    Verified Market Reports is a leading global research and advisory company serving over 5000 global clients. We provide advanced analytical research solutions while delivering information-enriched research studies.

    We also provide insight into the strategic and growth analytics and data needed to achieve business goals and critical revenue decisions.

    Our 250 analysts and SMEs offer a high level of expertise in data collection and governance using industry techniques to collect and analyze data on over 25,000 high impact and niche markets. Our analysts are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

    Our research spans a multitude of industries, including energy, technology, manufacturing and construction, chemicals and materials, food and beverage, and more. Having served many Fortune 2000 organizations, we bring a wealth of reliable experience that covers all kinds of research needs.

    Contact us:

    Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

    USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
    UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
    APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
    US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

    E-mail: [email protected]

    Website: – https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/

    Customer satisfaction with hotels continues to fall, while online travel agencies rebound slightly, according to data from ACSI | News

    0

    ANN ARBOR, Mich.–(BUSINESS WIRE)–April 26, 2022–

    Customers have started scratching their travel itch again, but expectations aren’t being met.

    This press release is multimedia. View the full press release here: https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20220426005297/en/

    US CUSTOMER SATISFACTION INDEX: 2021-2022 TRAVEL STUDY (Chart: Business Wire)

    According to the American Customer Satisfaction Index (ACSI ® ) 2021-2022 Travel Study, satisfaction with airlines is flying in the wrong direction, hotels are not accommodating happy customers, and rentals are cars cannot get back on track. Online travel agencies are the only sector to improve customer satisfaction, but not by much.

    “Many people have ventured to travel for the first time since the pandemic hit, only to be met with poor service and dashed hopes,” says Forrest Morgeson, assistant professor of marketing at Michigan State University and director of distinguished research at ACSI. “We see this with hotels, where the quality of amenities and catering services both dip below the customer experience criteria of 70. Anyone anticipating their travel experience would feel that on “normal” days of before the pandemic would likely walk away deeply disappointed. Although the desire to travel is on the rise, it may be time to adjust your expectations.

    This study provides data on customer satisfaction across four travel sectors – airlines, hotels, car rentals and online travel agencies – based on surveys conducted from April 2021 to March 2022.

    JetBlue grabs the top spot

    After reaching its highest score, the airline industry is coming back to earth, as passenger satisfaction drops 1.3% to an ACSI score of 75 (out of 100).

    JetBlue flies into first place, up 3% to 79. American and United, both up 3% to 77, climb into a four-way tie for second place with Delta and Southwest, which slip 3% each .

    Alaska drops 3% to an ACSI score of 75, followed by smaller carriers (down 4% to 71) and Allegiant (down 3% to 70). The bottom of the industry belongs to ultra-low-cost carriers Frontier, which fell 3% to 66, and Spirit, which fell 5% to 63.

    Hotels again suffer from declining satisfaction

    The hospitality industry is once again facing the wrath of dissatisfied customers.

    Overall guest satisfaction drops 2.7% to a score of 71, with more than half of leading hoteliers seeing ACSI drops of 4% or more.

    Marriott becomes the industry satisfaction leader after improving 3% to 78. Last year’s leader Hilton finished second after falling 4% to an ACSI score of 76. Best Western was stable at 75, just ahead of IHG, which drops 5% to 74 Choice and Hyatt each get 73%, but the former is up 3% while the latter is down 4%.

    Wyndham is flat at 69, followed by the large group of small hotels, which fell 7% to 65. The bottom of the industry belongs to G6 Hospitality (Motel 6), dipping 15% to an ACSI score of 56.

    Alamo seizes the top spot among car rental companies

    Satisfaction with the car rental industry drops 1.3% to an ACSI score of 75.

    Alamo leads the pack, improving 4% to 79. Three brands are tied at 76: Enterprise (down 3%), Hertz (up 1%) and National (up 1%).

    The dollar fell 3% to 75, ahead of Avis (74) and Budget (72), down 1% each. The group of small car rental companies comes next with a consistent score of 71. Thrifty is at the bottom of the industry, dropping 3% to 70.

    Small online travel agencies are taking the lead in the industry

    User satisfaction with online travel agencies increased overall by 1.4% to an ACSI score of 75.

    The group of small online travel sites takes the top spot after rising 5% to 77. Orbitz comes next, with a 1% improvement to 76, followed by Tripadvisor, down 1% to 75.

    Expedia’s namesake site and Travelocity both score 73, down 1% and 4%, respectively. Priceline remains at the bottom of the industry after tumbling 1% to 72.

    The ACSI 2021-2022 Travel Study of Airlines, Hotels, Car Rentals and Internet Travel Services is based on interviews with 6,285 customers. Respondents were randomly selected and contacted by email between April 5, 2021 and March 25, 2022. Download the study and follow ACSI on LinkedIn and Twitter at @theACSI.

    No advertising or other promotional use may be made of the data and information contained in this release without the prior express written permission of ACSI LLC.

    About ACSI

    The American Customer Satisfaction Index (ACSI ® ) has been a national economic indicator for 25 years. It measures and analyzes customer satisfaction with more than 400 companies in 47 industries and 10 economic sectors, including various federal and local government agency services. Reported on a scale of 0 to 100, the scores are based on interview data with approximately 500,000 customers per year. For more information, visit www.theacsi.org.

    ACSI and its logo are registered trademarks of American Customer Satisfaction Index LLC.

    See the source version on businesswire.com: https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20220426005297/en/

    CONTACT: Denise DiMeglio 610-228-2102

    [email protected]

    KEYWORD: UNITED STATES NORTH AMERICA MICHIGAN

    KEYWORD INDUSTRY: TRANSPORTATION OTHER TRADE ACCOMMODATION AUTOMOBILE DESTINATIONS TRAVEL OTHER CONSUMER OTHER AUTOMOBILE RETAIL CONSUMER OTHER TRAVEL

    SOURCE: US Customer Satisfaction Index

    Copyright BusinessWire 2022.

    PUBLISHED: 04/26/2022 08:03 AM/DISC: 04/26/2022 08:03 AM

    http://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20220426005297/en

    Electrification Coalition Releases Report on Electric Car Rental Program – Green Fleet

    0

    The Drive Electric Orlando program has provided information that can serve as a roadmap for successful implementation of electric vehicles in car rental.

    Photo: Coalition for Electrification


    The Coalition for Electrification has published a new report detailing today the lessons learned from a first-of-its-kind public-private partnership that enabled the deployment of electric vehicles in a large fleet of rental cars. The report shares key findings from the EC’s Drive Electric Orlando rental pilot project, through which titans of the tourism industry enticed travelers to rent electric vehicles in Orlando, believed to be the largest car rental market in the USA.

    The multi-year program was led by the Coalition for Electrification in partnership with Enterprise Rent-A-Car, the City of Orlando, the Central Florida Clean Cities Coalition, and Orlando area resorts and theme parks, including Walt Disney World and Universal Orlando Resort. This collaboration between nonprofits, government agencies, and the tourism industry has provided critical insights for future deployments of electric vehicles in the car rental market. And the project asserted that the car rental industry can be a valuable avenue for accelerating consumer acceptance and adoption of electric vehicles.

    “Car rental companies operate some of the largest fleets of light vehicles in the country, so electrifying this industry will be key in shifting to an electric transportation future,” said Ben Prochazka, executive director of the Coalition for Electrification. “Drive Electric Orlando put the consumer behind the wheel of an EV while on vacation – a perfect opportunity to experience the full benefits of this technology. The program engaged consumers during the early stages of the growth of the electric vehicle market, and it can now serve as a roadmap for the car rental industry to go electric.

    Prochazka announced the release during a roundtable at the 2022 International Car Rental Show in Las Vegas, a major gathering of leading companies and players in the car rental industry from around the world.

    “Orlando is a premier tourist destination, and we were grateful for the opportunity to embrace the future of how visitors will travel through our area,” added Orlando Mayor Buddy Dyer. “Collaboration and partnership are key to helping Orlando prepare for the future, and that means working together to develop clean and sustainable mobility options for visitors. Based on the lessons learned from this pilot project, we look forward to to improve the program and play a key role in the electric vehicle revolution.

    The Drive Electric Orlando Rental Pilot, funded in part by the U.S. Department of Energy, aimed to promote consumer adoption of electric vehicles by providing travelers with a unique and convenient experience. Program partners encouraged participation by offering exclusive benefits to Enterprise customers who rented electric vehicles, including free parking, free valet parking and free charging.

    “We are excited by the growing interest of car rental companies in electrification. This early work by the Coalition for Electrification and Drive Electric Orlando provides a series of lessons learned for other rental car companies to electrify their fleets,” said Michael Berube, Deputy Assistant Secretary for Sustainable Transportation. at the US Department of Energy. “The car rental industry can help customers experience the benefits of electric vehicles first-hand, and this report provides valuable insight on how to create a successful electric rental program.”

    The report serves as a guide for future initiatives and the car rental industry as a whole. It presents lessons learned and recommendations from the program, including:

    • Leasing an electric vehicle can have a substantial positive impact on a consumer’s attitude and interest in technology. Two-thirds of EV renters surveyed indicated that their experience with Drive Electric Orlando made them more likely to purchase an EV as their next vehicle.
    • Incentives were valuable tools in attracting program participants. By offering a variety of benefits, such as VIP parking and free charging, program stakeholders have generated more consumer interest in renting an electric vehicle.
    • As the car rental industry incorporates electric vehicles into its fleets, it must be proactive in overcoming some of the barriers associated with transitioning to this new technology. For example, companies should plan for staff training, on-site charging at rental centers, and customer education on EV operation and charging.

    Over the past year, the transportation sector has made significant strides towards an electrified future that includes the car rental industry. Congress has allocated billions of dollars for the development of electric vehicle charging stations, through the bipartisan Infrastructure Act. Automakers have set ambitious new targets for electric vehicle production and sales, and consumer interest in electric vehicles is on the rise. The car rental industry is following suit with electrification plans.

    “In many ways, we have blazed a new trail at every stage of the DEO program,” said Prochazka of the Electrification Coalition. “This pilot project has helped us dig into the challenges and identify ways for EVs to succeed as rental cars. As the number of EV models grows and access to charging stations increases , we hope the rental car industry uses the lessons we learned to build a model that will successfully electrify rental fleets across the country.

    Car rental companies operate some of the largest private sector light vehicle fleets in the country, with annual vehicle purchases in the hundreds of thousands. According to Bobit, automakers sold 494,960 units to U.S. rental fleets in the first quarter of 2020.

    The extraordinary scale and rapid turnover of these fleets offers unique opportunities to deploy electrification as a strategy for direct reduction in transportation emissions and oil consumption, as well as indirect reduction through consumer experience in VE. Additionally, the car rental industry is a major source of used vehicles, supporting a more accessible market for middle and low income consumers.

    Oil accounts for 90% of transportation energy use in the United States, making consumers vulnerable to price volatility and supply disruptions. Transportation is the country’s largest source of greenhouse gas emissions.

    Stocks rally, erase early losses ahead of big earnings week – Press Enterprise

    0

    By DAMIAN J. TROIS

    NEW YORK (AP) — U.S. stocks surged back from steep morning losses to post gains on Monday, the latest wave of turmoil for Wall Street.

    The S&P 500 climbed 24.34 points, or 0.6%, to 4,296.12 after erasing an early loss of 1.7%. Shares of internet-related companies led the way, including Twitter, which jumped 5.7% after agreeing to sell itself to Tesla CEO and tweeter extraordinaire Elon Musk.

    The Dow Jones Industrial Average rose 238.06 points, or 0.7%, to 34,049.46 after falling 488 points previously, while the Nasdaq composite rose 165.56, or 1.3% , at 13,004.85 to dominate the market.

    Stocks have been fragile recently, with the S&P 500 emerging from a three-week losing streak, amid concerns over rapidly rising interest rates coming from the Federal Reserve as it tries to contain inflation high. Strong earnings reports for the first three months of the year from major US corporations had offered support, but even that looked less solid after some mixed reports and forecasts last week.

    Now Wall Street is in the midst of one of the most important periods of the earnings season. Apple, Microsoft, Amazon and parent company Google are all on deck to report this week. And because they are among the largest companies by market value, their movements have the most influence on the S&P 500.

    Earlier in the morning, US stocks were on track to follow global markets lower, particularly in China, on fears that strict lockdown measures there could hurt the world’s second-largest economy and potentially hurt global economic growth. Shanghai shares fell 5.1%, while Hong Kong’s Hang Seng fell 3.7%.

    China’s capital, Beijing, began mass testing of more than 3 million people on Monday and restricted residents of part of the city to their compounds, raising concerns about a broader lockdown similar to Shanghai. This city has been closed for more than two weeks and this has already prompted the International Monetary Fund to revise downwards its growth forecasts for the Chinese economy.

    Concerns are also high for the US economy, which some investors expect to slow sharply or even fall into recession due to steep interest rate hikes the Fed is likely to push through.

    Yields on US government bonds fell on Monday, a reversal from the sharp rise in yields this year. The 10-year Treasury yield, which affects rates on mortgages and other consumer loans, fell to 2.82% from 2.90% on Friday evening. It was recently close to its highest level since 2018.

    Lower yields tend to benefit high-growth stocks the most, as investors are more willing to pay high prices when they wouldn’t lose much interest if they had bought bonds instead. Gains in several large tech-related stocks were the strongest forces to lift the S&P 500 on Monday, including a 2.4% gain for Microsoft and a 2.9% rise for Class A shares of the Google’s parent company, Alphabet.

    Both are expected to release their latest quarterly results on Tuesday.

    “Today is definitely a very small bounce, but we’re early in earnings season and the big ones are coming (Tuesday) and later this week,” said Robert Cantwell, portfolio manager at Upholdings.

    Besides their bottom line, investors are also looking for a better view of how big companies in technology, manufacturing and retail are handling rising inflation and supply chain issues. .

    “The plane is circling the airport,” Cantwell said. “Volatility will be back, make no mistake.”

    Inflation remains a major concern for investors. Investors are worried about whether the Fed will be able to raise rates enough to stifle inflation, but not enough to cause a recession. The Federal Reserve Chairman indicated that the central bank may raise short-term interest rates to double the usual amount at upcoming meetings, starting next week. The Fed has already raised its overnight rate once, the first such hike since 2018.

    Wall Street will also receive key economic data this week. The Conference Board will release its consumer confidence measure for April on Tuesday. The Commerce Department will release its first-quarter gross domestic product report on Thursday.

    Activists Protest Harvard Land Investments and Allston Expansion at Science Center Plaza | News

    0

    Stop Harvard Land Grabs and the Housing Opportunities Program held a rally Friday at Harvard’s Science Center Plaza to protest the university’s previous investments in farmland in Brazil and its ongoing expansion in Allston.

    About 40 protesters gathered at Science Center Plaza before marching to Massachusetts Hall in Harvard Yard – the location of the office of university president Lawrence S. Bacow. Protesters repeatedly knocked on the front door of the building in an attempt to deliver a petition with their demands to Bacow before placing the document at the door.

    Protesters chanted phrases like “Boston in Brazil, Harvard land investments are killing!”

    Stop Harvard Land Grabs is a student and alumni-led organization that calls on the University to implement reparations and stop global investments in farmland that they believe harm people and the environment. The Housing Opportunity Program is an undergraduate group focused on addressing homelessness in the Greater Boston area.

    The petition – which has been signed by 15 student groups including Fossil Fuel Divest Harvard and the Harvard Prison Divestment Campaign – calls on Harvard to disclose its farmland investments, return all land it currently owns and “to pay reparations for the undeniable harm caused by Harvard’s global development. land affairs. »

    Harvard has come under scrutiny in recent years for its expansion into Boston’s Allston-Brighton neighborhood, including the recently opened science and technology complex and a proposed corporate research campus. In Allston, where Harvard and its affiliates now own about a third of the land, the average cost of a home jumped 43% between 2011 and 2019.

    University spokesman Jason A. Newton declined to comment on the rally and protesters’ demands.

    In September 2018, a report by activist groups Genetic Resources Action International and Rede Social de Justiça e Direitos Humano claimed that the Harvard Management Company – the University’s investment arm – had amassed a farmland portfolio totaling over of 800,000 hectares after the 2008 financial crisis.

    The report highlighted the University’s investments in farmland in Brazil, detailing the stories of locals who say they were unfairly forced off land purchased by Harvard. The farmland was the subject of a year-long land dispute brought on by local farmers, who claimed that Harvard did not rightfully hold the land titles.

    In a speech at Friday’s rally, Harvard history professor Sidney Chalhoub said the University’s actions in Brazil are “reminiscent of gentrification in urban areas” and “fuel old violent mechanisms of exclusion of traditional communities from their lands”.

    “Maybe these operations were all legal, maybe not,” he said. “In any case, it’s not something that should make us proud of Harvard.”

    Vinicius de Aguiar Furuie, a Harvard postdoctoral fellow and organizer of the protest, said the University should “put its money where its mouth is”.

    HMC spokesman Patrick S. McKiernan declined to comment on Brazilian farmland, citing the company’s policy of not commenting on individual investments.

    Since the report’s release, the University has moved away from natural resource investments, including the Brazilian farmland purchases in question.

    In October 2020, HMC’s natural resources team “split off” into independent investment firm Solum Partners as part of HMC CEO NP “Narv” Narvekar’s current five-year restructuring plan designed to revitalize staffing performance. Narvekar, who ended the five-year restructuring plan a year earlier in 2021, called natural resources an “illiquid asset” that was paying low returns.

    Stop Harvard Land Grabs organizer Rachel E. Carle, a student at Harvard Kennedy School, said in an interview after the rally that the group would continue to escalate protests until the University meets its demands. .

    “They refused to comment on this, they refuse to meet with us, they refuse to meet the bare minimum of our demands, so we will continue to escalate until they do,” she said.

    —Writer Dekyi T. Tsotsong can be reached at [email protected]

    —Writer Eric Yan can be reached at [email protected]

    Companies are easing labor shortages through automation – and it could have a huge impact on workers

    0

    Last month, unemployment in Canada hit a record low of 5.2%. Along with a low unemployment rate, many industries have experienced – and are still experiencing – a shortage of workers, with the number of job vacancies in Canada reaching 900,000 in January.

    Both of these things are good for workers, right?

    Potential employers, desperate for new recruits, are “throwing money at applicants”. Many low-wage jobs have even seen pay rises, such as Walmart’s recently announced 20% pay raise for truck drivers.

    The pandemic is partly responsible for this labor shortage, as the supply of immigrant labor has dried up throughout the lockdown. However, Canada’s aging population has also been a factor.

    Is automation the answer?

    The solution to the labor shortage proposed by the Chief Economist of the Business Development Bank of Canada is increased automation.

    Proponents and critics have long argued over the impact of automation on jobs. Advocates believe automation can be used to perform mundane or physically demanding tasks, freeing up workers to learn new skills and take on better jobs.

    Recent research from the University of Pennsylvania supports the argument that automation creates jobs. The study found that investing in robots increased work efficiency and quality while reducing costs, increasing productivity and creating more job opportunities. Similarly, a 2020 report from Statistics Canada also found that companies that used robots hired more human workers.

    The impact of automation on work can only be assessed in the longer term and according to whether jobs are created by departures or retirements and according to whether departure activities are fully automated.

    But critics have argued that automation and technological advancements are creating an hourglass economy where opportunities exist only for high and low-skilled workers, leaving less work for semi-skilled workers who either need to upskill, or accept less qualified (and salaried) work.

    Netflix automated the video rental business while Blockbuster kept its physical, labor-intensive model until it was too late.
    THE CANADIAN PRESS/Jonathan Hayward

    A common example used to illustrate the detriment of technology to employment is the case of Blockbuster. Once a physical video rental titan with 60,000 employees, Blockbuster was unable to compete with new streaming services Netflix (which only had around 2,500 employees) and filed for bankruptcy in 2010. Netflix automated the video rental business while Blockbuster retained its labor-intensive physical business. model until it’s too late.

    Automation might not be so bad after all

    The reason automation hasn’t had a more detrimental impact on workers can be explained by two factors. First, employees are also consumers. To reduce employment is to reduce the product market, which is bad for industrialists and for capitalism itself.

    As a professor of management, I often use an incident that supposedly took place between Henry Ford II and Walter Reuther, leader of the United Automobile Workers union, to illustrate this point.

    While showing Reuther the new automated assembly lines at his auto plant, Ford subtly threatened the future of the union: “How are you going to get these robots to pay your union dues? Unfazed, Reuther replied, “How are you going to get them to buy your cars?”

    Two huge robotic arms sitting in a large empty garage
    The patented RoboTire robotic systems use software to automatically change vehicle tires.
    (Rick Osentoski/AP Images for RoboTire)

    Second, companies can easily solve problems with new technologies by employing human workers to take over. Take for example the failure of automation in the fast food industry and the story of Flippy, the hamburger flipping robot, which lasted a single day, only to be replaced by human workers when it failed. could not meet the demand. Such examples reveal how workers provide an easy substitute for automation that fails to cut the mustard (or flip the hamburger).



    Read more: COVID-19 has fueled automation – but human involvement remains essential


    The current situation is different because employers are struggling to recruit workers. The use of automation becomes a necessity rather than a source of competitive advantage. Additionally, labor shortages mean that turning to workers to replace failing technology is a less viable strategy, so companies are more likely to persevere in introducing new technology.

    The future of automation

    It has been argued that around half of the activities undertaken by workers could be automated by 2055. This does not mean that all of these activities will be automated. Nor does it mean that 50% of jobs will necessarily disappear in the next 30 years without other jobs appearing as a result.

    However, the current circumstances, especially the labor shortage, are a powerful motivation for automation. We could see a significant increase in the use of automation in the workplace over the next few years.

    The challenges of filling vacancies may be good news for workers now, but the longer-term consequences remain to be seen.

    Affordable car rental stands due to Covid-19 and smaller fleets

    0

    The cost of hiring a car abroad has jumped by more than 100% since pre-pandemic times, while a severe shortage of supply means many Irish could struggle to secure a rental in any price in the coming months.

    Rising demand, coupled with a chronic shortage of components needed to manufacture cars as well as post-Covid market complications, has sent prices skyrocketing. And that means costs have more than doubled, even in destinations that have traditionally been cheap for car hire.

    Recent research by consumer groups across Europe suggests fares at major holiday destinations are up 135% on 2019 as rental companies find it difficult, if not impossible, to meet demand in the face of an anticipated crisis. increase in leisure travel this summer.

    When the coronavirus hit in the spring of 2020, the international travel industry came to a halt, forcing car rental companies around the world to sell a large percentage of their fleets just to stay afloat.

    According to a study published last week by French car rental comparison site Carigimi, there has been a 40% drop in rental cars on the market between 2020 and 2021.

    Production difficulties

    While the selloff worked in the short term, it left businesses with headaches heading into the summer of 2022.

    They encountered enormous difficulties in resupplying their fleets. This is due to an ongoing shortage of semiconductors that has forced automakers around the world to slow down or halt production of certain models.

    Automakers have also geared their business towards individual consumers rather than wholesale rental companies to maximize their profits. In the past, rental companies have been able to order vehicles in bulk and take advantage of deep discounts, but as the market has become a seller’s market, they have suddenly become the least attractive market for manufacturers.

    According to UK consumer group Which? things are now “so bad that at peak times in 2022, it’s likely that some places won’t have any cars to rent at all”.

    The price spiral began last summer, although few Irish people travel, car rental inflation has not attracted much attention in this part of the world. But it is likely to attract many more this summer.

    “Last-minute bookers in high season can expect to pay the highest prices,” warns Which? spokesperson Guy Hobbs.

    “The rental companies have now missed nearly two years of trading at a normal level and need to recoup some of their losses,” Mr Hobbs said.

    “Many have kept their heads above water by selling vehicles, helping to manage costs and generate cash. Some fleets have been reduced by up to 30% of normal levels. But as demand slowly returned, rental car companies had limited financial reserves to replenish. And when they were able to order new vehicles, they faced wait times from manufacturers of up to a year due to plant closures and shortages of raw materials.

    “Right now car rental fleets are small and businesses can’t grow. . . But even when the manufacturing bottleneck ends, it will take time for car rental companies to rebuild. their fleets and recoup the losses of the past two years. With nearly two years of pent-up travel demand, if this summer sees significantly fewer restrictions, it’s likely providers will struggle to keep up with rental car demand.” , Mr. Hobbs added.

    Fears over demand have also prompted many people to book much earlier for summer 2022, so many deals that might have been on the table have already been closed.

    The Irish Times Readers’ Experience

    Irish Times readers have reported huge price increases in recent weeks.

    “I’m traveling to Canada in August for a family wedding,” Michelle McGinley said.

    “We thought we’d make it a short trip, worked out an itinerary, booked accommodation and left what I thought would be the easiest but until the end – car rental.

    “In 2018, I booked an SUV for 22 days for $1,014, leaving San Francisco and driving back to Seattle. € for an 11 day trip Alas no The quote I got for an SUV was €2633 More than double the cost for half the time.

    Paul Bermingham is going to Orlando for two weeks this summer.

    “It’s one of those, like many I’m sure, that has been rescheduled from 2020. We paid €549 for our car for the two weeks, my daughter decided she would also get one car and book now for the same car and same period was €1,250.

    The word Claire McDermott used to describe the hikes was “shocking.” She had booked a Renault Clio Estate for a week in Portugal in August 2020.

    “It was booked for €260 in total including local taxes etc. The same car in August is €560!”

    Piramal company | Future of Nalco May: Traders may be short on Piramal Enterprise and Future of Nalco May: Gaurav Ratnaparkhi, Sharekhan

    0
    Nifty has formed a “Death Cross” formation over the past week, and several technical parameters suggest the index should remain under pressure next week, according to Gaurav Ratnaparkhi – Head of Technical Research at Sharekhan by BNP Paribas.

    In an interview with ETMarkets, Ratnaparkhi said that for the Nifty, 17400-17500 is a crucial resistance zone. Unless this barrier is removed on the upside, the Nifty is likely to retest last week’s low at 16824; below which 16600 will be the next target. Edited excerpts:

    A volatile week for Indian markets, but the bears remained in check despite seeing a pullback for a few sessions. What led to the price action?
    The Nifty formed a Doji pattern on the weekly chart for the first week of April. The pattern formed near the weekly upper Bollinger Band as well as near a falling trend line taken from the October high.

    Thereupon, the index entered a short-term correction mode and broke above short-term support levels on the downside.

    On the way down, the index has created a gap area on the daily chart and with the recent minor bounce, it has attempted to close this gap area over the past week.

    However, the index faced another round of selling near the upper end of the gap zone which pushed the index up again towards the end of the week.

    We are about to enter the F&O expiration week. We’ve seen Death cross both indices over the past week. Are there any specific levels investors should watch out for for Nifty and NiftyBank?
    As you rightly mentioned, Nifty has been doing “Death Cross” training over the past week. Several technical parameters suggest that the index should remain under pressure next week.

    For the Nifty, 17400-17500 is a crucial resistance area. Unless this barrier is removed on the upside, the Nifty is likely to retest last week’s low at 16824; below which 16600 will be the next target.

    Nifty Bank underperformed Nifty last week, and it should be one of the main downside forces.

    Looking ahead, Nifty Bank is likely to break last week’s low at 35926 and may drop towards the daily lower Bollinger Band, which is near 35000. On the other hand, 36800-37000 will act as a short-term ceiling .

    On a sector basis, energy stocks, oil and gas stocks rose while selling pressure showed up in computer and banking stocks. What led to the price action?
    The energy space has been seeing strong traction for the past few weeks. The same is true for the Nifty Energy Index as it rallies with the expansion of the daily and weekly upper Bollinger Bands.

    We expect this sector to remain on an upward trajectory. The IT sector, on the other hand, has seen a sharp decline over the past 2-3 weeks.

    Selling pressure intensified as the index broke through its short-term moving averages in the penultimate week. This sharp drop pushed the daily momentum indicators into the oversold zone, which is now poised for recovery.

    So, a rebound in the IT space is on the cards. The banking space, on the other hand, is expected to continue with the correction phase

    The US Fed has announced an aggressive rate hike of 50 basis points in the near future. Do you think it’s priced in or that we might see further adjustments in global investors’ portfolios that could weigh on markets? FIIs withdrew more than Rs 26,000 cr from the spot segment of Indian stock markets.
    The likelihood of an aggressive rate hike had increased following the release of consumer inflation data last month. However, the Fed Chairman’s overall stance also appeared quite hawkish with an inflation moderation target of 2%.

    This pissed off the markets. But the markets tend to quickly absorb these developments. Given the difficult macroeconomic conditions, foreign investors have drawn money out of emerging markets in general and India in particular due to India’s outperformance over the past year.

    FII exits could continue in the immediate term. But domestic inflows are strong and foreign selling pressure is easing at lower levels.

    Where is the smart money going? Have you noticed a change in the trading pattern – conservative or aggressive?
    In terms of sector rotation, the automotive and infrastructure sectors will be on the radar going forward. After a brief pause over the penultimate week, these sectors are kicking off a new leg of the rally.

    The short-term and medium-term structure of these two sectors shows inherent strength. We therefore expect this space to outperform over the next two months.

    That said, the larger end of the market is where the main problem lies. The broader market, particularly the small cap space, is expected to see much more pain relative to large caps over the coming months.

    Thus, market participants should be very careful about their exposure to small caps.

    Your 3-5 trading ideas for the next 3-4 weeks?
    Here is a list of trading ideas –

    Maruti Suzuki India: Buy| LTP Rs 7903 | Stop Loss Rs 7600 | Target Rs 8300-8510 | Up 7%

    The stock came out of a short-term consolidation. He came out of a side channel and started the next stage.

    The daily momentum indicator has triggered a bullish crossover and started a new upward cycle from the balance line

    Piramale Companies: Sell MAY FUT | LTP 2179.10 | Stop Loss Rs 2280 | Target 2080-2000| 4-8% drop

    The stock recently stumbled near its crucial weekly moving averages where it formed an inside bar pattern on the daily and weekly charts and entered a correction mode.

    Going down, it broke its daily moving averages as well as the swing low. The daily momentum indicator is in line with the decline

    Domestic Aluminum: Sell MAY FUT | LTP Rs 115.90 | Stop Loss 121 | Target 110-104| Disadvantage 9%

    The stock has formed a Double Top pattern, which is a bearish pattern and has entered a corrective phase.

    It has fallen below its short-term supports and is expected to fall with the daily lower Bollinger Band. The daily and weekly momentum indicators are in bearish mode.

    (Disclaimer: The recommendations, suggestions, views and opinions given by the experts belong to them. These do not represent the views of Economic Times)

    PCTEL, Inc. Declares Quarterly Dividend of $0.06 (NASDAQ: PCTI)

    0

    PCTEL, Inc. (NASDAQ:PCTI – Get Rating) announced a quarterly dividend on Thursday, April 21, Zacks reports. Shareholders of record on Friday, May 6 will receive a dividend of 0.055 per share from the wireless communications provider on Friday, May 13. This represents an annualized dividend of $0.22 and a dividend yield of 5.00%. The ex-dividend date is Thursday, May 5.

    PCTI stock opened at $4.40 on Friday. The company has a market capitalization of $81.20 million, a P/E ratio of 440.44 and a beta of 0.35. PCTEL has a 1-year low of $4.22 and a 1-year high of $7.15. The company’s 50-day moving average is $4.65 and its 200-day moving average is $5.26.

    PCTEL (NASDAQ:PCTI – Get Rating) last announced its results on Thursday, February 24. The wireless communications provider reported EPS of $0.08 for the quarter. The company had revenue of $26.01 million for the quarter. PCTEL had a return on equity of 2.92% and a net margin of 0.17%.

    Separately, StockNews.com began covering PCTEL in a report on Tuesday. They issued a “buy” rating on the stock.

    A number of large investors have recently bought and sold shares of PCTI. Morgan Stanley increased its stake in PCTEL by 43.7% in the third quarter. Morgan Stanley now owns 25,619 shares of the wireless communications provider worth $159,000 after buying an additional 7,789 shares last quarter. Millennium Management LLC increased its stake in PCTEL by 7.1% during the 4th quarter. Millennium Management LLC now owns 189,324 shares of the wireless communications provider worth $1,073,000 after buying an additional 12,473 shares last quarter. BlackRock Inc. increased its stake in PCTEL by 0.6% during the 4th quarter. BlackRock Inc. now owns 431,328 shares of the wireless communications provider worth $2,445,000 after buying an additional 2,409 shares last quarter. Finally, Norges Bank acquired a new position in PCTEL during the 4th quarter with a value of $61,000. 54.67% of the shares are currently held by hedge funds and other institutional investors.

    About PCTEL (Get a rating)

    PCTEL, Inc, together with its subsidiaries, provides industrial Internet of Things (IoT) devices, antenna systems, and test and measurement solutions worldwide. The company designs and manufactures precision antennas and industrial IoT devices that are deployed in small cells, enterprise Wi-Fi access points, fleet and transit management systems, and equipment and devices. for industrial IoT.

    Recommended Stories

    Dividend History for PCTEL (NASDAQ:PCTI)



    Get news and reviews for PCTEL Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analyst ratings for PCTEL and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s FREE daily newsletter.

    Calgary home rental market heats up alongside real estate sales – Calgary

    0

    As Calgary’s housing market continues to heat up, finding a place to rent is also becoming more competitive.

    It’s to the point that potential tenants will make rental offers before they even set foot in the house.

    “This property was listed this morning around 10 a.m.,” Shamon Kureshi, CEO of property management firm Hope Street, told Global News of a home.

    Read more:

    February sales record set in Calgary as home sales rise

    The property is a rare detached home to rent in Auburn Bay – at a high rate.

    Within hours, seven people asked about it.

    “Of those seven requests, three were confirmed for viewings and there was one request that was sent by someone who is willing to rent the property without seeing it because that is the reality of the market we are in. currently find,” Kureshi said.

    The story continues under the ad

    “It is difficult to keep (houses) available for more than a few days. And in many cases, properties are rented out before previous tenants move out.

    “So there’s no downtime and that’s positive for landlords, but it’s also quite challenging for people looking to rent homes.”

    It continues a trend the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation documented in its annual rental market report released in February, with the rental vacancy rate dropping from 6.6% in 2020 to 5.1% annually. latest.

    “We expect the vacancy rate to continue to decline as demand returns to Calgary as Calgary continues its economic recovery as jobs continue to grow in Calgary,” said analyst Michael Mak. major in economics at CMHC.


    Click to play the video:







    Bidding wars escalate in hot Calgary real estate market


    Bidding wars escalate in hot Calgary real estate market – February 2, 2022

    Mak noted that the Bank of Canada’s interest rate hike will likely have a chilling effect on record sales figures, but he expects to see strong sales through 2023.

    The story continues under the ad

    Kureshi said some landlords who turned to renting out their property during a weak real estate market are reconsidering their decision.

    “What we’re seeing is that a lot of these owners are now turning to the real estate sales market, which is on fire as we know, and it’s getting very interesting to sell their property, to get cash and move on,” he said. . “However, the downside is that it takes a huge chunk of the inventory available in the rental market and it becomes a supply and demand curve.”

    Read more:

    Calgary’s new home market is vibrant, but faces a number of hurdles

    The CMHC report noted that areas like the Beltline have recently seen apartment additions to the market.

    But supply and demand are probably not the only factors affecting rent.

    “From a rental rate perspective, we feel like we’re on the back end of a huge, long-running increase, and some of that is only 10 years old,” Kureshi said. “There really hasn’t been any significant price growth in the rental industry in Alberta over the last decade that hasn’t kept up with inflation, construction, renovation, taxes.”

    The Hope Street CEO had some simple advice for people looking to rent homes.

    “If you’re looking to rent a house right now, you really have to be quick. You need to know exactly what you want. And when you see it, there’s not really a lot of time to sit down and think about it or discuss it.

    © 2022 Global News, a division of Corus Entertainment Inc.

    Car Rental Platform Market Size, Scope and Forecast

    0

    New Jersey, United States – the Car rental platform market is the ultimate tool to help industries, businesses and organizations make informed decisions for their business growth. With the help of the market tactics and strategies discussed here, it becomes easy for the trading players to maintain their position in the market. Market research plays an important role in gaining a better perspective as well as an understanding of the market scenario and the target market. It also allows participating companies to stay ahead of the competition. It reduces investment risk and helps companies make calculated decisions. It also helps with strategic planning. This market analysis report makes it easy to spot new trends. This Car Rental Platform market research report outlines various techniques that can be used to identify development trends.

    This Car Rental Platform Market analysis report provides significant and stable data related to market growth by observing several key business segments. This data helps economic players to make the right decisions in their business. This detailed market research report plays an important role in helping business players to generate huge revenue and grow their business. It also discusses significant aspects including changing customer preferences, socio-economic changes, rise of competitors and forecast of potential manufacturers and market size for the period 2022-2029. This useful Car Rental Platform market research report covers several fundamental factors influencing market growth.

    Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/download-sample/?rid=58910

    Key Players Mentioned in the Car Rental Platform Market Research Report:

    Avis Budget Group Inc., Eco Rent a Car, Enterprise Holdings Inc., Europcar Group, Car2go, Hertz Corp., Sixt, Movida, Ace Rent-a-car, Global Cars, Localiza�Rent-a-car SA, Advantage Rent -a-car, National Car Rental, Locamerica, others.

    This Car Rental Platform Market report covers major market segments based on type, application and region. The regional analysis segment includes key regions such as Europe, North America, Middle East, Africa and Asia-Pacific. It shows important business metrics including population density, quality, development, and overall market scenarios. It also discusses important data covering key industry topics such as market expansion and changing market situation. This in-depth Car Rental Platform Market report also sheds light on important technologies and helps organizations better understand the buying habits of their customers. It shows the global market scenario for the forecast period 2022-2029.

    Car Rental Platform Market Segmentation:

    Car Rental Platform Market, By Type

    • Luxury
    • Executive
    • Economy
    • SUVs
    • MUV

    Car Rental Platform Market, By Application

    • Local use
    • Airport transportation
    • External station
    • Others

    Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=58910

    Scope of the Car Rental Platform Market Report

    ATTRIBUTES DETAILS
    ESTIMATED YEAR 2022
    YEAR OF REFERENCE 2021
    FORECAST YEAR 2029
    HISTORICAL YEAR 2020
    UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
    SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
    REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
    BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
    CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

    It becomes easy to determine the pulse of the market with this detailed analysis of the car rental platform market. Key players can find all competitive data and market size of major regions like North America, Europe, Latin America, Asia-Pacific and Middle East. As part of the competitive analysis, certain strategies are profiled which are pursued by key players such as mergers, collaborations, acquisitions and new product launches. These strategies will greatly help industry players to strengthen their position in the market and grow their business.

    Answers to key questions in the report:

    1. Who are the top five players in the car rental platform market?

    2. How will the car rental platform market evolve over the next five years?

    3. Which product and application will occupy the lion’s share of the car rental platform market?

    4. What are the drivers and restraints of the Car Rental Platform Market?

    5. Which regional market will show the strongest growth?

    6. What will be the CAGR and size of the car rental platform market throughout the forecast period?

    For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/product/car-rental-platform-market/

    Visualize the Car Rental Platform Market Using Verified Market Intelligence:-

    Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

    VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with an integrated presentation function that saves you more than 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and product development. products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

    Visualize the car rental platform market using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

    About Us: Verified Market Research®

    Verified Market Research® is a leading global research and advisory firm that for over 10 years has provided advanced analytical research solutions, personalized advice and in-depth data analysis to individuals and businesses seeking accurate research, reliable and up to date. data and technical advice. We provide insight into strategic and growth analytics, the data needed to achieve business goals, and help make critical revenue decisions.

    Our research studies help our clients make superior data-driven decisions, understand market forecasts, capitalize on future opportunities, and maximize efficiency by working as a partner to deliver accurate and valuable insights. The industries we cover span a wide spectrum, including technology, chemicals, manufacturing, energy, food and beverage, automotive, robotics, packaging, construction, mining and gas. Etc.

    At Verified Market Research, we help in understanding holistic market indicator factors and most current and future market trends. Our analysts, with their deep expertise in data collection and governance, use industry techniques to gather and review data at all stages. They are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, subject matter expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

    Having served over 5000 clients, we have provided reliable market research services to over 100 Global Fortune 500 companies such as Amazon, Dell, IBM, Shell, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Siemens, Microsoft, Sony and Hitachi. We have co-consulted with some of the world’s leading consulting firms such as McKinsey & Company, Boston Consulting Group, Bain and Company for custom research and consulting projects for companies around the world.

    Contact us:

    Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

    Verified Market Research®

    USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
    UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
    APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
    US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

    E-mail: [email protected]

    Website:- https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/

    Paper on SWIFT’s digital assets: DeFi is not a mainstream future – Ledger Insights

    0

    Yesterday the SWIFT Institute published an article on digital assets written by Professor Alistair Milne of Loughborough University School of Business. Professor Milne envisions the widespread adoption of digital assets, but predicts that decentralized finance (DeFi), where there is a direct exchange of crypto assets without intermediaries, will continue as a “fringe” activity. Instead, institutions will play a central role in digital assets.

    The document was commissioned by SWIFT but is not reviewed by the organization nor does it represent its views.

    Professor Milne’s observation may sound provocative, but most crypto transactions go through exchanges that may be more heavily regulated in the future.

    He makes some useful observations about what makes digital assets distinctive. “To some extent, new digital assets are simply the presentation of ‘old wines in new bottles,'” he writes. But he thinks digital assets are new because they involve the owner directly holding the assets rather than through financial intermediaries.

    Historically, assets have been held directly. Only in the last 150 or so years has there been this shift to indirect holding both for cash through banks and for investments through depositories.

    As a result, there is “no need for settlement” with digital assets. Transactions involving conventional assets are generally divided into two parts, the trading side and the post-trade side, which involves the payment and transfer of the asset. With digital assets, trade, settlement and transfer are all part of an atomic transaction.

    As a result, many of the business models of these intermediaries will be challenged by this shift to direct holdings. The costs of switching are very high, as are the potential regulatory changes required if one moves away from typical two-day settlement and clearing. Of course, there are also huge potential savings from efficiency gains that can be gleaned.

    Regulation

    The document divides digital assets into three compartments: cryptocurrencies and anything that runs on a ledger without permission; regulated digital currency; and authorized ledgers used for digital securities and capital market automation.

    When it comes to DeFi and cryptocurrencies, “all regulation can do is control the regulatory perimeter, the boundary between decentralized finance and traditional finance.” However, Prof Milne notes that most crypto transactions are conducted through intermediaries, so crypto exchanges can expect to be regulated.

    One area Professor Milne does not explore is that of certain moves in the DeFi world to have permissioned DeFi pools such as Aave Arc running on permissionless blockchains. And several players are working on a decentralized identity to make KYC possible for DeFi outside of centralized exchanges.

    Another point is not said in the document. And this is where SWIFT fits into a future of digital assets when there is no need for a separate payment message from digital cash.

    Therefore, last year SWIFT launched a series of experiments with Accenture to explore its potential roles. One area it is investigating is whether it can be a trusted third party to enable interoperability between central bank digital currencies (CBDCs) and non-CBDC payment networks as well as digital asset networks. It also plans to operate a DLT network on which the CBDCs are built.


    Nathan Reardon has threatened to evict the tenants if he doesn’t get the rental funds he was forbidden to seek

    0

    Nathan Reardon applied 11 times for federal rental assistance funds for apartments he rented in Dexter, Howland and Solon. Throughout the time he applied for the funds, between November and March, the businessman was barred from doing so as a condition of his release on bail.

    The extent of Reardon’s offers for further COVID-19 assistance was revealed in court documents that were released Wednesday as the 44-year-old was arrested on bail violation charges.

    Reardon, the head of a sprawling business empire that includes dozens of entities and an operation through which he rents apartments without owning them, will now await trial on the federal fraud charges behind those bail conditions in prison. Court documents show that Reardon persisted in seeking the funds he was prohibited from seeking to the point of threatening to evict the tenants if he did not receive them sooner.

    Last year, Reardon became the first Mainer charged with defrauding the federal Paycheck Protection Program, by allegedly obtaining a $60,000 loan from fraudulent premises. While out on bail, his business activities included an attempt to set up an auto repair and sales business in a part of the Bangor shopping center that city officials have now sealed off because of Reardon.

    As he continued to apply for rental assistance for the apartments he oversaw, the Bangor social services agency that disbursed the funds grew concerned last month that some of the units Reardon was renting were unfinished and dangerous, according to a court affidavit by probation officer Gian-Luigi Zucchi.

    That same month, Reardon repeatedly demanded in emails that Penquis immediately return thousands of dollars to him and threatened to evict the tenants if he did not receive the money, according to the affidavit.

    These emails continued until last Friday, when Reardon wrote: “Trial to come. You will be listed. Thanks for screwing up my business. I will never make this mistake again. All tenants in the state are evicted because of this 3rd defect.

    Federal prosecutors used the details of the affidavit to build their case that Reardon actively solicited funds he was prohibited from seeking without his probation officer’s approval.

    Reardon’s bail conditions set last April prevented him from applying for pandemic-related financial assistance without probation officer approval. In the affidavit, his probation officer said Reardon never asked for this clearance. Reardon’s attorney argued his client was unaware he was seeking federal COVID-19 funds.

    US Magistrate John Nivison agreed with federal prosecutors. “There is no ambiguity. There is no gray area here,” he said.

    The pot of money Reardon asked for 11 times came from more than $350 million Maine received through two federal coronavirus relief programs to support low-income renters. The Maine State Housing Authority disburses the money through local agencies such as Bangor-based Penquis.

    Landlords must apply for the money to receive it directly, as Reardon did, under Maine State Housing Authority rules.

    Reardon applied once each in November and December 2021, twice in January 2022, three times in February and four times in March, according to Zucchi.

    The claims filed by Reardon were for units at Howland, Dexter and Solon.

    In Howland, a basement apartment visited by the Bangor Daily News had no toilets when tenants moved in last month, and exposed wires remained even after Reardon announced he would fix the property.

    Exposed wires hang from the ceiling in the hallway of Star Latti’s apartment. Credit: Linda Coan O’Kresik / BDN

    In Dexter, a tenant was taken to hospital by ambulance in early March for carbon monoxide poisoning, according to court documents. The local code enforcement officer also found security breaches there and said he may have to condemn the unit.

    In Solon, Reardon rented a flat above the former Solon Superette store which he briefly reopened before apparently abandoning the business.

    The Solon Variety, formerly called Solon Superette, is leased by Nathan Reardon and is no longer open for business. The tenants rent an apartment above the store. Credit: Linda Coan O’Kresik / BDN

    Reardon identified himself as an individual landlord in more than half of the emergency rental assistance applications. Reardon signed the others on behalf of his company Ultimate Property Holdings, which the probation officer said had no authority to do business in Maine.

    Ultimate Property Holdings is one of more than 60 companies that Reardon lists in its business portfolio on its website. He has an active business registration in Florida, but none in Maine.

    Reardon’s federal trial is scheduled to begin on June 7. He can appeal the decision to revoke his bond.

    Global Machinery opens two new sites: Utah, Arizona: CEG

    0

    World Machinery added two new locations to its territory map. The Phoenix site (775 West Elwood St.) and Salt Lake City site (2187 South Technology Park Way) join existing Global Machinery sites in Denver, Colorado (headquarters), Sacramento, CA and Boise, Ida.

    Global Machinery plans to hire team members from all areas of the business (sales, rentals, service and parts) to promote the product line in these two new locations.

    “We are excited about our expansion into the Phoenix and Salt Lake City markets to better serve our customers across the West in the excavation, utility, mining, forestry and maintenance of trees in the construction industry,” said Jeff Brown, president of Global Machinery.

    Takeuchi, Mecalac, Bandit, Avant, Kaiser Premier, FAE, Bron, Thaler, Furukawa and Universal HDD are just a handful of the long list of brands supported by Global Machinery in some or all of their locations.

    “One of the main reasons we have achieved the success that has allowed us to grow so rapidly over the past few years is the strong partnerships we share with several industry-leading manufacturers,” Brown said.

    For more information visit https://www.globalmachinery.com/

    About Global Machinery

    Global Machinery specializes in providing equipment solutions for a variety of construction industry segments. When founded in Denver, Colorado in 1994, Global Machinery established associates worldwide to market quality used equipment and service support internationally. In 1996, Global Machinery expanded into the rental business, followed in 1999 by opening a new location in Sacramento. Since 2003, the company has continued to expand its product offering and industry reach to include multiple equipment categories, eventually opening a new headquarters in Denver in 2017, followed by its Boise location in 2020.

    Rent the car of your dreams during your next vacation in Bali or Java with TREVO!

    0

    After 2 years of pandemic and with the current reduction in travel restrictions, we are all excited and eager to start exploring the beauty that Indonesia has to offer with our family or friends during the upcoming Lebaran holiday season.

    When planning your trip, it is good to know that TREVO car rental request is here to provide you with the vehicle you need.

    Whether you’re looking for a family car in Yogyakarta, a motorhome for camping in Bandung, a car to fit your surfboards in Bali, or you’re looking for the feeling of riding that classic Chevrolet Tame Impala with your friends, TREVO offers you thousands of different vehicles to choose from. And it doesn’t just stop at cars, you can also find helicopter ridesmotorbikes and yachts on the platform – giving you an experience you will never forget!

    TREVO is Indonesia’s fastest growing car rental app that connects renters with thousands of trusted hosts who give you a wide variety of vehicles to choose from. Created at the end of 2020, after its successful launch in Malaysia, TREVO is keen to spread the #TREVOLUTION across Indonesia. With its most recent expansion to Yogyakarta, Semarang and Surabaya, TREVO is now available in all major cities in Java as well as Bali, giving thousands of customers the opportunity to rent a vehicle as if it were their own. .

    Besides the wide variety of vehicles available in the app, TREVO has several other benefits to make your life easier. Don’t want to leave your house to pick up the car you rented? Use TREVO Delivery to have the vehicle of your dreams delivered to your doorstep! Vehicles delivered by TREVO dealers are also equipped with sanitary kits, ensuring a safe journey wherever you go. You can also opt for the chauffeured option if you want to stretch out and relax in the backseat on the go or choose to rent the car without a driver, to enjoy the freedom of going on a road trip yourself.

    To TREVO, we believe in the “what you see is what you get” policy when it comes to booking your car. With thousands of verified hosts ready for you, worrying about hidden or extra fees won’t be a burden anymore! I can’t wait to start your journey with TREVO? Download the TREVO app now, and try it yourself this holiday season!

    Trevo

    Special for this Eid holiday season, TREVO brings you a 35% off on your car reservation and removes the mileage limit if you are traveling within Java. Book now before April 30, 2022 using the promo code ‘LEBARAN35’ traveling during the holiday season (April 28 – May 8, 2022).

    Book the car of your dreams for your Eid holidays in TREVO now!

    Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. Announces Quarterly Dividend

    0

    LOWELL, Mass., April 19, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) EBTC

    On April 19, 2022, the board of directors of Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. declared a quarterly dividend of $0.205 per share to be paid on June 1, 2022 to shareholders of record as of May 11, 2022. The 2022 dividend rate represents an increase of 10.8% compared to the 2021 dividend rate.

    Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. is a Massachusetts corporation that conducts substantially all of its operations through Enterprise Bank and Trust Company, commonly referred to as Enterprise Bank. Enterprise Bank is primarily involved in attracting deposits from the general public and investing in commercial loans and investment securities. Through Enterprise Bank and its subsidiaries, the Company offers a range of commercial, residential and consumer loan products, deposit products and cash management services, electronic and digital banking options, commercial insurance services, as well as wealth management and trust services. The Company’s headquarters and the principal office of Enterprise Bank are located at 222 Merrimack Street in Lowell, Massachusetts. The Company’s primary market is North Middlesex, North Essex and North Worcester counties in Massachusetts and South Hillsborough and South Rockingham counties in New Hampshire. Enterprise Bank has 26 full-service branches located in the Massachusetts communities of Acton, Andover, Billerica (2), Chelmsford (2), Dracut, Fitchburg, Lawrence, Leominster, Lexington, Lowell (2), Methuen, North Andover, Tewksbury (2), Tyngsborough and Westford and in the New Hampshire communities of Derry, Hudson, Nashua (2), Pelham, Salem and Windham. The company is in the process of building a branch in Londonderry, New Hampshire, and expects that branch to open in May 2022.

    Contact Information: Joseph R. Lussier, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (978) 656-5578

    Facilities Management Market to Hit $1,759.25 Billion by

    0

    Pune, India, April 18, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — The Global Facilities Management Market is expected to reach USD 1,759.25 billion by 2028, showing an excellent CAGR of 5.0% during the forecast period. In both developing and developed countries, government agencies nowadays are persistently trying to enhance their economic diversifications. To do this, they invest colossal sums in non-economic sectors, which also includes the tourism sector. According to a report published by Fortune Business Insights, in a report titled “Facilities Management Market Share, 2021-2028”. The market size stood at USD 1,249.45 billion in 2021

    The Facilities Management Market is expected to grow from USD 1,249.45 Billion in 2021 to USD 1,759.25 Billion in 2028 at a CAGR of 5.0% during the period 2021-2028.

    Get a sample PDF brochure:

    https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/enquiry/request-sample-pdf/facility-management-market-101658

    Industry developments:

    • April 2021: UDS, a leading facility management company based in India, introduced its new website which would allow customers to navigate easily. At the same time, they could read in-depth blogs about how the company plays a vital role in a wide range of industries.
    • April 2021: Tork has announced the launch of its latest hygiene package called Tork Office Hygiene Package. It would provide tailored solutions to facility managers associated with new challenges faced in several areas of office buildings, such as restrooms, receptions, break rooms, conference rooms and workspaces.

    Regional outlook

    Booming Industrialization in China and India to Drive Asia-Pacific Demand

    The market size in Asia-Pacific was $479.53 billion in 2020. The region is estimated to dominate the market during the forecast period. China, one of the leading countries in the region, has a population of nearly 1.39 billion, which enables the country to provide cheaper labor than other countries. This makes the country a favorite location for industries across the world to establish their manufacturing units. On the other hand, India is an emerging nation in terms of industrialization, which is again supported by the second largest population in the country. These factors are expected to increase the facilities management market share in the region.

    The market in North America is expected to show considerable growth over the forecasted period. The rapid adoption of latest technologies, such as 5G, Internet of Things, and Artificial Intelligence by several end-user industries, is expected to accelerate the demand for facility management in the region.

    Browse the abstract of this research report:

    https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/industry-reports/facility-management-market-101658

    Competitive landscape

    Strategic partnerships to help key players acquire new customers

    Key companies operating in the global market are focusing on strategic partnerships to add more services to their portfolios. This will help them acquire new customers. For example, in June 2020, Sodexo, a leading hotel management company, partnered with Bureau Veritas, a pioneer in testing and inspection services. This partnership will help Sodexo obtain a hygiene verification label for its services.

    Report Scope and Segmentation:

    Report cover Details
    Forecast period 2021 to 2028
    Forecast Period 2021 to 2028 CAGR 5.0%
    2028 value projection $17,593.25 billion
    Year of reference 2020
    Market size in 2021 $1249.45 billion
    Historical data for 2017 to 2019
    Number of pages 120
    Segments Covered By type of service, industry, by region
    Growth engines Growth in the infrastructure sector to drive the growth of the facilities management market
    Investment in the tourism industry by the governments of several countries is a vital trend
    Adoption of facilities management services by governments to increase after COVID-19 pandemic
    Pitfalls and Challenges Lack of stable contracts, limited use of technology and lack of capacity and resources to hinder growth

    The list of major companies operating in the facilities management market includes:

    • Sodexo (France)
    • CBRE Group, Inc. (USA)
    • ISS A/S (Denmark)
    • Compass Group (UK)
    • Aramark (USA)
    • Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated (USA)
    • Cushman & Wakefield plc. (United States)
    • Tenon Group (India)
    • Johnson Controls International plc (Ireland)
    • Dussmann Group (Germany)

    Request customization:

    https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/enquiry/customization/facility-management-market-101658

    Determining factors

    Put more emphasis on infrastructure development to drive growth

    Infrastructure development has been a key factor in the overall development of nations around the world. For example, according to Business Roundtable estimates, an investment equivalent to 1% of US GDP would have added nearly $320 billion to the country’s economic output. Rising investment in infrastructure development by governments and major corporations across the globe is expected to drive the growth of the facilities management market. Additionally, the rapid industrialization of developing countries globally is expected to further drive the demand for facility management services. However, the majority of key countries lack the resources for aid companies to provide cutting-edge services. This can hamper long-term growth.

    The real estate segment held a 29.6% share in 2019: Fortune Business Insights™

    Based on the type of service, the facilities management market is divided into hardware services, software services and others. By sector, it is fragmented into healthcare, government, education, military and defense, real estate and others (IT and telecommunications and BFSI). Among these, the real estate segment generated 29.6% in terms of facility management market share in 2019. This growth is attributable to the expansion of the construction industry worldwide.

    An overview of the impact of COVID-19 on this market:

    The emergence of COVID-19 has paralyzed the world. We understand that this health crisis has had an unprecedented impact on businesses in all sectors. However, this too will pass. Growing support from governments and several businesses can help fight this highly contagious disease. Some industries are struggling and others are thriving. Overall, almost every industry is expected to be impacted by the pandemic.

    We are making continuous efforts to help your business sustain and grow during the COVID-19 pandemics. Based on our experience and expertise, we will offer you an impact analysis of the coronavirus epidemic in all sectors to help you prepare for the future.

    Quick Buy – Facilities Management Market:

    https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/checkout-page/101658

    Main Table of Content of Facilities Management Market Research Report:

      • Definition, by segment
      • Research approach
      • Sources
    • Summary
    • Asia-Pacific Facilities Management Market Dynamics
      • Macro and micro economic indicators
      • Drivers, constraints, opportunities and trends
      • Impact of COVID-19
        • Short term impact
        • Long term impact
    • Competition landscape
      • Business strategies adopted by key players
      • Consolidated SWOT analysis of key players
      • PESTLE analysis
      • Porter’s Five Forces Analysis
      • Asia-Pacific Facilities Management Market Share Analysis and Matrix, 2019
    • Latin America Facilities Management Market Size Estimates and Forecasts (Quantitative), by Segment, 2017-2028
    • By country (value)
    • North America
    • Europe
    • Asia Pacific
    • Latin America
    • Middle East and Africa
    • Profiles of key players (Would be provided for 10 players only)
      • Insight
        • Key management
        • Headquarters, etc.
      • Offers/Business Segments
      • Key details (Key details are subject to data availability in the public domain and/or paid databases)

    TOC Continued…!

    Talk to our analyst-

    https://www.fortunebusinessinsights.com/enquiry/speak-to-analyst/101658

    Take a look at related research information:

    Saudi Arabia Facilities Management Market Analysis of the size, share and impact of COVID-19, by type of service (hardware services, software services and other services), by vertical sector (healthcare, government, education, military and defense, real estate and other ) and forecast by country, 2021-2028

    Software Services Installation Management Market Size, Industry Share & Analysis, By Service Type (In-house & Outsourced), By Vertical (Healthcare, Government, Education, Military & Defense, Real Estate & Others) & Regional Forecast, 2019-2026

    Construction equipment rental market Size, Share, and Industry Analysis, by Equipment Type (Earth-Moving Equipment, Material Handling Equipment, Concrete and Road Construction Equipment, and Others), by Application (Residential, Commercial, and Industrial) and regional forecasts, 2019-2026

    Contact us:

    Fortune Business Insights Pvt. ltd.

    9th floor, icon tower,

    Baner – Mahalunge road, Baner,

    Pune-411045, Maharashtra, India.

    Call:

    USA: +1 424 253 0390

    UK: +44 2071 939123

    APAC: +91 744 740 1245

    E-mail: [email protected]

    Connect with us via social media channels:

    LinkedIn Facebook Twitter Blogs

    Which company has the cheapest rental cars?

    0

    (NerdWallet) – Most travelers know that Spirit Airlines is a low-cost airline. They probably know that a Four Seasons is almost always more expensive than a Motel 6.

    But when it comes to car rental companies, which one usually has the lowest prices? Is Thrifty that economical? Will Budget best help you stick to your budget?

    A NerdWallet analysis conducted in March tracked 360 car rental prices at eight major US companies to find which had the cheapest car rentals – and which had the most expensive.

    By almost all metrics, National Car Rental was the most expensive, followed by Alamo Rent a Car. Enterprise Rent-A-Car, Budget, Hertz and Dollar are among the cheapest.

    Analysis of the cheapest car rental company

    In our analysis of average rental car prices at different companies, the cost of weekly car rentals ranged from $480 to almost $700, a difference of more than $200.

    The prices analyzed in this study were based on rentals on a combination of dates over the next three months, and for downtown and airport locations in the regions that host the nation’s 10 largest airports. Rental types were the cheapest option possible (usually a small sedan) that allowed you to pay at the counter (as opposed to upfront) and included taxes and fees.

    The cheapest and most expensive car rental companies are owned by the same parent company. Enterprise Holdings owns and operates the Enterprise Rent-A-Car, National Car Rental and Alamo Rent A Car brands, which together represent a fleet of nearly 1.7 million vehicles through a network of more than 9,500 rental locations in the world.

    Hertz Corporation, which is the parent company that operates the Hertz, Dollar, and Thrifty vehicle rental brands, was a bit more consistent across all of its brands in terms of pricing; their average weekly car rental prices were about $18 apart.

    How to save on rental cars

    More than $500 a week for renting a car can be a big chunk of your vacation budget. Luckily, you may not necessarily be required to pay the listed price. Here are some smart ways to save on rental cars:

    Change the way you book

    A separate NerdWallet study in March found that booking rental cars in advance often doesn’t save you money. If you’re okay with the uncertainty of a last-minute booking, you might actually save more than if you hadn’t been a procrastinator.

    People arriving at their destination by air and intending to rent a car on landing could also save more money by booking from a nearby and off-site car rental location (as opposed to the rental car outpost located at the airport). Another NerdWallet study, also in March, found that rental cars tend to be around 20% cheaper when booked off-site cons at the airport.

    Earn credit card rewards (and enjoy car insurance benefits from many credit cards)

    Some credit cards for car rental outshine the others, offering bonus points and miles to pay for your car rental with this card.

    While perhaps even more valuable than bonus points, there’s another lesser-known credit card benefit: rental car insurance. Many high-end credit cards offer varying degrees of rental car insurancewho can cover eligible damages in the event of rental car accident or someone breaks into your car.

    Take advantage of rental car loyalty programs

    Most major car rental companies offer loyalty programs that can earn you free rentals and upgrades.

    While National’s car rentals tend to be among the most expensive, its loyalty program – dubbed the National Emerald Club Car Rental – is one of the best. Members with Emerald Club Executive Elite status receive one free car rental day for every five qualifying car rentals made, in addition to other benefits like free private airport delivery.

    Search car rental alternatives

    If all else fails, you can skip renting from a major car rental company altogether. look at car rental alternativeswhich are companies that have come up with clever ways to get behind the wheel, whether it’s peer-to-peer car rental services to borrow the vehicle from an individual owner or renting a car from a genuine car dealership (like Audi’s Silvercar service).

    Key takeaways about the cheapest car hire companies

    Rental cars are expensive and they don’t get any cheaper. If getting the best deal possible is a priority, it’s a good idea to browse prices from multiple car rental companies and, if you can be flexible, multiple locations in the same city.

    But generally speaking, deal hunters may want to start the search with Enterprise, Budget, Hertz or Dollar – which rank among the cheapest car rental companies.

    J. T. Genter contributed to this report.

    Analysts set LiveRamp Holdings, Inc. (NYSE:RAMP) price target at $70.29

    0

    LiveRamp Holdings, Inc. (NYSE:RAMP – Get Rating) received a consensus rating of “Buy” from the nine research firms that currently cover the company, Marketbeat.com reports. One analyst gave the stock a hold rating and seven gave the company a buy rating. The 12-month average price target among brokers who updated their coverage on the stock in the past year is $70.29.

    Several stock analysts have recently released reports on the company. BMO Capital Markets upgraded LiveRamp from a “market performance” rating to an “outperform” rating and set a price target of $48.00 for the company in a Tuesday, March 15 research report. Morgan Stanley cut its price target on LiveRamp from $69.00 to $63.00 and set an “overweight” rating for the company in a Thursday, Feb. 10 research report. TheStreet downgraded LiveRamp from a “c-” rating to a “d+” rating in a Friday, April 1 research report. Wells Fargo & Company reduced its price target on LiveRamp from $95.00 to $85.00 and set a “buy” rating for the company in a Thursday, February 10 research report. Finally, Zacks Investment Research upgraded LiveRamp from a “sell” rating to a “hold” rating in a Wednesday, March 2 research report.

    In other LiveRamp news, insider Diego Panama sold 4,339 shares of the company in a trade on Monday, February 14. The stock was sold at an average price of $43.45, for a total value of $188,529.55. The transaction was disclosed in a legal filing with the SEC, accessible via this link. 3.34% of the shares are held by insiders.

    Several hedge funds and other institutional investors have recently bought and sold shares of the company. Point72 Hong Kong Ltd increased its stake in LiveRamp by 1,000.8% during the 4th quarter. Point72 Hong Kong Ltd now owns 2,631 shares of the company valued at $126,000 after purchasing an additional 2,392 shares during the period. Advisor Group Holdings Inc. increased its stake in LiveRamp by 16.0% during Q3. Advisor Group Holdings Inc. now owns 2,798 shares of the company valued at $131,000 after purchasing an additional 386 shares during the period. PNC Financial Services Group Inc. increased its stake in LiveRamp by 55.7% during Q3. PNC Financial Services Group Inc. now owns 2,879 shares of the company valued at $136,000 after purchasing an additional 1,030 shares during the period. Public Employees Retirement System of Ohio increased its stake in LiveRamp by 9.0% during the 4th quarter. Public Employees Retirement System of Ohio now owns 3,280 shares of the company valued at $157,000 after purchasing an additional 271 shares during the period. Finally, Ieq Capital LLC acquired a new stake in LiveRamp during the 4th quarter at a value of $203,000. 92.18% of the shares are currently held by institutional investors.

    RAMP shares opened at $35.98 on Wednesday. The company has a 50-day moving average of $39.27 and a two-hundred-day moving average of $45.12. LiveRamp has a 52-week low of $33.42 and a 52-week high of $58.74. The company has a market capitalization of $2.45 billion, a P/E ratio of -70.55 and a beta of 1.16.

    LiveRamp (NYSE:RAMP – Get Rating) last released its results on Wednesday, February 9. The company reported EPS of $0.14 for the quarter, beating the Zacks consensus estimate of $0.11 by $0.03. LiveRamp had a negative return on equity of 1.93% and a negative net margin of 6.93%. The company had revenue of $140.60 million in the quarter. In the same quarter of the previous year, the company made ($0.18) earnings per share. As a group, analysts expect LiveRamp to post 0.16 earnings per share for the current fiscal year.

    LiveRamp Company Profile (Get an evaluation)

    LiveRamp Holdings, Inc, a technology company, provides enterprise data connectivity platform solutions in the United States, Europe and Asia-Pacific. The company offers RampID, a true people-based identifier that provides solutions for enablement, measurement and analytics, identity, data collaboration and data marketplace.

    See also

    Analyst Recommendations for LiveRamp (NYSE:RAMP)



    Get news and reviews for LiveRamp Daily – Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of breaking news and analyst ratings for LiveRamp and related companies with MarketBeat.com’s free daily email newsletter.

    What’s new at Les Commerces de Nanuet; Opening of a parkour gym in Mount Kisco

    0

    The Journal News/lohud.com wants to keep you up to date with all the new stores, restaurants and service providers coming to your cities. Below is a list of new businesses that have recently opened in the community.

    Do you know of a new local business in Westchester, Rockland or Putnam counties? Contact reporter Heather Clark, [email protected].

    New in the shops of Nanuet

    Or: 5101 Fashion Drive.

    What is it about?: Eight new stores and restaurants will open at The Shops at Nanuet this spring and summer.

    When: The first to open on Friday will be Depo House, a home decor, furniture and rug store. On Monday, Eden Nail and Spa opens its doors and offers manicures and pedicures as well as waxing services. On April 21, Ideal Image will open, a “personalized beauty and well-being service”.

    Portabella, a clothing and shoe store for all ages and genders, and Saba Rugs & Flooring, offering “hand-knotted rugs” as well as carpet cleaning and repairs, will also open this spring, although they don’t have official opening dates.

    This summer will be Sombrero Tacoria, a Mexican restaurant. Buffalo Wild Wings, where customers can find burgers, wings and more, and financial advisory firm Fidelity Investments, are listed as coming soon, with no official opening date.

    Head toward simon.com/mall/the-shops-at-nanuet for more information and to keep an eye out for openings.

    The Mount Vernon Enterprise truck rental location.

    Enterprise Truck Rental, Mount Vernon

    Or: 770 Columbus Ave South.

    When: March 7.

    What is it about?: New to Mount Vernon, Enterprise Truck Rental is a subsidiary of Enterprise Rent-A-Car. The Mount Vernon location allows customers to rent vans, towable pickups, and box trucks. The location will serve customers in Westchester as well as the Bronx.

    For more information, visit enterprisetrucks.com/truckrental.

    News: How hot is the real estate market near Westchester and Rockland?

    For subscribers: Sam’s of Gedney Way reopens after refurbishment

    Business: White Plains DMV closed; temporary offices have opened in Tarrytown

    Pedra Rustica US, Croton-on-Hudson

    Or: 1360 Albany Post Road.

    When: Open in February.

    What is it about?: Pedra Rustica US, a stone importing wholesaler, recently opened a showroom in Croton-on-Hudson. It offers “custom orders” for most outdoor products, including garden accents such as statuary as well as facades, gates, and more. To La Brazza, part of the Pedra Rustica US showroom, includes wood-burning ovens, grills, fire pits and more. The company imports products from South America and Europe. Pedra Rustica US has a warehouse in Buchanan. For more information, visit www.pedrarusticaus.com.

    An athlete climbs a warped wall style obstacle at ROAM Further Athletics in Mount Kisco.

    ROAM Further Athletics, Mount Kisco

    Or: 333 North Bedford Road.

    When: Open in January.

    What is it about?: ROAM Further Athletics is a new obstacle-based fitness center located in the Mount Kisco Grand Prix building. It offers classes, private lessons, camps and more in a “Ninja Warrior” style facility. There are “Roam Free” sessions for adults with more parkour experience. as well as team building sessions. There are also a variety of classes for children of all ages.

    The school also has its own café-bar and an area where course participants can relax and socialize before and after class.

    ROAM Further Athletics is open Monday through Friday from 9:15 a.m. to 8:30 p.m.; Saturday 9 a.m. to 9 p.m.; and Sunday from 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. For more information, visit roamfurther.com.

    Heather Clark covers business openings and closings in Westchester, Rockland and Putnam counties. Keep up to date with the latest comings and goings by joining our Facebook group at What’s up there Westchester, Rockland, Putnam. Contact Clark via email, [email protected].

    US Bancorp, Morgan Stanley go up; Fall of Tesla and Wells Fargo

    0

    NEW YORK (AP) — Stocks that traded heavily or saw significant price changes on Thursday:

    Twitter Inc., down 77 cents to $45.08.

    Elon Musk has offered to buy the social media company for $43 billion.

    UnitedHealth Group Inc., down $2.18 to $534.82.

    The insurer reported strong first-quarter earnings, although its latest earnings forecast was still well below Wall Street expectations.

    Rite Aid Corp., down 27 cents at $7.22.

    The drugstore chain’s fiscal loss in the fourth quarter was bigger than Wall Street expected.

    US Bancorp, up $2.10 at $52.71.

    Bank’s first-quarter earnings beat Wall Street forecasts


    Morgan Stanley, up 63 cents at $84.76.

    The investment bank’s first-quarter earnings and revenue beat analysts’ forecasts.

    Protagonist Therapeutics Inc., down $5.57 to $19.95.

    US regulators will rescind a special designation of a blood disorder treatment being developed by a biopharmaceutical company.

    Wells Fargo, down $2.19 to $46.35.

    Investors were disappointed with the bank’s first-quarter financial results.

    Tesla Inc., down $37.37 to $985.

    Tesla is recalling nearly 595,000 vehicles in the United States over a feature that violates federal safety standards.

    Mobile Crane Rental Market Size and Share Analysis 2022-2028 – Sarens NV, Lampson International LLC, Mammoet, Maxim Crane Works, Action Construction Equipment, Tat Hong Holdings Ltd

    0

    the Mobile crane rental sector The report provides a comprehensive vendor review in the global market segmentation, competition, and macroeconomic climate. It also examines demographic and economic cycles as well as market-specific microeconomic consequences. The global market study includes a specific section on the competition landscape to help you better understand the Mobile Crane Rental industry. This information can help stakeholders make informed decisions before investing.

    The Mobile Crane Rental report is divided into several sections: competitive environment, market events, new technologies, country and regional data on the subject of interest, and analysis of impact of pandemic, recovery strategies and post-performance. pandemics of each actor. The report also identifies key opportunities for industry players to capitalize on their topic of interest.

    Get Free Sample PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.intelligencemarketreport.com/report-sample/453001

    (The sample report is immediately accessible upon request)

    This free sample report includes:

    • A brief introduction to the Mobile Crane Rental market research report.
    • Graphical introduction of the regional analysis.
    • Top Mobile Crane Rental Market Players with Their Revenue Analysis.
    • Selected illustrations of mobile crane rental market information and trends.
    • Sample pages of the Mobile Crane Rental Market report.

    The research study includes profiles of leading companies operating in the global Mobile Crane Rental Market:

    • Sarens SA
    • Lampson International LLC
    • Mammoet
    • Maxim Crane Works
    • Action Building Equipment
    • Tat Hong Holdings Ltd
    • Buckner Heavylift Cranes, LLC
    • Prangl Gesellschaft MBH
    • Starlog Enterprises Limited

    Global Mobile Crane Rental Market Segmentation:

    Segment by type

    • all terrain crane
    • crawler crane
    • all terrain crane
    • truck loader crane
    • Others

    Segment by application

    • Construction
    • Industrial
    • Mining and excavation
    • Marine & Offshore
    • petroleum gas
    • Others

    Regional analysis covered in this report:

    • North America [United States, Canada]
    • Europe [Germany, France, U.K., Italy, Russia]
    • Asia Pacific [China, Japan, South Korea, India, Australia, China Taiwan, Indonesia, Thailand, Malaysia]
    • Latin America [Mexico, Brazil, Argentina]
    • Middle East and Africa [Turkey, Saudi Arabia, UAE]

    For more information or query visit @ https://www.intelligencemarketreport.com/send-an-enquiry/453001

    (Note: report will be updated with COVID-19 impact analysis prior to delivery)

    Due to the issues discussed earlier, the mobile crane rental industry has been compromised. There are very few companies offering quality service in this area. As a result, customers are heavily targeted by competitors. This report helps Mobile Crane Rental clients understand current market conditions by providing insightful information from industry specialists who have successfully leveraged strategies in the Mobile Crane Rental market. The report also includes information on new products, product variants, and in-depth updates from specialists in the field. Many businesses would benefit from research on how they can expand their operations in multiple markets by creating demand for their products and services through effective use of mobile crane rentals. Micro and macro trends, significant developments and their usage and penetration among a wide variety of end users are also included in this report.

    A market analysis using statistical tools provides information about the details of a particular market. These include demand, supply, storage costs, maintenance, profit, sales and production details. It also includes the mobile crane rental share, import volume, export volume and gross margin of the companies involved.

    Table of Contents – Main Key Points
    1 Scope of the report
    2 Executive Summary
    3 Global Mobile Crane Rental by Company
    4 Global Historical Record of Mobile Crane Leasing by Geographical Regions
    5 Americas
    6 APACs
    7Europe
    8 Middle East and Africa
    9 Market Drivers, Challenges and Trends
    10 Manufacturing Cost Structure Analysis
    11 Marketing, Distributors and Customer
    12 Global Mobile Crane Leasing Forecast Review by Geographical Regions
    Analysis of the 13 key players
    14 Research findings and conclusion

    Buy Single User PDF Report @ https://www.intelligencemarketreport.com/checkout/453001

    Contact us:
    Akash Anand
    Head of business development and strategy
    [email protected]
    Telephone: +44 20 8144 2758

    Our best-selling reports

    Global Physiotherapy Market Growth (Status and Outlook) 2022-2028

    Global NVH Testing Market Growth (Status and Outlook) 2022-2028

    Global Smart and Mobile Supply Chain Solutions Market Opportunities and Forecast 2022-2028

    Mars blew the doors of business travel – Rental Operations

    0

    According to TripActions Liquid, spending on car rentals increased by 45% from January to March 2022 – although this is far behind the increase in airlines and hotels for this period.

    Source: TripActions


    With fewer Omicron cases and lower travel restrictions, spending on business travel to the United States has seen huge growth over the past two months.

    From January 2022 to March 2022, the total value of spend processed via Liquid TripActions increased by 114%. In March 2022 alone, there was a 1,681% year-over-year increase in business travel spending.

    “TripActions Liquid was already close to exiting the atmosphere on its current trajectory of recurring, one-time purchases,” said Michael Sindicich, CEO of TripActions Liquid, in a blog post. “This strong comeback of travel has only added rocket fuel to the growth of the product. And as more employees hit the road and see the real value of automation and of spending reconciliation, the TripActions effect will only grow.

    From January to February, travel spending increased 86%, according to TripActions Liquid, a travel and expense management company for businesses. Then, from February to March, travel spending increased another 72%.


    The volume of transactions processed through TripActions Liquid increased by 107% from January to March 2022. Year over year, the increase was 1,231%.  - Source: Trip Actions

    The volume of transactions processed through TripActions Liquid increased by 107% from January to March 2022. Year over year, the increase was 1,231%.

    Source: TripActions


    The volume of transactions processed through TripActions more than doubled (107%) from January to March 2022. This is a 1,231% year-over-year increase.

    Looking at specific industries, car rental spending increased by 45% from January to March 2022, according to data from TripActions Liquid. Airlines took the top spot for the 240% increase in spending, followed by restaurants at 198%, travel agencies and tour operators at 183%, and hotels at 138%.

    On TripActions, worldwide travel bookings increased 125% from January to March, an 875% increase in bookings year over year.

    “What we’re seeing right now is a confluence of growing business demand and somewhat constrained capacity,” said Daniel Finkel, Chief Commercial Officer of TripActions. “Airlines are reporting a 70% resumption of business travel, but there are pilot and staff shortages and supply chain issues with aircraft deliveries. And while rising fuel prices have yet to affect fares, it could be on the horizon. Typically, airlines are starting to drastically reduce their inventory of lowest fares/advanced purchases in favor of higher fares and last minute prices.

    SME Bank and AgriBee roll out unsecured agricultural loan program

    0

    Lim Aun (left), CEO of Small and Medium Enterprise Bank of Cambodia Plc (SME Bank), and Mak Chamroeun, Chairman of AgriBee (Cambodia) Plc, during Monday’s signing ceremony. SME BANK

    The Small and Medium Enterprise Bank of Cambodia Plc (SME Bank) and AgriBee (Cambodia) Plc, a state-owned company, have entered into a partnership to “upgrade and grow” the agricultural production sector through unsecured, low-cost financing. interest rate.

    The two companies signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) on April 11 to provide finance to agricultural supply chain actors introduced by AgriBee (Cambodia) Plc, with “favorable terms and low value credit” to offer. .

    Funding would be made available to companies or individuals who are agricultural input suppliers, traders, processors, wholesalers and retailers.

    The funding is reportedly up to $500,000 and aims to “facilitate information sharing on access to finance” for SMEs in Cambodia.

    SME Bank CEO Lim Aun said the bank was “very happy” to cooperate with AgriBee to help “support and accelerate the development process” of SMEs in Cambodia, in line with the government’s goal of boosting the economic growth.

    He added that this partnership will bring “great value” to companies and businesses that support, deliver and depend on agricultural yields. They will be able to receive financing for working capital or capital investment with favorable terms and “many other credit advantages”, he said.

    “Through this huge partnership between financial institutions and target institutions, SME Bank hopes that all SMEs in Cambodia can apply for financing and recover from the Covid-19 crisis, and play a key role in boosting the economic activity and the stimulation of overall economic growth. ”

    AgriBee President Mak Chamroeun said that with more than two million households engaged in agriculture, the sector in Cambodia is now seen as a priority, with great potential to help “build and boost” the national and local economies.

    In the rice sector alone, more than $900 million is needed for cultivation and around $2 billion is needed for harvesting and processing, he said.

    “Through this cooperation, AgriBee will provide additional financial support, focusing on key players such as agri-input depots, farmers, traders and milled rice distribution depots, who are essential players in the production chain to help boost the local economy as well as improve the livelihoods of farmers,” Chamroeun said.

    He said the partnership between AgriBee and SME Bank to provide finance to actors in agricultural production – especially SME clusters in the AgriBee production chain – will help strengthen the agricultural sector and take it to a “next level”.

    Under the MoU, SMEs in AgriBee’s supply chain will receive low-interest loans of 6% per annum and loans of up to $50,000 without the need to provide guaranteed, he added.

    Chamroeun also said there are 11 agricultural cooperatives under Agribee, noting that 2020 agriculture ministry statistics said there were 1,500 across the country, comprising 300,000 households.

    DGTL Holdings Inc. Introduces New Financial Management Team

    0

    Get instant alerts when news breaks on your stocks. Claim your one week free trial for StreetInsider Premium here.


    New CFO, new audit committee chair, and forgiveness of $600,000 in PPP loans

    Toronto, Ontario–(Newsfile Corp. – April 11, 2022) – DGTL Holdings Inc. (TSXV: DGTL) (OTCQB: DGTHF) (WKN: A2QB0L) (“DGTL Holdings” or “the Company”) announces a reorganization of its financial administration team and the disbursement of $600,000 in COVID-19 relief loans to small businesses.

    First, the Company welcomes Mr. Christopher Foster (CPA, CGA) as the new Chief Financial Officer of DGTL Holdings Inc. (effective April 30and, 2022). Mr. Foster is an experienced CFO and has led financial management teams for several public and private companies, across a range of industries. As Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Foster will manage all financial controllers at the subsidiary level and work with appointed auditors to prepare quarterly and annual financial statements.

    The Company also announces that Mr. David Beck, interim independent director, has been appointed as the new chair of the audit committee and that Mr. Gilbert Boyer has stepped down as Chief Financial Officer of Engagement Labs, effective April 8, 2022.

    Second, DGTL reports that its two wholly-owned subsidiaries have been approved for PPP (Paycheck Protection Program) loan forgiveness. PPP loan forgiveness applications have been processed by the SBA (Small Business Association), an agency of the US federal government that administers COVID-19 small business relief loans (as authorized by Section 1106 of the Act federal CARES).

    Hashoff LLC’s request for forgiveness of a $177,000 PPP loan has been officially approved. Additionally, a request for cancellation of a $420,000 loan held by an Engagement Lab affiliate was also approved. To date, over $600,000 in interest-bearing loans held by DGTL subsidiaries have been considered fully repaid. These significant debt reductions will be reflected in future financial reports, including the annual financial statements for fiscal year 2023.

    Managing Director, Mr. John Belfontaine reports; “We are delighted to have revamped our financial management team and welcome Mr. Chris Foster to the management team. We are also delighted to have over $600,000 in PPP loans forgiven and now considered fully paid.The immediate priority of the new DGTL Holdings Inc. management team is to implement better tax accountability and sound corporate governance.The first step in this process is to implement effective reductions material and material debt and operating expense at the subsidiary level Scalable and sustainable revenue growth models provide a solid foundation upon which DGTL Holdings Inc. can continue to build on its vision of becoming a full-service digital media software.”

    —–

    DGTL Management Inc. (TSXV.DGTL)
    DGTL acquires and accelerates transformative digital media, marketing and advertising software companies, powered by artificial intelligence (AI). DGTL (i.e. Digital Growth Technologies and Licensing) targets fully commercialized SaaS (Software as a Service) companies entering a rapid growth phase in the social, mobile, gaming and streaming industries . DGTL acquires operating software businesses through mergers and acquisitions, licensing, and a mix of unique capitalization structures. DGTL Holdings Inc. is listed on the Toronto Venture Exchange as “DGTL”, on the OTCQB as “DGTHF” and on the FSE as “A2QB0L”. For more information visit: www.dgtlinc.com

    Hashoff LLC
    As a wholly owned subsidiary of DGTL Holdings Inc., Hashoff is an enterprise-level self-service CaaS (content as a service) based on proprietary artificial intelligence and machine learning technology ( AI-ML). Hashoff’s AI-ML platform operates as a full-service content management system, designed to empower global brands by identifying, optimizing, engaging, managing and tracking top-ranked digital content publishers for marketing campaigns localized brands. Hashoff is fully commercialized and currently serves many global brands by providing direct access to the global gig economy of over 500 million independent content creators. Hashoff’s client portfolio includes global brands in a range of key growth categories, including DraftKings, Anheuser Busch-InBev, PepsiCo, Currency.com, Syneos Health, and more.* To learn more, visit https://dgtlinc .com/technology/social-media-cms.

    Engagement Labs
    As a wholly owned subsidiary of DGTL Holdings Inc., Engagement Labs is a leading data and analytics company providing social intelligence to Fortune 500 brands and companies. Engagement Labs’ TotalSocial® platform focuses across the entire social ecosystem by combining powerful online (social media) and offline (word of mouth) data with predictive analytics. Engagement Labs has a decade-long proprietary database of unique brand, industry, and competitive intelligence coupled with its industry-leading predictive analytics that use machine learning and artificial intelligence to reveal social metrics that increase marketing ROI and core revenue for its diverse group. Fortune 500 customers. To learn more, visit https://dgtlinc.com/social-media-analytics.

    Investor Relations
    Email: [email protected]
    Phone: +1 (877) 879-3485

    * Past and present clients. All currencies in Canadian dollars unless otherwise specified.

    Neither the TSX Venture Exchange nor its Regulation Services Provider (as that term is defined in the policies of the TSX Venture Exchange) accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release.

    To view the source version of this press release, please visit https://www.newsfilecorp.com/release/120044

    For the first time since 2016, investors bought more properties than they sold – Hamptons

    0

    The Hamptons Monthly Rental Index for March 2022 shows the appetite for property investment is on the rise again, with the share of homes purchased by owners across Britain rising from 12.0% to first quarter of 2021 to 13.9% in the first quarter of 2022.

    This year’s figure marked the highest proportion recorded in the first quarter of any year since 2016, when investors rushed to beat the 3% stamp duty surcharge on second homes which was introduced in April 2016.

    Overall, investors bought 42,980 homes across Britain in the first three months of this year, equivalent to £8.5billion worth of property, almost double the figure (4 £.6 billion) recorded before Covid in the first quarter of 2019.

    The increase in rental purchases could help reverse the decline of the private rental sector which fell from a peak of 5.3 million units in 2017 to 5.0 million in 2021.

    For the first time since 2016, investors bought more properties than they sold.

    The share of homes sold by investors fell from 14% in 2021 to just 10% in the first quarter of 2022, the lowest proportion in 10 years. This means there was a net gain of 13,480 rental properties in Britain in the first quarter of 2022, compared to a net loss of 7,640 in the first quarter of 2021.

    Investors are increasingly turning to the country’s most productive regions as a way to maximize their returns and hedge against inflation. So far this year, 71% of investors have bought in the country’s 50% most productive areas, up from 57% a decade ago.

    It’s also one of the reasons why almost three-quarters (73%) of London-based landlords bought their rentals outside the capital this year, where yields tend to be higher, compared to fewer a quarter (24%) a decade ago.

    The North East is Britain’s rental capital, where investors bought 27.7% of homes sold in the first three months of this year, more than double the share bought by first-time buyers ( 12%).

    It is also the region that has seen the largest year-on-year increase in rental purchases. This is perhaps unsurprising given that it offers the highest gross yields in the country, averaging 9.0% compared to 6.5% in England and Wales.

    Middlesbrough tops the list of local authority buy-to-let hotspots – 58% of homes sold in the area in the last six months were bought by an investor. With an average gross return of 8.9%, it is the 13th most profitable local authority in England and Wales. While the Northern regions dominate the buy-to-let list, six Southern regions feature in the top 15, including London’s most affordable borough, Barking and Dagenham.

    However, the lack of stocks available for purchase means that investors increasingly have to pay the asking price. While landlords are known to bargain hard, competition from other buyers has meant that so far this year 40% of investors have had to pay more than the asking price for their new buy-to-let. For the first time since our records began, the average investor is paying more than 100% of the asking price for a buy-to-let in England and Wales.

    Top 15 areas with the highest percentage of properties purchased by an owner (last 6 months)

    Last month the average cost of a new rental in Britain rose to £1,115 pcm, up 9.1% from its 2021 low of £1,022 pcm in March last year .

    Although this represented an increase in rent growth after six months of cooling, Hamptons expects it to slow again in the coming months given how quickly rents have accelerated from 2019. April last year.

    Rents in Inner London saw the strongest growth as they continued to recover. Even so, at an average of £2,571 pcm, up 21.3% year-on-year, the average house in Inner London costs £99 or 3.7% less than in March 2019. Outside of London, the South West recorded the strongest rental growth, at 14.9%.

    Aneisha Beveridge, head of research at Hamptons, commented:

    “Tax and regulatory changes have weighed heavily on the buy-to-let industry over the past five years, pushing more owners to sell at a time when fewer new entrants were looking to buy.

    “As a result, there are around 300,000 private rental homes in Britain today than at the peak of the sector in 2017. Although we expect investors to continue to buy at around the same rate Over the course of 2022, this is unlikely to be enough to offset the total loss of rental housing over the past five years.

    “The lack of rental housing is one of the reasons why rents have increased at such a rate over the past year. March set a new record for rent growth as rents rebounded from 2021 lockdown lows last March.

    “But as these new rental purchases begin to fuel the rental market over the next few months, we expect to see rental growth slow, especially as the cost of living crisis also weighs on the affordability.”

    SABB welcomes the Enterprise Risk program for qualified leaders

    0

    As part of its strategy to qualify national talents and develop the financial sector in the Kingdom, the Saudi British Bank (SABB) organized the “Enterprise Risk Leadership Program” in Riyadh, in cooperation with the HSBC Group and the University of Cambridge, for the first time outside London and Hong Kong, to promote a culture of risk management and benefit from the best global experience and expertise in this field.

    On the occasion of the program’s completion, the bank held a celebration and certified a group of employees with international best practices for dealing with institutional risks. The graduates were honored in the presence of His Excellency Dr. Fahad Al-Shathri, Deputy Governor of the Central Bank of Saudi Arabia for Supervision, and senior SABB officials headed by Managing Director, Mr. Tony Cripps.

    “We commend the SABB for organizing this risk management program, the first of its kind, which helps to develop national skills and support national leadership to develop the financial sector and achieve the Kingdom’s Vision 2030,” said Dr. Fahad Al-Shathri. the occasion. I would like to emphasize that the training of employees in the financial sector in risk management and the sensitization of senior managers in this sector are of particular importance to the Central Bank of Saudi Arabia, and the organization of such a global program demonstrates the importance of Kingdom and the opportunities it offers to its citizens and foreign investors. “

    He added that it is “critical for banks to recognize the risks associated with today’s new reality in order to provide an effective and responsive governance structure to manage these risks.” We are delighted to see SABB providing such opportunities to its employees with the aim of developing national skills and capabilities. We look forward to SABB continuing to play a leadership role in providing banking education courses and outreach initiatives.

    “Organizing this program stems from our dedication to social, environmental and governmental sustainability, which is a key pillar of our SABB strategy,” said Tony Cripps. Since the concept of enterprise risk management is now more important than ever to the success of any organization, we were eager to take the lead in improving the business sector of the Kingdom, bringing a successful global experience in this area and to continue to play a central role. in the development of the financial sector and support for the principles of sustainable development. “

    SABB is committed to achieving the goals of the Kingdom’s Vision 2030 and establishing its strategic partnerships to support projects aimed at achieving sustainable development, the financial sector development agenda and digital transformation.

    -Ends-

    About Saudi British Bank (SABB):

    Saudi British Bank (SABB) is a licensed financial institution operating under the supervision and control of SAMA. SABB was established in 1978G as a Saudi joint-stock company. SABB is an associated company of the HSBC Group.

    SABB offers integrated financial and banking services, including retail banking, corporate banking, investment, private banking and treasury. The paid-up capital of SABB is SAR 20.5 billion.

    Should I Buy HP Stock After Warren Buffett?

    0

    Text size

    HP shares jumped 15% last week after Warren Buffett’s Berkshire Hathaway disclosed a large stake. Why the stock always looks cheap.

    Andrew Harrer/Bloomberg

    When Bill Hewlett and Dave Packard founded Hewlett-Packard in Palo Alto, California in 1939,


    Berkshire Hathaway

    founder Warren Buffett was eight years old. Eighty-three years later, Buffett added


    resume
    Inc.

    to its long list of legendary investments.

    Berkshire (ticker: BRK.A) last week disclosed an 11.4% stake in PC and printer company HP (HPQ), which should not be confused with


    Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE)
    ,

    the server, networking and storage company it spun off from in 2014.

    You could say Berkshire is a little behind here. HP’s PC business has soared during the pandemic, driving growth to the highest level since the company was split in two; HP’s share price has doubled since 2019. Meanwhile, there are signs PC demand will slow from here as the stay-at-home trend fades. Analysts at Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, UBS and Barclays have all become cautious of the PC sector for this reason.

    Like Barrons repeatedly noted, HP shares are cheap by almost all statistical measures. In an October 2021 column, I described them as a “screaming buy”. (I’d like to think Buffett read the column.) Even after the stock rose 15% last week on the Buffett news, HP shares are still trading for a modest nine times expected earnings for the fiscal year. of October 2023, and only 0.7 times Sales. And HP remains extremely shareholder-friendly: Over the past eight quarters, it has repurchased 26% of its stock and has promised to repurchase at least $4 billion of stock in the current fiscal year. The stock has a dividend yield of 2.8%.

    For the first time in years, HP also has a growth story to tell, thanks to the surging demand for PCs during the pandemic. Even though the company’s business printer business slowed during office closures, demand for home printers soared.

    As the pandemic boom may fade, HP CEO Enrique Lores is expanding the company’s product portfolio to include a wider range of businesses. HP spent $425 million last year to buy the HyperX gaming peripheral unit from memory maker Kingston Technology. A leader in gaming headsets, HyperX also sells keyboards, mice and microphones.

    Then in late March, HP agreed to buy the headset and audio conferencing company


    Poly

    (POLY) for $3.3 billion. It’s a straight play on the future of hybrid working.

    Even so, major Wall Street firms are taking a bearish view of HP. Morgan Stanley analyst Erik Woodring, who recently downgraded his rating on HP shares to an equal weight underweight, thinks consumer spending on hardware will come under pressure as supply improves, prices fall and demand normalizes, and he sees macroeconomic risks to business demand. UBS analyst David Vogt on Friday cut his HP rating to Neutral instead of buying, citing slowing demand for PCs, the potential for slower buybacks and considerable share price appreciation.

    Paul Wick, portfolio manager of the Columbia Seligman Technology and Information fund, which owns HP shares, thinks Wall Street is missing the big picture.

    “We’ve been huge fans of Hewlett-Packard and CEO Enrique Lores, who has executed extremely well,” Wick told me during an interview for our Barrons Series of live interviews last week. He admits the PC business will be flat, but sees a shift to more profitable business models from cheaper consumer units. And he says the printing press is recovering.

    Wick thinks HP can earn $5 a share in fiscal 2024, up from $3.79 in 2021. Buybacks reduce the number of shares quarter after quarter, he notes. “It’s not a sexy company, but it’s better than people give it credit for.”

    Berkshire’s big bet on HP is a good reminder that now is the time to hunt for more tech bargains, especially as interest rates rise. In order to find good candidates, I selected technology stocks in the


    S&P500

    trading at less than 10 times projected Wall Street earnings for next year. It’s a small group that includes both HP and HP Enterprise, the IT services company


    DXC Technology

    (DXC), both hard drive stocks


    Seagate Technology

    (STX) and


    western digital

    (WDC), and a handful of chip names, including


    Micron Technology

    (MU), which I talked about on the rise last week, and mobile phone radio chip companies


    Qorvo

    (QRVO) and


    Skyworks Solutions

    (SWKS).

    Some of these chip names are part of a new actively managed exchange-traded fund just launched by Wick.


    Columbia Seligman Semiconductor & Technology

    trades under the symbol SEMI and should be a good way to play on both cheap technology and continued strength in the chip world.

    “Semiconductor fundamentals are strong and valuations are reasonable – much more reasonable than other parts of the technology, and even relative to the broader market,” Wick says.

    Micron happens to be one of Wick’s top picks; he is also optimistic about


    Intel

    (INTC), which he says is far more attractive than more popular (and expensive) options like


    Advanced Micro Devices (AMD)

    and


    Nvidia

    (NVDA). He’s also bullish on optical networking games, including


    Ciena

    (CIEN),


    Lumentum Fund

    (LIGHT),


    Ericsson

    (ERIC), and


    Viavi Solutions

    (VIAV) and the enterprise storage company


    NetApp (NTAP)
    .

    They all benefit from increased data center spending.

    I guess Berkshire won’t wait decades to invest in its next Palo Alto-based tech company.

    Write to Eric J. Savitz at [email protected]

    What industry trends will shape the cohousing environment in the years to come

    0

    Vibe is just a four-letter word that defines compatibility for the new generation. For Millennials and Gen Z, the vibe says it all and yet, sometimes it’s hard for them to find a match in this fast-paced world. Driven by technology and an entrepreneurial approach to life, young people today are very careful about their lifestyle and accommodation choices. The mere thought of staying in hostels and paying guests (PG) reveals the stereotypical ways of living there. Small and compact spaces, lack of amenities, no community, people busy with their work, no cozy atmosphere, no home cooked food and worst of all, the hygiene issue. The same goes for rental houses with isolation; which makes it much worse for rentals.

    India is home to one of the youngest populations in the world, and the share of the 15-34 age bracket is expected to remain above 30% even in the next decade. With an urbanization rate of 2.3%, almost 35% of its population lives in these regions. Considering the age range, this category will be in the early years of career growth. This means that they will prefer rental accommodation to the purchase of real estate. Big cities like Bangalore, Pune, Delhi, Mumbai and Chennai are changing day by day attracting college students and freshmen from remote parts of India to come and be a part of this trendy world.

    But everything has a price and the price to pay to be part of this innovative world is to leave aside the comforts of home. Living alone in big cities can be sad and full of disappointments, making you homesick. But as India has become a creative world, the zeal to solve all these problems has taken a notch with all the demands. The co-housing environment seems to solve all the problems people face when moving from rural to urban areas as well as the problems of city dwellers struggling to find a stress-free living environment. It’s the new buzz among all Millennials and Gen Z because it offers all the comforts of home at an affordable price. But as the world is in a dynamic phase, it becomes crucial to incorporate the latest industry trends to shape these cohabitation environments.

    Many co-living companies are developing new industry trends in their respective fields, which are essential for the co-living industry to progress and provide enjoyable and safe living solutions. It also gives co-living players the ability to be self-sufficient and allows them to safely follow the exponential world. Cohousing participants are trying to outdo themselves by following the trend of providing the best possible cohousing environment, with improved security, hygiene protocols, technology-driven innovations and a greater focus on community living with all the amenities needed to live a healthier lifestyle.

    The growing demand for managed housing has led to the accelerated growth of the cohousing industry. Complimented by increased competition, co-living is a growing business field that is ready to adapt and change according to the demands of its target group. Every stakeholder in the business is committed to delivering well-marketed strategies and offerings as a USP. This encourages innovation and improved service quality industry-wide.

    The inclusion of all services and amenities under one roof is associated with a premium hospitality experience, and future co-housing providers consider all the requirements that make co-housing a great experience. There is a futuristic approach when designing these spaces. The smart use of technology, the Internet of Things, and innovative hospitality strategies that create extraordinary experiences are the upcoming trends in this industry. The use of mobile apps has made things easier for residents and hosts. On boarding, monthly lease payments and creating tickets for specific issues helped resolve issues faster. Eventually, co-living space providers will identify the needs of different types of people and, therefore, create an ecosystem that provides a lifestyle that encourages like-minded people to come together as a community.

    Most co-living providers take the approach of defining a niche and providing specialized solutions for residents who are students, professionals, and seniors respectively. Understanding the needs and requirements of these classes, they design and create all elements of the coliving ecosystem to improve the lives of their residents, categorically. As the world resonates with the hybrid work model, a large portion of the workforce will be spending more time where they live. Their requirements will also include workstations, a reliable internet, and an environment that inspires productivity. Co-living spaces provide these amenities and efficiently manage services. Living spaces with all the amenities such as a gym, common areas, a games area and on-site restaurants will be trendy.

    The Co-living segment should have 4,50,000 beds by 2024, mainly driven by organized players. Looking at the gap between supply and demand, the future looks bright for this industry.



    LinkedIn


    Warning

    The opinions expressed above are those of the author.



    END OF ARTICLE



    Carlos Boozer recalls renting a house from Prince

    0

    SALT LAKE CITY – Carlos Boozer has clarified all the details of his now famous home rental saga with rock and roll superstar Prince.

    The former NBA All-Star was in Utah being honored by the Jazz for his tenure with the team and shared details of the famous story.

    Rather than split the story, here’s Boozer’s own transcript of his incredible encounter with the late musical genius.

    Carlos Boozer rents the house in Bel-Air to Prince

    I bought a house in Bel-Air, it was actually just before I came to Jazz for training camp. So I bought a crib there, it was crazy – like 18,000 square feet, that was a lot of house. We just decorated and we probably spent maybe three or four days in the house at the time which means me and my ex-wife CeCe so just me and we didn’t even have the kids yet .

    First, I bought the crib and moved here to Utah, came here for the season, and my real estate agent in LA, Roxanne, kept telling me “someone someone wants to rent your house,” and I was like, “No, I don’t even spend time at my house.

    And then she told me he was willing to pay $95,000 a month and I was like, “Oh, since I’m going to be in Utah for the next eight, nine months,” you know.

    So I flew to LA and met him there, he came in a limo and got out of the car. I didn’t know who it was until he got out of the car and I looked at Roxanne and said, “Yo, it’s Prince, man.” She was like, “Yeah.”

    We walked around the house for maybe an hour – showed her some of the intricacies of the house. On the roof it was like a sunbathing terrace but there was also a tennis court which I turned into a basketball court, and he is a big basketball fan.

    He grew up in Minnesota he was a huge Kevin Garnett fan and talked about KG because to me KG was probably the toughest guy I ever had to defend he was right in front of you all the time, very talented, bought so much passion – He would tell us like his love for the game, the best great defender I have ever seen in my career.

    So we had conversations about KG and then he rented the crib so it was fine.

    I come back here, that was the year I liked to tear my hamstrings four or five times, and so there was this very good physical therapist in Los Angeles named Judy Seto that the Lakers hired a few years ago – she is phenomenal.

    So I went to Los Angeles to see her, and I kept calling Prince – I was going to drop by the house to see if he needed anything to let me know, but he didn’t. recalled.

    I stopped in front of the house, I had these two golden lions on the gate, it was a big black gate, and it wasn’t there, so I come to the address and I say to myself: “Is the right address? ”

    So I go back down the street, I go back up the street, it was a symbol that I had never seen before, and I was like, “What is this, whose house is this?”

    So I put my code in the door and it opened, so I got in the car or whatever, went upstairs, and he had literally ripped out everything in my house – 18,000 square feet and put in a warehouse, then everything was purple and black everywhere.

    It had purple and black carpet, a purple and black bed, I had a weight room, he turned the weight room into a nightclub with a disco ball and a DJ booth, which I thought it was pretty cool.

    He had a massage parlor in one room, he transformed the whole house to look like his own, and I’m not used to it, like I’ve never rented a house from anyone.

    I’m 22, 23, kinda beside myself, so I call and call, that’s the number I was thinking – I’m like, “Did he change the number on me?” Like it’s like an ex-girlfriend right now.

    When I finally got through to him, he’s in Asia touring for his album and he finally got back to me and he said, “Booze, don’t worry, I got you.”

    He wired me $500,000 to reassure me and he said, “When I move out, it’ll be like I’ve never been there.

    Long story short, he’s renting my crib for a year, $95,000 a month, they put everything, 18,000 square feet of the house in storage and redecorated the whole house down to the crotch – then wired me half a mil just to ease my mind.

    And then when I got to the end of his tenure, it was like he was never there. That’s how much money Prince had.

    So, careful landlords, if a rock star rings to check on your rental, it might be worth answering their calls.

    Glen Carbon police take part in bank robbery training

    0

    The Glen Carbon Police Department participated in bank robbery scenario training March 29-30.

    The realistic scenarios, called simmunitions training, featured firearms that look like real guns, but use paint pellets to simulate firing.

    With the robbery-focused scenarios that can occur in a bank, the training took place in the former Busey Bank building at 4200 State Route 159, Glen Carbon.

    Actors were brought in to act out situations such as an angry customer who pulls a knife at officers, a late night burglary, and a bank robbery involving a hostage situation.


    The training was led by Sgt. Justin Click and Det. Ross Tyler.

    In 2021, Click and Tyler completed the Force Science Institute Certified Realistic De-escalation Instructor Course. The Force Science Institute is considered the premier training school for law enforcement officers in crisis de-escalation and potentially violent incident training techniques.

    The de-escalation techniques lesson plans developed by Click and Tyler have been recognized by the Illinois Training and Standards Council as certified training for police officers. The pair also provide both classroom instruction and scenario-based instruction to all Glen Carbon Police Department officers.

    During simmunition training in the former Busey Bank building, officers were trained using Force Science training techniques.

    Officers also learned the correct level of force to use during a lawful arrest. The training was videotaped for later review by officers to improve tactics.

    “Keeping Glen Carbon residents safe is the mission of the Glen Carbon Police Department,” Lt. Wayne White said, “and top-notch training is essential to ensure we can continue to deliver on that commitment.”

    IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) Rental Business Market Size, Growth and Forecast

    0

    New Jersey, United States – This Commercial rental market for IBCs (Intermediate Bulk Containers) The report study provides detailed information on various industrial aspects such as techniques, models and major competitors operating in different districts. The examiners use step-by-step testing processes to provide perfect and essential information about the state and development of the market. It offers a comprehensive picture of prospective growth strategies, restraints, major competitors, previous periods, and market size by region and territory. The key market trend figures in the study are an excellent resource for businesses. Along with company profiles, production capabilities and cost along with product value and information, this Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBC) Rental Company market study includes other important criteria. It also examines the market share of each organization over the predicted period.

    This illustrative report on IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) Rental Market also talks about the data updating technologies introduced in the market to help market players to enlarge the product portfolio and generate higher revenue from it. The constant introduction of new technologies and product offerings helps companies set long-term goals. Several new companies have entered the market and started pursuing new strategies, upcoming contracts and new developments to regulate the global market and prove their position.

    Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/download-sample/?rid=61986

    The IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) Rental Business Market research report contains all essential and relevant market data useful for market players including the latest market trends, competitive analysis and customer behavior. It offers a number of advantages. It provides industry data, helps compare products to competitors’ products, analyzes results, implements additional analysis and data collection, and identifies target consumers. Conducting a market analysis provides a lot of information to learn about the level of competition in the market and customer preferences over new products or services. With this report on the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) rental market, it becomes easy to know more about the strategic mistakes made by other competitors in terms of product launches.

    Key Players Mentioned in the Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBC) Rental Market Research Report:

    Goodpack Pte Ltd., METANO IBC SERVICES Brambles Ltd, TPS Rental Systems Ltd IBC Containers, HOYER GmbH, Arlington Packaging (Rental) Limited, CHEP, Berry Global Inc., Bulk Lift International and others.

    By knowing the upcoming market conditions for the estimation period 2022-2029, key players can make calculated and informed decisions regarding location, pricing, promotion, and product launch. This IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) Rental Business market report also enables business players to understand the current industry scenario, spot new opportunities, and understand the future actions of competitors and how they are operating in the market.

    IBC Intermediate Bulk Container Leasing Market Segmentation:

    IBC (Intermediate Bulk Container) Rental Market, By Product Type

    • Up to 1,000 liters
    • 1,001 to 1,500 liters
    • 1,501 to 2,000 liters
    • More than 2,000 liters

    IBC (Intermediate Bulk Container) Rental Market, By Material Type

    • Plastic IBCs
    • Composite IBCs
    • Metal IBCs

    IBC (Intermediate Bulk Container) Rental Business Market, By Application

    • Industrial chemicals
    • Petroleum and lubricating oil
    • The painting
    • Food and drink
    • Pharmaceutical
    • Other

    Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=61986

    Scope of the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Container) Rental Market Report

    ATTRIBUTES DETAILS
    ESTIMATED YEAR 2022
    YEAR OF REFERENCE 2021
    FORECAST YEAR 2029
    HISTORICAL YEAR 2020
    UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
    SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
    REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
    BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
    CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

    It becomes easy to determine the pulse of the market with this detailed analysis of the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) rental market. Key players can find all competitive data and market size of major regions like North America, Europe, Latin America, Asia-Pacific and Middle East. As part of the competitive analysis, certain strategies are profiled which are pursued by key players such as mergers, collaborations, acquisitions and new product launches. These strategies will greatly help industry players to strengthen their position in the market and grow their business.

    Answers to key questions in the report:

    1. Who are the top five players in the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) Rental Business Market?

    2. How will the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) rental market evolve over the next five years?

    3. Which product and application will capture the lion’s share of the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) rental market?

    4. What are the drivers and restraints of the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) Rental Business Market?

    5. Which regional market will show the strongest growth?

    6. What will be the CAGR and size of the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) Rental Business market throughout the forecast period?

    For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/product/ibcintermediate-bulk-containers-rental-business-market/

    Visualize the Commercial IBC (Intermediate Bulk Container) Rental Market Using Verified Market Intelligence:-

    Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

    VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with an integrated presentation function that saves you more than 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and product development. products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

    Visualize the IBC (Intermediate Bulk Containers) rental market using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

    About Us: Verified Market Research®

    Verified Market Research® is a leading global research and advisory firm that for over 10 years has provided advanced analytical research solutions, personalized advice and in-depth data analysis to individuals and businesses seeking accurate research, reliable and up to date. data and technical advice. We provide insight into strategic and growth analytics, the data needed to achieve business goals, and help make critical revenue decisions.

    Our research studies help our clients make superior data-driven decisions, understand market forecasts, capitalize on future opportunities, and maximize efficiency by working as a partner to deliver accurate and valuable insights. The industries we cover span a wide spectrum, including technology, chemicals, manufacturing, energy, food and beverage, automotive, robotics, packaging, construction, mining and the gas. etc

    At Verified Market Research, we help in understanding holistic market indicator factors and most current and future market trends. Our analysts, with their deep expertise in data collection and governance, use industry techniques to gather and review data at all stages. They are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, subject matter expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

    Having served over 5000 clients, we have provided reliable market research services to over 100 Global Fortune 500 companies such as Amazon, Dell, IBM, Shell, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Siemens, Microsoft, Sony and Hitachi. We have co-consulted with some of the world’s leading consulting firms such as McKinsey & Company, Boston Consulting Group, Bain and Company for custom research and consulting projects for companies around the world.

    Contact us:

    Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

    Verified Market Research®

    USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
    UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
    APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
    US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

    E-mail: [email protected]

    Website:- https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/

    HDFC Bank to raise ₹50,000 crore ahead of mega-merger with HDFC

    0

    India’s largest private lender by m-cap, HDFC Bank will decide to raise around ₹50,000 crore, in one of the largest bond sales by an Indian bank to date. The funds are being raised to meet the higher reserve requirement ahead of its mega-merger with housing finance giant HDFC Ltd.

    HDFC Bank, in a stock exchange filing, said it would issue perpetual debt securities (part of Tier I supplemental capital), Tier II capital bonds and long-term bonds (infrastructure financing and affordable housing) worth ₹50,000 crore in the next 12 months via private placement mode.

    The fundraising plan will be discussed on April 16. “The board will consider this proposal at its next board meeting to be held on April 16, 2022. The bank will appropriately update the exchanges after the conclusion of the board meeting,” HDFC bank said.

    Perpetual debt instruments are debt funds with no maturity date. In this, the issuer of the bonds continues to pay interest forever until the business closes or the investor owns these bonds.

    In August last year, HDFC Bank raised $1 billion by issuing perpetual debt securities to overseas investors. Prior to this, HDFC Bank raised perpetual bonds issued in May 2017 at a coupon of 8.85% from onshore investors.

    Mitratech’s TeamConnect ranked the most widely used system

    0

    The survey collects comprehensive data on legal staff, expenses, organizational structure, operations, outside counsel management and technology with 65% of Fortune 500 respondents.

    TeamConnect is the proven end-to-end platform for legal operations to deliver more efficient legal services to the rest of the organization, combining case management, e-invoicing, legal expense management, document management , reporting and analysis, and automation of processing.

    “We’re thrilled to have TeamConnect named to the top spot as the most widely used case management system in HBR Consulting’s venerable Legal Department survey,” said mike williams, CEO of Mitratech. “TeamConnect has received industry accolades from various analyst firms, and it’s even more exciting to be recognized by our users as a leader. This accolade reflects the strong partnership we have with our customers who co- innovate alongside us to improve legal outcomes and outcomes for their organizations.”

    Mitratech’s TeamConnect has been recognized as an industry leader in Hyperion Research MarketView™ 2021 and IDC MarketScape Analyst Reports – Worldwide Enterprise Matter Management 2020 Vendor Assessment.

    The full survey results are available here: https://info.hbrconsulting.com/benchmarking-legal-information-services-survey-takeaways-2021

    Mitratech is a proven global technology partner for legal, risk, compliance and HR professionals looking to maximize productivity, control spend and mitigate risk by deepening organizational alignment, increasing visibility and driving collaboration within the company. Mitratech partners with over 1,800 organizations worldwide, covering over 160 countries.

    Mitratech Holdings Inc. is majority owned by Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan (OTPP), a leading global investment firm. A minority stake in Mitratech is held by Hg Capital.

    For more information visit: www.mitratech.com

    SOURCE Mitratech Holdings Inc.

    Construction Equipment Rental Market Size, Growth and Forecast

    0

    New Jersey, United States – This Construction equipment rental market The report provides detailed market insights to help companies make better business decisions and build growth plans based on market forecasts and trends. The research focuses on group research of data from primary and secondary sources. This Construction Equipment Rental Market report explores the new developments, trends and outlook, and forecasts the current status and future outlook of the market from 2022 to 2029. It dives deep into the industry in terms of current situations and future. The research examines a variety of elements, such as degrees of advancement, technical breakthroughs, and various strategies employed by the current major players in the market.

    Furthermore, the objective of this market report is to provide a related assessment of key players along with the costs and benefits of the programmed market. It also uses charts to focus on industry standards to help businesses progress smoothly. This market report makes it easy to determine the impact of COVID-19 on the market growth. The main objective of this Construction Equipment Rental market report is to include quantitative data in the form of tables and graphs. Knowledge of market fundamentals is presented in a simple and understandable manner for the benefit of readers. This well-planned market analysis provides all readers as well as suppliers, buyers, and stakeholders with a detailed understanding of market conditions and industry environment.

    Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full Table of Contents, List of Tables and Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/download-sample/?rid=33329

    Key Players Mentioned in the Construction Equipment Leasing Market Research Report:

    United Rentals, Inc., Herc Holdings Inc., Ashtead Group Plc, Aktio Corporation, Loxam Sas, Kanamoto Co. Ltd., Nishio Rent All Co., Ltd., H&E Equipment Services Inc. and Cramo Group.

    This Construction Equipment Rental Market report also assesses the organization’s economic landscapes to better understand market dynamics at the international as well as regional levels. This study uses benchmarking to uncover up-to-date information about the target market. The best trading techniques are provided in this report which helps to better understand the market. The latest advancements, growth factors, and competitive analysis are all covered in this Construction Equipment Rental market report. He highlighted some of the most effective marketing strategies to drive economic development and help big players reap significant profits.

    Construction Equipment Rental Market Segmentation:

    Construction Equipment Rental Market, By Product

    • Earthmoving machinery
    • Handling machinery
    • Concrete and construction machinery

    Construction Equipment Rental Market, By Application

    • Residential
    • Commercial
    • Industrial

    The market research analysis further talks about the industry forces to shape the market. Important drivers and end-user expectation are also covered in the Construction Equipment Rental market report to get solution. The forecast of associated revenue is also made in the report. The main purpose of the report is to categorize opportunities. It also explains what business models are used, what is the current level of success, what is the market share and size, and what is the current level of competition in the market. It also sheds light on the functional areas of the business. This construction equipment rental market report also shows how dead inventory affects profits and how product losses can be eliminated. With the business tactics provided here, it is possible to experience accelerated growth in your business. It also provides a clear picture of how different business sectors are experiencing the negative impact of COVID-19.

    Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=33329

    Scope of the Construction Equipment Leasing Market Report

    ATTRIBUTES DETAILS
    ESTIMATED YEAR 2022
    YEAR OF REFERENCE 2021
    FORECAST YEAR 2029
    HISTORICAL YEAR 2020
    UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
    SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
    REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
    BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
    CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

    Determining the pulse of the market becomes easy with this detailed analysis of the Construction Equipment Rental Market. Key players can find all competitive data and market size of major regions like North America, Europe, Latin America, Asia-Pacific and Middle East. As part of the competitive analysis, certain strategies are profiled which are pursued by key players such as mergers, collaborations, acquisitions and new product launches. These strategies will greatly help industry players to strengthen their position in the market and grow their business.

    Answers to key questions in the report:

    1. Who are the top five players in the construction equipment rental market?

    2. How will the construction equipment rental market evolve over the next five years?

    3. Which product and which application will take the lion’s share of the construction equipment rental market?

    4. What are the drivers and restraints of Construction Equipment Rental Market?

    5. Which regional market will show the strongest growth?

    6. What will be the CAGR and size of the Construction Equipment Rental market throughout the forecast period?

    For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/product/construction-equipment-rental-market/

    Visualize the construction equipment rental market using verified market intelligence:-

    Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

    VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with an integrated presentation function that saves you more than 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and product development. products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

    Visualize the construction equipment rental market using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

    About Us: Verified Market Research®

    Verified Market Research® is a leading global research and advisory firm that for over 10 years has provided advanced analytical research solutions, personalized advice and in-depth data analysis to individuals and businesses seeking accurate research, reliable and up to date. data and technical advice. We provide insight into strategic and growth analytics, the data needed to achieve business goals, and help make critical revenue decisions.

    Our research studies help our clients make superior data-driven decisions, understand market forecasts, capitalize on future opportunities, and maximize efficiency by working as a partner to deliver accurate and valuable insights. The industries we cover span a wide spectrum, including technology, chemicals, manufacturing, energy, food and beverage, automotive, robotics, packaging, construction, mining and the gas. etc

    At Verified Market Research, we help in understanding holistic market indicator factors and most current and future market trends. Our analysts, with their deep expertise in data collection and governance, use industry techniques to gather and review data at all stages. They are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, subject matter expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

    Having served over 5000 clients, we have provided reliable market research services to over 100 Global Fortune 500 companies such as Amazon, Dell, IBM, Shell, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Siemens, Microsoft, Sony and Hitachi. We have co-consulted with some of the world’s leading consulting firms such as McKinsey & Company, Boston Consulting Group, Bain and Company for custom research and consulting projects for companies around the world.

    Contact us:

    Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

    Verified Market Research®

    USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
    UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
    APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
    US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

    E-mail: [email protected]

    Website:- https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/

    Rental giant Hertz CEO promises to fix false theft reports

    0

    NEW YORK (AP) — Hertz’s new CEO says he is working to fix a glitch in the rental car giant’s systems that has led to some of its customers being wrongly accused of stealing cars. cars they had rented.

    Stephen Scherr, who took over as CEO on February 28, said the company changed its practices to address issues that arose when cars were reported stolen, but the transaction was not properly recorded in the system. from Hertz.

    “It was one of the first things that I started taking care of and dealing with in the first 30 days I was in the company,” Scherr told CNBC on Monday. “It is not acceptable for Hertz to have a customer… caught up in any part of what happened.”

    Some Hertz customers said they were arrested and jailed because the company accused them of stealing cars they paid to rent and, in some cases, returned long before their arrest.

    It is not known how many people are affected. More than 200 customers petitioned a Delaware federal judge for Hertz to release information about erroneous theft reports, and the judge ruled in favor of the tenants in February.

    Scherr said the false reports implicate several hundred customers out of Hertz’s 15 million annual transactions, but customer attorneys say the number is more like 8,000.

    “We changed our policies to prevent this from happening again,” Scherr said. “No customer should go through this.”

    Scherr said that in some cases vehicles were reported as stolen, the report was withdrawn when the vehicle was found, “but this cancellation was not acknowledged.”

    The CEO of Hertz Global Holdings Inc. appeared on CNBC to tout a plan to buy up to 65,000 electric vehicles over five years. The Estero, Fla.-based company filed for bankruptcy protection in 2020 as it struggled with heavy debt and a drop in travel caused by the pandemic. It operates the car rental brands Hertz, Dollar and Thrifty.

    Copyright 2022 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.

    Microsoft Experts Select Orbus Software’s iServer365 as Preferred Enterprise Architecture Solution

    0

    LONDON–(BUSINESS WIRE)–Orbus softwarea recognized global software vendor and leading provider of enterprise architecture (EA) software for digital transformation, has been selected by Microsoft experts as a preferred solution on Microsoft’s Azure Marketplace and its AppSource store.

    According to Microsoft, preferred solutions “are selected by a team of Microsoft experts and are published by Microsoft partners with deep, proven expertise and capabilities to meet the specific needs of customers in a category, industry or industry. vertical”.

    This announcement reinforces Orbus Software’s longstanding partnership with Microsoft. The company has been a Microsoft Gold Partner for many years and has improved the interoperability of iServer365 with the Microsoft 365 collaboration suite. Gold skills acquired include DevOps, application development, cloud platform and Windows and devices. The status of iServer365’s preferred solution also follows news from Orbus Software in July which announced its biggest integration with the Microsoft platform.

    Orbus Software’s iServer365 solution addresses the key disciplines of digital transformation and enables key users – enterprise architects – to engage stakeholders across the C-Suite and across strategic and operational roles. This approach is a critical enabler of business-centric EA, supporting innovation, operational resilience, and business transformation goals while going well beyond traditional methods of IT governance and planning.

    Michael D’Onofrio, CEO of Orbus Software, said, “Being recognized as a Microsoft partner of choice demonstrates the strength of iServer365 and its ability to successfully guide our customers towards clarity, agility, resilience and simplicity as they embark on their digital transformation journey. . This approval not only reflects our team’s dedication to providing an excellent enterprise architecture offering, but also our continued efforts to meet the growing demand for enterprise-centric solutions.

    Additionally, the company announced its latest signatories for Microsoft partnership commitment. By signing the Partner Pledge, Orbus Software commits to focus on five core goals: digital skills, learning, diversity, responsible AI, and ethics and sustainability. This pledge further underscores the company’s commitment to sustainability and its greener digital transformation goals.

    Marjorie Martinez, Head of Global Partnerships at Orbus Software, said, “The enterprise IT landscape has changed significantly over the past decade and it is important to strengthen existing systems to ensure their resilience. The ongoing partnership with Microsoft demonstrates Orbus Software’s ability to support its customers in building systems that are flexible and able to navigate the ongoing transformations organizations are experiencing.

    The preferred solution badge for iServer365 listings can be viewed here:

    About Orbus software

    Orbus Software is a global software provider and recognized leading provider of cloud solutions for digital transformation. Its products promote alignment between strategy and execution by leveraging familiar Microsoft tools to ensure rapid adoption and cutting-edge functionality.

    Orbus Software’s market-leading iServer suite provides customers with a strategic decision-making platform addressing key digital transformation disciplines including enterprise architecture (EA), strategic portfolio management (SPM), business process analysis (BPA) and governance, risk and compliance (GRC).

    Orbus Software’s customers are primarily large, blue-chip enterprises and government organizations located in the Americas, Europe, Middle East, Africa, and Asia-Pacific, spanning all industry verticals . The company is customer-centric and fully focused on delivering technology innovations that further accelerate customer success. Examples of global customers include AstraZeneca, IKEA, Motonovo, Dell, Mastercard, New York Power, Mayo Clinic, Rio Tinto, Brisbane Airport, CIB Bank, Schroders and Saab.

    https://orbussoftware.com/

    Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market Size, Growth, and Forecast

    0

    New Jersey, United States – The research study on the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market offers you detailed and precise analyzes to strengthen your position on the market. It provides the latest updates and powerful insights on the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software industry to help you improve your business tactics and ensure strong revenue growth for years to come. . It sheds light on the current and future market scenarios and helps you understand the competitive dynamics of the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market. The market The segmentation analysis offered in the research study shows how different product segments, applications, and regions perform well in the security information and event management (SIEM) software market.

    The report includes verified and revalidated market figures such as CAGR, gross margin, revenue, price, production growth rate, volume, value, market share and annual growth. We have used the latest primary as well as secondary research techniques to compile this comprehensive Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market report. As part of the regional analysis, we have explored key markets such as North America, Europe, India, China, Japan, MEA and others. Leading companies are profiled based on various factors including markets served, production, revenue, market share, recent developments, and gross margin. There is a section dedicated to market dynamics which analyzes in depth the Drivers, Constraints, Opportunities, Influencers, Challenges and Trends.

    Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/download-sample/?rid=82243

    The report provides an excellent overview of the key macroeconomic factors having a significant impact on the growth of the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market. It also provides absolute dollar opportunity analysis which can be crucial for identifying opportunities for revenue generation and increasing sales in the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market. Market players can use the qualitative and quantitative analysis provided in the report to thoroughly understand the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market and make great strides in the industry for growth. The overall Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market size and that of each segment studied in the report are precisely calculated based on various factors.

    Top Key Players Mentioned in the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market Research Report:

    Positive Technologies, MONT, SolarWinds, Trustwave Holdings, LogRhythm, Hewlett Packard Enterprise, Splunk Inc., LogPoint, RUSIEM, IBM Corporation, Exabeam, Intel Security, TIBCO Software, AlienVault, FORTINET

    Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market Segmentation:

    By Product Type, the market is primarily split into:

    • On the site
    • Cloud

    By application, this report covers the following segments:

    • Government
    • BFSI
    • Telecom
    • Health care
    • Others

    In this report, researchers focused on social media sentiment analysis and consumer sentiment analysis. For social media sentiment analysis, they focused on trending topics, mentions on social media platforms including percentage of mentions, trending brands and consumer perception of products on media platforms social, including negative and positive mentions. As part of the consumer sentiment analysis, they looked at the impact of certifications, claims and labels, factors influencing consumer preferences, key trends, consumer preferences, including futuristic approach and historical scenarios, influential social and economic factors, specification development and consumers. buying habits.

    Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=82243

    Scope of Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market Report

    ATTRIBUTES DETAILS
    ESTIMATED YEAR 2022
    YEAR OF REFERENCE 2021
    FORECAST YEAR 2029
    HISTORICAL YEAR 2020
    UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
    SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
    REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
    BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
    CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

    Geographic segment covered in the report:

    The Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software report provides information about the market, which is segmented into sub-regions and countries/regions. In addition to the market share in each country and sub-region, this chapter of this report also contains information on profit opportunities. This chapter of the report mentions the market share and growth rate of each region, country and sub-region over the estimated period.

    • North America (USA and Canada)
    • Europe (UK, Germany, France and rest of Europe)
    • Asia-Pacific (China, Japan, India and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region)
    • Latin America (Brazil, Mexico and rest of Latin America)
    • Middle East and Africa (GCC and Rest of Middle East and Africa)

    Answers to key questions in the report:

    1. Who are the Top Five Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market Players?

    2. How will the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market develop in the next five years?

    3. Which products and applications will occupy the lion’s share of the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market?

    4. What are the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market drivers and restraints?

    5. Which regional market will show the strongest growth?

    6. What will be the CAGR and size of the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software market throughout the forecast period?

    For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com//global-security-information-and-event-management-siem-software-market-growth-status-and-outlook-2019-2024/

    Visualize Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market Using Verified Market Intelligence:-

    Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

    VMI provides a comprehensive overview and global competitive landscape with respect to region, country, and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with built-in presentation functionality that saves you over 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D, and product development. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

    Visualize the Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

    Most Popular Reports

    Global Risk Assessment Software Market Size and Forecast

    Global Incident Response Software Market Size and Forecast

    Global Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software Market Size and Forecast

    Global Threat Intelligence Software Market Size and Forecast

    Global Security Risk Analytics Software Market Size and Forecast

    Global Vulnerability Scanner Software Market Size and Forecast

    Global Data Security Software Market Size and Forecast

    Global Web Security Software Market Size and Forecast

    Global Web Content Management Software Market Size and Forecast

    Global Content Analytics Software Market Size and Forecast

    About Us: Verified Market Reports

    Verified Market Reports is a leading global research and advisory company serving over 5000 global clients. We provide advanced analytical research solutions while delivering information-enriched research studies.

    We also provide insight into the strategic and growth analytics and data needed to achieve business goals and critical revenue decisions.

    Our 250 analysts and SMEs offer a high level of expertise in data collection and governance using industry techniques to collect and analyze data on over 25,000 high impact and niche markets. Our analysts are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

    Our research spans a multitude of industries, including energy, technology, manufacturing and construction, chemicals and materials, food and beverage, and more. Having served many Fortune 2000 organizations, we bring a wealth of reliable experience that covers all kinds of research needs.

    Contact us:

    Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

    USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
    UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
    APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
    US Toll Free: +1 (800)-782-1768

    E-mail: [email protected]

    Website: – https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/

    How Azuro is standardizing the rental industry with technology at its helm

    0

    Amit Kumar, a Kuwait-based businessman, had not received payments from his rented Lodha Palava apartment in Mumbai for six months. Frustrated, he approached Azuro, the property management arm of Square Yards. Azuro’s team visited the property and not only evicted the tenant, but also made sure that Amit received the outstanding amount of 2,000,000. Impressed with the speed of resolution, Amit hired Azuro to manage his property from start to finish.

    Discord between landlords and tenants has been a constant Achilles’ heel in the rental system in India. While landlords like Amit become victims at the hands of some unscrupulous tenants, people looking for rental accommodations also face many difficulties, including heavy security deposits.

    These problems were noticed by a group of IIT Bombay alumni, Altaf Ahmad, Sushant Kumar, Sudhanshu Mishra, Ayush Agarwal and Vishal Chauthmal, while looking for rental accommodation in Mumbai themselves. When they delved deeper, they realized that what initially looked like a rental industry imbalance problem was actually the lack of perspective, accountability and transparency across the entire rental value chain, which created mistrust between landlord and tenant. .

    They wanted to solve this mess and so founded Azuro, the first professional property management company in India.

    “We are trying a professional, technology-enabled real estate brokerage that specializes in the after-sales service element that includes monetizing and managing owners’ assets,” said Altaf Ahmad, Founder of Azuro.

    Launched in 2015, Azuro has built a futuristic platform to help landlords, from finding the tenant to managing the move, eliminating the risk of dodgy tenants, educating landlords every step of the way, and making the rental process just as easy. as possible. . With tenants, Azuro facilitates a brokerage-free transaction, hassle-free repairs and maintenance from its app, easy move-in and move-out, and one-click rental payments.

    In 2020, Azuro was acquired by Square Yards. With this, the property management company is now replicating its business model across India and overseas by leveraging Square Yards’ reach, operational resources and consumer platform.

    Futuristic business model that gives owners peace of mind

    From the start, Azuro wanted to have a service-oriented rental business model. Azuro charges a single flat rate of 10,000 to 20,000 from the tenant, depending on the specification and location of the property and offers the value proposition of a low to zero security deposit. Azuro calls it “zero deposit” and they are confident that it will become the norm after the successful implementation of the model rental law. To the owner, Azuro charges an 8% monthly fee to take care of all the hassle.

    A-Z rental process backed by solid technology

    Technology works on three levels at Azuro. There is an internal sales app, coupled with an internal sales tracking mechanism that advertises a rental property on multiple platforms. While the prospect is monitored in a timely manner, the owner is then informed at every stage of the property’s periodic visits and rental probability quotient, which speeds up the closing of transactions. Azuro boasts that its tenant information search process is the fastest in the industry.

    Giving a boost to this is an internal pricing tool that helps landlords price their properties appropriately so that vacancy and devaluation issues do not exist.

    Azuro’s all-inclusive property mana